JP2021053496A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine capable of enhancing interest in a game.SOLUTION: Until balls distributed to a right side passage 75 by a distribution device 73 pass a normal pattern gate 76a in a unit and arrive at a left-end position of a protruding/retracting plate 79b, the protruding/retracting plate 79b has a great chance of being in a projecting state and maintaining its state. As a result, the balls reaching the left-end position of the protruding/retracting plate 79b collide with a left-end part of the protruding/retracting plate 79b, roll on an upper surface of the protruding/retracting plate 79b from that position, and are guided to a side of a special pattern 2 winning hole 78.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 8

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is launched toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is sent to any one of a plurality of entrances provided in the game area. A winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player. In addition, different characteristics are provided for each ball-entry means, and the game result is set to change according to the ball-entry means, such as different game values given according to the ball-entry means. A game machine has been proposed. In such a game machine, a plurality of ball entry means are arranged on the downstream side of the flow path, and the game property of whether or not the game ball flowing down the flow path wins a prize in any of the ball entry means is created. We are trying to improve the interest of games (for example, Patent Document 1).

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, the entry into each ball entry means becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The present invention has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of a game.

In order to achieve this object, the game machine according to claim 1 is configured so that the game ball can enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball is also inserted into the second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means. Is configured to allow entry. Then, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means, the first game value giving means is configured to be able to give a predetermined first game value. Further, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means, the second game value giving means is configured to be able to give a second game value different from the first game value. Here, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball, and the driving means drives the movable means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means by the grant changing means, whether the game value is given by the first game value giving means or the game value is given by the second game value giving means is changed. ..

According to the game machine according to claim 1, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball can also enter the second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means. It is composed. Then, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means, the first game value giving means is configured to be able to give a predetermined first game value. Further, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means, the second game value giving means is configured to be able to give a second game value different from the first game value. Here, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball, and the driving means drives the movable means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means by the grant changing means, whether the game value is given by the first game value giving means or the game value is given by the second game value giving means is changed. .. As a result, there is an effect that the game value given by changing the driving mode of the movable means can be changed, the game value obtained can be changed, and the interest of the game can be improved. ..

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a schematic cross-sectional view in the front view around the alternating distribution unit and the ordinary electric service unit. (A) is a schematic perspective view of a normal electric service unit for explaining the behavior of a sphere when the infestation plate is in the immersed state (non-protruding state), and (b) is a schematic perspective view of the ordinary electric service unit in the infested state. It is a schematic perspective view of the ordinary electric service unit for explaining the behavior of a sphere in a certain case, and (c) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit in the Vc-Vc line of (b). It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of the ball which entered from the distribution entrance of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of a haunting plate at the time of left-handed in a "normal game state", and (a) is a schematic diagram. The behavior of the ball when the ball entering the alternating distribution unit is distributed to the left path by the distribution device at the time of left-handed in the "normal game state" is shown, and (b) shows the behavior of the ball in the "normal game state". The behavior of the ball when the ball entering the alternating distribution unit is distributed to the right path by the distribution device at the time of left-handed hitting in "" is shown. (A) is a timing showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path of the alternating distribution unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state". In the chart, (b) shows the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the "normal game state". It is a timing chart. When hitting left in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the behavior of the ball that entered from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit, the behavior of the infestation plate, and the behavior of the ball that rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate. (A) is a schematic diagram for explaining the above, in which the ball that entered the alternating distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed in the “latent probability fluctuation state” was distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73. The behavior of the sphere is shown, and (b) shows the sphere in which the sphere that entered the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed hit in the "latent probability fluctuation state" is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73. It shows the behavior. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "latent probability fluctuation state". (B) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the "latent probability fluctuation state". is there. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a haunting plate and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate at the time of right-handed striking in the "probability fluctuation state". (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "probability fluctuation state". b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state”. (A) is a diagram schematically showing the area division setting and the effective line setting of the display screen, and (b) is a diagram illustrating an actual display screen. It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows typically the structure of various counters, a buffer for a counter, a 1st hold ball storage area, a 2nd hold ball storage area, a hold ball execution area, a normal figure hold ball storage area, and a normal figure hold ball execution area. .. (A) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot random number table, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot type table for special figure 1, and is a diagram schematically showing an example of a jackpot type table for special figure 2. It is a figure which showed an example of a table schematically. (A) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal map jackpot random number table, (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal map fluctuation time table, and (c) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal map fluctuation time table. It is a figure which showed the example of the electric service control table schematically. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process executed by MPU in the main control unit. It is a flowchart which shows the gate passing processing executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a flowchart which shows the special figure variation processing executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a flowchart which showed the fluctuation start processing executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a flowchart which showed the ordinary figure variation processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit. It is a flowchart which showed the jackpot processing executed by MPU in the main control unit. It is a flowchart which showed the big prize opening opening and closing control processing executed by MPU in the main control device. It is a flowchart which showed the ordinary electric service control process executed by MPU in a main control device. It is a flowchart which shows the NMI interrupt process executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a flowchart which shows the start-up process which is executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by MPU in a main control unit. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the ordinary figure fluctuation time table of 2nd Embodiment. (A) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment. FIG. 3B shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the second embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate, and (c) shows the behavior of the infestation plate and the behavior of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate. It is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit in line AA of FIG. 30A. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (B) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. is there. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the variable display of the ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate. It is a figure which showed typically an example of the ordinary electric service control table of 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the ordinary electric duty control process executed by MPU in the main control device of 3rd Embodiment. (A) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the third embodiment. FIG. 3B shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the third embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate, and (c) shows the behavior of the infestation plate and the behavior of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "probability fluctuation state", the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. (A) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment. FIG. 3B shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate, and (c) is the swing of the alternating distribution unit at the time of left-handed in the "probability fluctuation state" of 4th Embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere which entered from the insertion ball opening, the behavior of the appearance plate, and the behavior of the sphere which rolls on the upper surface of the appearance plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the left path in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the left path in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (B) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the left path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (A) explains the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of a haunting type ordinary electric service when left-handed in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment. FIG. 3B is a diagram showing the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution entry port of the alternate distribution unit and the infestation type at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the ordinary electric service and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the haunting type ordinary electric service, and (c) is right-handed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of a haunting type ordinary electric service, and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the haunting type ordinary electric service. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (B) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. is there. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the variable display of the ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate. (A) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, (b). Is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment, (c). Is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is the timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path, and (b) is the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart which shows the flow timing of the ball which flowed into the ordinary electric service unit, the variable display of an ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of a haunting plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the sphere that has flowed into the ordinary electric service unit, the variable display of the ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, and (b) is the timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path, and (b) is the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart which shows the flow timing of the ball which flowed into the ordinary electric service unit, the variable display of an ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of a haunting plate. (A) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure jackpot random number table of the seventh embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure fluctuation time table of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 6C is a diagram schematically showing an example of an ordinary electric service control table according to a seventh embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the general drawing variation processing executed by the MPU in the main control device of 7th Embodiment. (A) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, (b). Is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the seventh embodiment, (c). Is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the seventh embodiment. (A) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure jackpot random number table of the eighth embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure fluctuation time table of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 6C is a diagram schematically showing an example of an ordinary electric service control table according to the eighth embodiment. (A) is for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit and the behavior of the haunting plate at the time of left-handed hitting in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment. In the figure, (b) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution inlet of the alternating distribution unit at the time of left-handed hit in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment, and the normal electric service unit at the time of right-handed hit. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere which entered the inside, the behavior of a haunting plate, and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate, and (c) is the "probability" of the eighth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of a haunting plate and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate at the time of right-handed hitting in a "variable state", and FIG. It is a schematic sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in line B. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. (B) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate. is there. (A) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate. b) is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the variable display of the ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 26, a first embodiment when the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. It is provided with an inner frame 12 that is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) in order to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 3) having a large number of nails and winning openings (ball entry openings) 63, 65a, 77, 78, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back surface side. A ball game is performed by a ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13) that launches a ball into the front region of the game board 13 and a launch that guides a ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a to the front region of the game board 13. Rails (not shown) etc. are attached. The details of the game board 13 will be described later in FIG.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. Metal hinges 19 are attached to the upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) to support the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, and the front frame with the side on which the hinge 19 is provided as an opening / closing axis. The 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface. The lock of the inner frame 12 and the lock of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is formed by assembling decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two flat glass sheets is arranged on the back surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 via the glass unit 16.

On the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with the upper surface open so as to project forward, and prize balls, rented balls, and the like are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to be inclined downward to the right side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13) by the inclination. Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the upper surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

The frame button 22 is a button that is pressed by the player when, for example, the stage of the effect displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, is changed. Further, the frame button 22 is a variable display of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol used in the first lottery game or the second special symbol used in the second lottery game (hereinafter, the third symbol). It is also used as an operation button for allowing the player to select the effect content in the notice display executed in the variable display of.

The first lottery game is the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b (see FIG. 4, hereinafter, special drawing 1) provided in the alternate distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later. FIG. 1 The first winning opening 77a and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b may be collectively referred to as "special drawing 1 winning opening 77"). Is sometimes referred to as "winning"). Further, the second lottery game is a lottery game caused by winning a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (see FIG. 4) also provided in the alternating distribution unit 71 (see FIG. 3).

Further, the variable effect is an effect displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later, and as described later, a ball fired in the front area of the game board 13 is a specific winning opening (see FIG. 3). For example, it is executed when a prize is won in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. See FIGS. 3 and 4 described later, and the symbol (the third symbol described later) is changed for a predetermined time. After that, it is an effect of presenting to the player the result (whether or not it is a big hit) of the lottery performed for the winning by combining the symbols displayed as stopped. In the first embodiment, the third symbol display device 81 is configured so that only one lottery game can be executed, the first special symbol based on the first lottery game and the second lottery game based on the second lottery game. It is configured to display the lottery result based on the first lottery game or the lottery result based on the second lottery game by using the third symbol in common with the special symbol.

Further, the stage is a production mode in which various effects displayed on the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, are unified. In the pachinko machine 10, the “city stage” and “sky” are used. There are three stages, "Stage" and "Island Stage". The above-mentioned variable effects and various effects such as "reach display" executed during the variable effects are designed to be performed according to the theme given to each stage.

Further, the "reach display" refers to a display one step before the "big hit display" indicating that a big hit occurs in the variation effect executed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later. .. Specifically, the third symbol of the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3 (see FIG. 12), which will be described later, stops at the same symbol, and the middle symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12) does not stop yet and continues to fluctuate. It means the state of being.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the "reach display" is roughly divided into one unit element constituting the "normal reach" effect (hereinafter, one unit element constituting the effect is referred to as a "variable element"). It is executed by developing from the variable element of the "normal reach", and is executed by developing from the variable element of "super reach" which has a higher expectation of big hit than the variable element of the "normal reach" and the variable element of the same "normal reach". There is a variable element of "special reach" that has a higher expectation of big hit than the variable element of "super reach".

The change of the stage is performed during the period when the fluctuation effect is not performed (that is, during the demo display), or during the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" in which the third symbol is changed at high speed invisible to the player in the fluctuation effect. This is performed when the frame button 22 is pressed by the player. Then, each time the frame button 22 is operated, the change is repeated in the order of "city stage"-> "sky stage"-> "island stage"-> "city stage"->. Immediately after the power is turned on, the "city stage" is set as the initial stage.

Further, when the variable element of "normal reach" is started in the variable effect performed by the third symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later, the variable element of "normal reach" is changed to the variable element of "super reach". When developing into a variable element of "special reach", a selection screen of a variable element of "super reach" or a variable element of "special reach" is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 among the variable elements of "normal reach". It may be configured as follows.

Specifically, on the selection screen, a plurality of candidates that can be selected as the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" are displayed, and while the selection screen is displayed, the frame button 22 is displayed. It is configured so that the selected candidate is changed when the player presses it. Then, the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" is determined based on the production candidate selected when developing into the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach". As for the variable element of "super reach", the variable element of "special reach" is executed by the third symbol display device 81 according to the determination.

In the first embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed, but instead of the frame button 22, the player directs the pachinko machine 10 in a predetermined direction (for example, with respect to the pachinko machine 10). It may be configured by an operation lever that can be tilted forward, backward, right and left). Then, the effect stage may be selected and changed, or the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" may be determined based on the direction in which the operating lever is tilted.

Further, although the frame button 22 is configured to be arranged on the front side side view of the upper plate 17, the arrangement position of the frame button 22 can be any arrangement position as long as it can be pressed by the player. It may be arranged, for example, on the upper surface side of the upper plate 17, or may be arranged in the vicinity (upper surface or side surface) of the lower plate 50 described later.

The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change and control the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined "reach display", and play a role of enhancing the effect of the effect during the game. On the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c, lighting portions 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as a light emitting diode (Light Emitting Diode; hereinafter abbreviated as "LED") are provided. ..

In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and at the time of jackpot or "reach display", the built-in LEDs are lit or blinked to cause the illumination units 29 to 33. Lights up or flashes to notify that the jackpot is in progress or that the "reach display" just before the jackpot is in progress. Further, in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 in the front view, a light emitting means such as an LED is built in, and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying when the prize ball is being paid out and when an error occurs is provided.

A small window 35 is formed on the lower side of the illuminated portion 32 on the right side by attaching a transparent resin from the back surface side so that the back surface side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, and a sticking space K1 on the front surface of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3). ) Is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Style) in which the area around the illuminated portions 29 to 33 is chrome-plated in order to bring out more glitter, hereinafter abbreviated as “ABS”. .) A resin plating member 36 is attached.

A ball lending operation unit 40 is arranged below the window unit 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted into the card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which balance information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED lights up and the balance is displayed as numerical value as balance information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded on the card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present on the card or the like. Will be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit.

A pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine, does not require a ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 is not required. A decorative sticker or the like may be added to the installation portion of the above to make the component configuration common. It is possible to standardize pachinko machines and cash machines that use card units.

In the lower plate unit 15 located below the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface in the central portion thereof. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is arranged, and inside the operation handle 51, a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13). The touch sensor 51a for permitting the driving of the steering wheel 51a, the push button type stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51 by the change of the electric resistance. It has a built-in variable resistor (not shown) to detect.

When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the operation amount, depending on the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. The ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor that changes, and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a flying amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball pulling lever 52 for operating the ball stored in the lower plate 50 when the ball stored in the lower plate 50 is discharged downward is provided in the lower front portion of the lower plate 50. The ball pulling lever 52 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened, and the bottom opening is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is usually performed with a box (generally referred to as a "dollar box") for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 placed below the lower plate 50. An operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower plate 50 as described above, and an ashtray 53 is attached to the left side of the lower plate 50.

Next, as shown in FIG. 2, the control board units 90 and 91 and the back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

In the back pack unit 94, the back pack 92 forming the protective cover portion and the payout unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board has a micro-processing unit (hereinafter abbreviated as "MPU") as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for contacting various devices, and various lottery. A random number generator used for the above, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, etc. are installed as needed.

The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the launch control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

Further, in the board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (payout control device 111 and launch control device 112), the box base and the box cover are connected by a sealing unit (not shown) so as not to be opened (caulking structure). (Consolidated by). Further, a sealing sticker (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. This sealing seal is made of a brittle material, and if the sealing seal is to be peeled off in order to open the board boxes 100 and 102, or if the board boxes 100 and 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are used. Cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.

The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the uppermost portion of the back pack unit 94 and opened upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 vertically connected to the side and a payout device 133 provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and paying out balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of a payout motor 216 (see FIG. 13) are provided. ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the required number of balls is appropriately paid out by the payout device 133. A vibrator 134 for adding vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the launch control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated to clear the ball clogging (return to the normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as a ball clogging of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 13). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

Next, a specific configuration of the game board 13 and a detailed configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 will be described with reference to FIGS. 3 to 5. First, as shown in FIG. 3, in the game board 13, a large number of nails, windmills, rails 61, 62, and balls for ball guidance are awarded to a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape in front view. General winning opening 63 where a predetermined prize ball can be obtained, a central variable winning device 65 which is opened when a big hit by the first lottery game occurs, and a right side which is opened when a big hit by the second lottery game occurs. Alternate vibration having a variable winning device 67, a special drawing 1 winning opening 77 for the first lottery game, a special drawing 2 winning opening 78 for the second lottery game, and an in-unit normal symbol gate 76a (see FIG. 4) described later. Assemble the minute unit 71, the ordinary electric service unit 79 having the right-side ordinary symbol gate 76b and the infestation type ordinary electric service 79a (both see FIG. 4), the variable display device unit 80 having the third symbol display device 81, and the like, which will be described later. The peripheral portion thereof is attached to the back surface side of the inner frame 12.

The general winning opening 63, the central variable winning device 65, the right variable winning device 67, the alternating distribution unit 71, the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in the through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing. It is installed and fixed from the front side of the game board 13 with wood screws or the like. Further, the front central portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG.

An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in 1 is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) surround the front and back, so that the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by a ball. A game area in which the game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is a substantially circular area (a winning opening or the like is arranged and the launched ball is arranged) formed on the front surface of the game board 13 by being divided by two rails 61 and 62 and an arc member 70. The area where it flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 13) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 3) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide passage. Will be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 3) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball, and the ball launched with a predetermined momentum hits the return rubber 69 and has momentum. Is dampened and bounced back toward the center (hereinafter, the act of firing a ball with the force of hitting the return rubber 69 and passing the ball through the right side of the front view of the variable display device unit 80 is referred to as "right-handed". , The act of passing the fired ball through the left side of the front view of the variable display device unit 80 is referred to as "left-handed"). In the first embodiment, in the left-handed game, the ball can enter the alternating distribution unit 71, while it is difficult for the ball to enter the ordinary electric service unit 79. Further, in a right-handed game, the ball can enter the ordinary electric service unit 79, while it is difficult for the ball to enter the alternating distribution unit 71. The specific configuration will be described later.

Further, a resin arc member 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side is used as a base between the lower right tip of the inner rail 61 and the upper right tip of the outer rail 62. It is fixed by driving it into the plate 60.

A special symbol display device 37 provided with a plurality of LEDs 37a as light emitting means and a 7-segment display 37b is arranged on the upper right side of the game area in front view (upper right side in FIG. 3). The special symbol display device 37 is subjected to variable display of each special symbol according to each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13) described later (hereinafter, the variable display of the special symbol is referred to as “dynamic display”). At the same time, the gaming status of the pachinko machine 10 is displayed.

The plurality of LEDs 37a are balls whose variable display has not been executed among the balls that have won (winned) in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78, which will be described later. The number of reserved balls, which is the number of (held balls), is indicated by the lighting state. Further, the number of rounds of the jackpot and the error display are also indicated by the lighting state of the LED 37a corresponding to the state. The LED 37a is configured so that the emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of the LEDs are different, and the combination of the emission colors can suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs. ..

The 7-segment display 37b is composed of two 7-segment LEDs on the left and right. On the left 7-segment LED, the first special symbol (hereinafter, the first special symbol may be abbreviated as "special diagram 1") indicating the determination result of the first lottery game is displayed in a variable manner. Further, the 7-segment LED on the right side displays the second special symbol (hereinafter, the second special symbol may be abbreviated as "special diagram 2") indicating the determination result of the second lottery game in a variable manner.

Specifically, the 7-segment LED on the left side was determined based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b provided in the alternating distribution unit 71 described later. After the fluctuation display (in the first embodiment, the central segment of the 7-segment blinks) until the fluctuation time (dynamic display time) elapses, the stop display is performed with a symbol indicating the determination result. Further, the 7-segment LED on the right side displays fluctuations until a fluctuation time (dynamic display time) determined based on winning a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided in the alternate distribution unit 71, which will be described later, elapses. After that, the stop display is displayed with a symbol indicating the determination result. In any of the 7-segment LEDs, if the judgment result is a loss, a "-" symbol that lights up and displays only one segment in the center is displayed, and if the judgment result is a big hit, the "big hit" corresponds to the big hit. Designs such as "3" and "7" are displayed.

In addition, in this pachinko machine 10, a winning or not judgment (big hit lottery) is performed for a ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78, and if it is determined to be a big hit, it is determined. The jackpot type is also determined according to the winning openings 77 and 78. As the jackpot type determined here, "15R probability variation jackpot" or "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is prepared based on the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening 77, and based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Therefore, only "15R probability variation jackpot" is prepared.

Here, the "15R probability variation jackpot" is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to the "probability fluctuation state" after the jackpot of 15 rounds, and the "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is a maximum number of rounds of 7. It is a probabilistic jackpot that shifts to a "latent probability fluctuation state" after a round jackpot.

In the first embodiment, the following three gaming states are set as gaming states. As the first game state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is low (1/300 in the first embodiment), and the hit probability of the ordinary symbol indicating the determination result of whether or not the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is driven is shown. There is also a "normal gaming state" with a low probability (1/10 in the first embodiment). That is, in the "normal game state", the special symbol is less likely to be a big hit than other game states ("probability fluctuation state" and "latent probability fluctuation state" described later), and the fluctuation display of the normal symbol (hereinafter, normal). The variable display time of the variable display of the symbol is called "variable display") for a long time ("3 seconds" in the first embodiment), and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b provided on the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a. Is configured to be short (“2 seconds” in the first embodiment). Therefore, the "normal game state" is set as the initial state of the pachinko machine 10, and the fluctuation display of the special symbol in the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" described later is displayed a specified number of times (in the first embodiment). , 100 times) It is set to occur when it is performed.

As the second game state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is higher than that of the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the hit probability of the normal symbol is also higher than that of the "normal game state". A "probability fluctuation state" that is a probability (9/10 in the first embodiment) is provided. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", the special symbol is more likely to be a big hit than in the "normal game state", and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shorter than that in the "normal game state" (in the first embodiment, "0.5 seconds". ”), And the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b provided on the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a is longer than that of the“ normal game state ”(“ 5 seconds ”in the first embodiment). There is. This "probability fluctuation state" is such that when a jackpot occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol, it occurs at a rate of 10% after the jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol. In addition to being set, when a jackpot occurs based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol, it will be generated without exception (that is, 100%) after the jackpot based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol. It is set (see FIG. 15).

As the third game state, the jackpot probability of the special symbol is higher than that of the "normal game state" (1/100 in the first embodiment), and the hit probability of the normal symbol is also higher than that of the "normal game state". A "latent probability fluctuation state" which is a probability (9/10 in the first embodiment) is provided. That is, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the jackpot probability of the special symbol is the same as that of the "probability fluctuation state", and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is short ("0.5 seconds" in the first embodiment). On the other hand, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a is set to be the same short time as the "normal game state" ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment). Therefore, the "latent probability fluctuation state" has the same jackpot probability of the special symbol, the hit probability of the normal symbol, and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol as the "probability fluctuation state", and the appearance plate of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a. The protrusion time of 79b is set to be the same as the "normal game state". This "latent probability fluctuation state" is such that when a jackpot occurs based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol, it occurs at a rate of 90% after the jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol. Is set to (see FIG. 15).

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "normal gaming state" is the most disadvantageous gaming state for the player, and the "latent probability fluctuation state" is more advantageous for the player than the "normal gaming state". Therefore, the "probability fluctuation state" is a gaming state that is more advantageous to the player than the "latent probability fluctuation state", that is, the most advantageous gaming state.

At the lower center of the game area, an alternating distribution unit 71 is arranged so that a ball flowing down the game area can enter the ball. The alternating distribution unit 71 mainly has a distribution input ball port 72 in which a ball flowing down the game area can enter, and a ball entering the distribution input ball port 72 in the alternate distribution unit 71. A distribution device 73 that is alternately distributed to the left route 74 or the right route 75, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right route 75, and a ball distributed to the left route 74 by the distribution device 73 can enter. Special Figure 1 1st winning opening 77a, Special Figure 1 2nd winning opening 77b where balls distributed to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73 can enter, Special Figure 1 1st winning opening 77a and Special Figure 1 It is composed of a special drawing 2 winning opening 78 arranged between the second winning opening 77b and the second winning opening 77b.

When a ball wins in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b provided in the alternating distribution unit 71, the special drawing 1 winning opening switch provided on the back surface side of the game board 13 (shown). The special figure 1 winning opening switch is turned on, and the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13) draws a big hit for the first special symbol, and the special symbol moves according to the lottery result. The target display is shown by the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, and the variation effect of the third symbol is executed by the third symbol display device 81.

Further, when a ball wins a special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided in the alternating distribution unit 71, the special drawing 2 winning opening switch (not shown) provided on the back side of the game board 13 is turned on, and the special drawing 2 is turned on. Due to the winning opening switch being turned on, the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13) draws a big hit for the second special symbol, and the dynamic display of the special symbol according to the lottery result is 7 of the special symbol display device 37-7. In addition to being indicated by the segment display 37b, the third symbol display device 81 executes the variation effect of the third symbol.

The special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 are each one of the winning openings in which two balls are paid out as prize balls when a ball wins. It is also. Details of the alternating distribution unit 71 will be described later with reference to FIG.

An ordinary electric service unit 79 is arranged on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71. The ordinary electric service unit 79 mainly includes a right-side ordinary symbol gate 76b, a haunting type ordinary electric service 79a having an infestation plate 79b inclined toward the alternating distribution unit 71, and a rear reduction unit 79c1, 79c3. It is composed of a deceleration unit 79c composed of 79c5 and front deceleration units 79c2 and 79c4.

The haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is configured to drive and control one haunting plate 79b into a protruding state or an immersive state according to a variable display result of a normal symbol. Then, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled to the left along the inclination, and the ball is formed in the infestation plate while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state. When rolled to the left end of 79b, the ball can be guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side in the alternating distribution unit 71. Details of the ordinary electric service unit 79 will be described later with reference to FIG.

Here, with reference to FIG. 4, the configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 of the first embodiment will be specifically described. FIG. 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the periphery of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in a front view. In FIG. 4, for convenience of explanation, the composition excludes the parts on the front side of the front view of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 (cover portion 79x (see FIG. 5) described later), and alternate vibration. The alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 are represented by a schematic cross-sectional view showing the internal structures of the minute unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79, and each member (part) constituting them will be described.

As described above, in the alternate distribution unit 71, the distribution input ball port 72 for entering the ball into the alternate distribution unit 71 and the distribution ball entering the distribution input ball port 72 can be distributed. The distribution device 73, the left side path 74 through which the balls distributed to the left side of the alternating distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flow down, and the distribution device 73 distributed to the right side of the front view of the alternate distribution unit 71. The right side path 75 through which the ball flows down, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit which is provided near the distribution device 73 of the right side path 75 and acquires the lottery opportunity for the normal symbol by passing the ball, and the left side path 74. Special Figure 1 1st winning opening 77a where the ball to win can win, Special Figure 1 2nd winning opening 77b where the ball flowing down the right route 75 can win, Special Figure 1 1st winning opening 77a and Special Figure 1 1st A special drawing 2 winning opening 78 provided between the two winning openings 77b and the center of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the front view is provided.

Further, as described above, the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be displaced to a protruding state or an immersive state with the right ordinary symbol gate 76b which constitutes the only route through which the ball can enter the ordinary electric service unit 79. A retractable ordinary electric service 79a provided with the configured displacement plate 79b, and a plurality of reduction speed portions 79c (back side reduction units 79c1, 79c3, 79c5) with which the balls collide when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the displacement plate 79b. And front side reduction portions 79c2 and 79c4 (both see FIG. 5)) are provided.

As described above, in the ordinary electric service unit 79, the side wall forming the right side surface of the ordinary electric service unit 79 and the nail 87 planted above the ordinary electric service unit 79 provide the right side surface. It is configured so that the ball does not enter the inside of the ordinary electric service unit 79 from the route other than the route for entering the ordinary symbol gate 76b.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, between the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79, the right side of the distribution ball port 72 An out port (not shown) is provided to discharge the ball that has flowed into the game board 13 to the outside of the game board 13. Therefore, in the left-handed game, it is possible to prevent the ball that has flowed down to the normal electric service unit 79 side without entering the alternating distribution unit 71 from reaching the right side normal symbol gate 76b.

The distribution ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a path that a ball that has flowed down the game area can pass when flowing into the alternate distribution unit 71, and the ball that has flowed into the distribution ball port 72. Is configured to be guided to a distribution device 73 provided on the downstream side (lower direction of the alternate distribution unit 71).

As described above, the distribution device 73 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is a device for alternately distributing the balls flowing down from the distribution input ball port 72 to the left side path 74 or the right side path 75, and is a device for alternately distributing the ball flowing down from the distribution inlet ball port 72 to the left side path 74 or the right side path 75. The central plate portion 73b extending upward from the outer circumference of the rotating shaft portion 73a, and the left side receiving plate 73c and the right receiving plate 73d extending from the outer circumference of the rotating shaft portion 73a to the left and right. It is composed of a distribution side magnet (not shown) built in the central plate portion 73b. Further, on the wall portion on the back side of the game board 13 of the alternating distribution unit 71, a unit-side magnet (for example, S-pole when the distribution-side magnet is N-pole) repels the distribution-side magnet (for example, S-pole). (Not shown) is built-in.

The distribution device 73 is configured to be rotatable about 30 degrees to the left and right with the rotation shaft portion 73a as the center of rotation. In the state of FIG. 4, the tip end side of the left side receiving plate 73c is the wall of the alternating distribution unit 71. The entire left side receiving plate 73c is in contact with the portion, and the entire left side receiving plate 73c is on the lower side of the rotating shaft portion 73a, and the right receiving plate 73d is on the upper side of the rotating shaft portion 73a. It is in a state of guiding the flowed ball to the right route 75. Then, the right side guide position is maintained by the repulsive action between the distribution side magnet and the unit side magnet.

Here, a mode in which the balls entering the alternating distribution unit 71 are alternately distributed to the left side path 74 or the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73 will be described. First, as shown in FIG. 4, the tip end side of the left side receiving plate 73c comes into contact with the wall portion of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the entire left side receiving plate 73c is below the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right side receiving plate 73d. When is located above the rotation shaft portion 73a, the balls that have entered the alternating distribution unit 71 and flowed down from the distribution input ball port 72 are the central plate portion 73b and the right side receiving plate 73d of the distribution device 73. Fits in the space formed by. Then, the distribution device 73 rotates by pushing down the right side receiving plate 73d by the weight of the ball, the tip end side of the right side receiving plate 73d comes into contact with the wall portion of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the entire right side receiving plate 73d rotates. The left side receiving plate 73c is on the lower side of the shaft portion 73a and is on the upper side of the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state where the ball can flow down to the right side path 75, and in that state, the ball rolls on the upper surface of the right side receiving plate 73d and is guided to the right side path 75. At this time, the force that pushes down the right side receiving plate 73d (rotates the sorting device 73) by the weight of the sphere rather than the repulsive force between the distribution side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown). Since the size is larger, the distribution device 73 is rotated against the repulsive force of the magnet. Then, again, due to the repulsive force of the magnet, the left receiving plate 73c is on the upper side of the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is on the lower side of the rotating shaft portion 73a, that is, the state of the left guide position is changed. Be maintained.

Then, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 and has flowed down from the distribution ball port 72 fits in the space formed by the central plate portion 73b and the left side receiving plate 73c of the distribution device 73. Then, the distribution device 73 rotates by pushing down the left side receiving plate 73c by the weight of the ball, the tip end side of the left side receiving plate 73c comes into contact with the wall portion of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the entire left side receiving plate 73c rotates. The right side receiving plate 73d is on the lower side of the shaft portion 73a and is on the upper side of the rotating shaft portion 73a. Therefore, the sorting device 73 is in a state where the ball can flow down to the left side path 74 side, and in that state, the ball is guided to the left side path 74 by rolling on the upper surface of the left side receiving plate 73c. Also at this time, the force that pushes down the left side receiving plate 73c (rotates the sorting device 73) by the weight of the sphere rather than the repulsive force between the sorting side magnet (not shown) and the unit side magnet (not shown). Since the size is larger, the distribution device 73 is rotated against the repulsive force of the magnet. Then, again, due to the repulsive force of the magnet, the left receiving plate 73c is on the lower side of the rotating shaft portion 73a and the right receiving plate 73d is on the upper side of the rotating shaft portion 73a, that is, the state of the right guiding position. Be maintained. By alternately repeating these movements, the balls entering the alternating distribution unit 71 are alternately distributed to the left side path 74 and the right side path 75.

The left side path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a path through which the ball guided to the left side in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flows down. A left side exit through which a ball flowing down the left side path 74 flows out is provided on the lower left side of the left side path 74, and a special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a is arranged below the left side exit. .. Therefore, the ball guided to the left side path 74 is configured to flow down in the left side path 74, then be discharged from the left side exit, and win a prize in the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a.

Further, the left side path 74 has a predetermined length as a flow path of the ball, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball distributed to the left side path 74 by the sorting device 73 is the left side path. It is configured to take "2 seconds" from flowing into 74 to reaching the left exit. That is, the ball distributed to the left side by the distribution device 73 flows out from the left exit of the left side route 74 "2 seconds" after that timing, and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

The right side path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is a path through which the sphere guided to the right side in the alternate distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flows down. A right exit through which a ball flowing down the right path 75 flows out is provided below the right side of the right path 75, and a special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is arranged below the right exit. .. Further, at the lower position of the right exit, the appearance plate 79b is arranged so that the left end portion of the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79, which will be described later, is located.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the ball guided to the right side path 75 flows down in the right side path 75 and then the infestation plate 79b is not in the protruding state (that is, in the immersive state). , The ball flowing out from the right exit of the right route 75 is configured to win a prize in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. On the other hand, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball discharged from the right exit of the right side path 75 collides with the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state to change the flow direction, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is moved toward the left end. It is configured to roll and be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. The ball guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is configured to be able to win the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 while colliding with a plurality of nails planted so as to be easily guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. Has been done.

Further, the right side route 75 has a predetermined length as a flow passage of the ball like the left side route 74, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the right side route 75 is distributed to the right side route 75 by the distribution device 73. It is configured so that it takes "2 seconds" from when the ball flows into the right side path 75 to when it reaches the right side exit. That is, the balls distributed to the right side by the distribution device 73 flow out from the right exit of the right side route 75 "2 seconds" after the timing, and go to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. You will win a prize.

A normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is embedded in the vicinity of the distribution device 73 on the right path 75 (on the right side by about one sphere). The normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is provided with a through hole (not shown) for the ball to pass through. When the ball flowing into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the second entry port switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on and turned on. Due to this, a lottery for winning a normal symbol is performed by the main control device 110. The normal symbol gate 76a in the unit only serves as a lottery opportunity for the variable display of the normal symbol, and is configured so that the prize balls and the like are not paid out even when the balls pass.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as described above, since the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is embedded in the right path 75, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the sorting device 73 are always in the unit. It is usually configured to pass through the symbol gate 76a.

As a result of the lottery of the normal symbol performed based on the ball passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, if it is determined to be a hit, the symbol of "○" is stopped and displayed after the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83. After that, the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is activated. As a result, the appearance plate 79b, which is immersed in the game board 13 and is in a state where the ball cannot be rolled (guided), moves (displaces) from the immersion state to the protruding state, and a predetermined time differs depending on the game state. Only the ball can roll on the upper surface of the displacement plate 79b, and can enter the special drawing 2 winning opening 78.

Here, the sphere immediately after being distributed by the distribution device 73 is switched in the flow direction of the sphere at a right angle, and sways up and down in the right side path 75 due to the distributed momentum, and the wall portion forming the right side path 75. It flows down while repeating multiple collisions. Therefore, when the ball immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 is to be detected by the second entry switch (not shown) of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the ball is passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. Is swaying and is detected by the second entrance switch multiple times (hereinafter, multiple false detections by switches such as the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit are referred to as "chattering"). ..

Therefore, as in the first embodiment, by providing the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit at a position separated from the sorting device 73 by at least one ball, the passage wall of the right path 75 provided for at least one ball. The behavior of the sphere is stabilized by (not shown), and the sphere is configured to pass through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in a state where the swaying motion of the sphere immediately after being sorted by the sorting device 73 is reduced. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering due to the balls distributed by the dividing device 73. The position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is more suitable for preventing the occurrence of chattering as the position is farther from the sorting device 73.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it takes "1.9 seconds" from the time when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right side path 75 until it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75. It is configured to take time. That is, the ball distributed to the right side by the sorting device 73 passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit "0.1 seconds" after the timing, and "1. After "9 seconds", it flows down the right side route 75, and then flows out from the right exit of the right side route 75 to win a prize in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when a ball flows into the right side path 75, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is acquired based on the passage of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. Further, a gaming state in which the variable display time is longer than the time from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the time when the ball flows out to the right exit of the right path 75 (“normal gaming state” in the first embodiment). 16 (b) will be described later), and the gaming state (the first) is a variable display time shorter than the time from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the time when the ball flows out to the right exit of the right route 75. In one embodiment, a “latent probability fluctuation state” (and a “probability fluctuation state”), which will be described later with reference to FIG. 16B, is provided. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the variable display of the normal symbol is started until the variable display is finished. A gaming state in which the ball flows out from the right exit of the 75 (that is, a "normal gaming state") and a gaming state in which the ball does not flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 and is flowing down in the right path 75 (that is, the game state). A "latent probability fluctuation state" (and a "probability fluctuation state")) is provided.

Then, the winning probability of the normal symbol is changed between the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" (and the "probability fluctuation state"). While making it difficult to win (1/10 in the first embodiment, which will be described later in FIG. 16A), the "latent probability fluctuation state" (and "probability fluctuation state") is more normal than the "normal game state". The variable display of the symbol makes it easy to win (9/10 in the first embodiment, which will be described later in FIG. 16A).

Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if the player wins the game with the variable display of the normal symbol, the ball has already moved to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b at the timing when the appearance plate 79b is in the protruding state. Since the prize has been won, the ball that has flowed into the right route 75 is not guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Further, in the "normal game state", the variable display of the normal symbol is configured so that it is difficult to win, so even if a plurality of balls continuously flow into the right path 75, those balls Is configured to be less likely to be guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side.

On the other hand, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", at the timing when the ball flowing into the right path 75 flows out from the right exit, the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is completed. There is a high possibility that the appearance plate 79b is in a protruding state by winning in the variable display. Therefore, the ball collides with the infestation plate 79b and rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end, so that the ball is guided to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2.

With this configuration, in the "normal game state", the ball that has entered the alternate distribution unit 71 wins either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. Therefore, the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed. On the other hand, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" (and the "probability fluctuation state"), when the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left route 74, it wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a. , When the ball is distributed to the right route 75, the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is won, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed. Will be done. Therefore, by making the patterns of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" different in the same left-handed game, variations are provided in the game and the interest of the game is improved. be able to.

The right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is integrally formed in the upper right part of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and a through hole (not shown) for passing a ball is provided in the vertical direction. There is. When the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the second ball entry switch (not shown) provided in the through hole is turned on, and due to the turning on, the main control device 110 wins the normal symbol lottery. Will be done. Like the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the right normal symbol gate 76b only triggers a lottery for the variable display of the normal symbol, and even if the ball passes, the prize ball or the like is not paid out. It is configured in.

In the first embodiment, the right side normal symbol gate 76b has an alarm function when it is hit right in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state". Specifically, when the passage of the ball is detected by the right normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is determined that the right-handed game is being executed, and the sound output device 226 ( It is configured to output an alarm sound from (see FIG. 13). With this configuration, it is possible to suppress the execution of the right-handed game by the player in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" in which the right-handed game is not encouraged, and the playability of the present invention can be improved. Can be maintained.

The haunting type ordinary electric service 79a of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is integrally formed at the lower part of the ordinary electric service unit 79. In this haunting type ordinary electric service 79a, one haunting plate 79b capable of guiding a ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit 79 toward the alternating distribution unit 71 side is inclined toward the alternating distribution unit 71 side (for example, 10). A solenoid plate (not shown) that can displace and drive the infestation plate 79b into a protruding state or an immersive state is provided.

The infestation plate 79b is formed with a width of 55 mm and a depth of 20 mm, and is formed with a thickness of a constant width (for example, 1 mm) over the entire length. It is stored inside (not shown). Then, by winning the variable display of the normal symbol, the solenoid for the appearance plate is driven and protrudes from the through hole, so that the appearance plate 79b protrudes from the surface of the game board 13 toward the front side of the pachinko machine 10. Then, when the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state, it is arranged so as to close the lower part of the ordinary electric service unit 79 and guide the ball flowing down from the upstream side to the left direction (that is, the alternating distribution unit 71 side). ing.

When the main control device 110 of the first embodiment wins by changing the display of the normal symbol, the solenoid for the appearance plate is driven for a predetermined time, and the appearance plate 79b is driven by the ordinary electric service unit 79 for the predetermined time. It is maintained in a state of protruding from the through hole provided in the base 79y (see FIG. 5) of the above. When the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state, the ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit 79 rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b along the inclination and is guided to the alternating distribution unit 71 side. On the other hand, when the infestation plate 79b is immersed in the base 79y (see FIG. 5), the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b in the immersed state does not roll, and the ball is discharged to the lower side of the normal electric service unit 79. To.

The deceleration portion 79c of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is a plurality of rib-shaped rear deceleration portions 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 (FIG. 5) provided on the base portion 79y (see FIG. 5) where the ordinary electric service unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13. (C)) and a plurality of rib-shaped front reduction portions provided on the back surface side (base 79y side) of the cover portion 79x (see FIG. 5) located on the opposite side of the base portion 79y (see FIG. 5). It is composed of 79c2 and 79c4 (see FIG. 5C).

The rear deceleration section 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front deceleration section 79c2, 79c4 (hereinafter, the rear deceleration section 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the front deceleration section 79c2, 79c4 are collectively referred to as "deceleration section 79c". (Sometimes expressed as) are arranged evenly alternately, so that when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, the ball repeatedly collides with the deceleration portion 79c and meanders and rolls while decelerating. It is configured in. With such a configuration, the flow velocity of the ball flowing down on the infestation plate 79b can be efficiently reduced, and the occurrence of ball clogging or the like can be suppressed.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ball that has reached the right end of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end, and by the time it reaches the left end of the infestation plate 79b, it becomes ". It is configured to take a time of "2.5 seconds". As a result, even if the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the infestation plate 79b is switched to the immersive state while the ball collides with the deceleration portion 79c, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. The sphere is configured to flow out to the lower side of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Here, with reference to FIG. 5, the displacement mode of the infestation plate 79b in the ordinary electric service unit 79 and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b will be described. As described above, FIG. 5A is a schematic perspective view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 for explaining the behavior of the sphere when the infestation plate 79b is in the immersed state (non-protruding state). (B) is a schematic perspective view of an ordinary electric service unit 79 for explaining the behavior of the sphere when the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state, and FIG. 5 (c) is a schematic perspective view of Vc of FIG. 5 (b). FIG. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 on the −Vc line.

As shown in FIG. 5A, when the infestation plate 79b is in an immersive state, the ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit 79 from the right ordinary symbol gate 76b does not come into contact with the infestation plate 79b and is directly electric. It is discharged to the lower side of the combination unit 79 and does not win any of the winning openings 77 and 78.

On the other hand, as shown in FIGS. 5 (b) and 5 (c), when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit 79 from the right normal symbol gate 76b is in the protruding state. Collision with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and the inclination of the infestation plate 79b causes the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b to roll to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternating distribution unit 71 side. To do.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls from the right end of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b first has a first back reduction portion 79c1 provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79. The direction of travel is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the first front side deceleration portion 79c2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is on the base portion 79y side. Roll to. After that, it collides with the second inner speed reducing portion 79c3 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is turned to the cover portion 79x side. Move. Then, it collides with the second front side deceleration portion 79c4 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is on the base portion 79y side. Roll to. After that, it collides with the third inner speed reducing portion 79c5 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is turned to the cover portion 79x side. While moving, it flows out from the left end of the infestation plate 79b.

The ball flowing out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b is configured to be able to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 provided in the alternating distribution unit 71 while colliding with a plurality of planted nails. There is.

Therefore, the sphere that rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b repeatedly collides with the plurality of back side deceleration portions 79c1, 79c3, 79c5 and the plurality of front side deceleration portions 79c2, 79c4, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is so-called zigzag. Roll to. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to take "2.5 seconds" to exist (reside) on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, in the gaming state in which the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is short, such as the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the infestation plate is in a state where the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. When the 79b is switched from the protruding state to the immersive state, the sphere falls (flows down) vertically downward from the position where it is rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, and the lower part (outside) of the normal electric service unit 79. ) Is discharged. Further, when the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b corresponding to the upper position of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is rolled, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is won.

With the configuration of the deceleration portion 79c, it is possible to keep the time for rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b constant while reducing the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the time for the sphere to stay on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b can be made constant and long. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the infestation plate 79b as compared with the case where the speed reduction unit 79c is not provided, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b can be adjusted for each gaming state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications.

Further, as the flow speed of the ball by the deceleration unit 79c is delayed, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the infestation plate 79b can be lengthened, so that the total length of the infestation plate 79b can be shortened. Therefore, the entire ordinary electric service unit 79 can be made compact. Therefore, the occupied area of the infestation plate 79b in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric service unit 79, until the ball flows down to the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b, " It is configured to take a time of "1 second". That is, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after that timing, and if the infestation plate 79b is in a non-protruding state, it flows down to the downstream side as it is. If the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state, it collides with the infestation plate 79b and rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b along an inclination.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the ordinary electric service unit 79 provided with the haunting plate 79b can be linked (interlocked) with respect to the configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the ordinary symbol and the ordinary symbol are used for each gaming state. By making the control regarding the infestation plate 79b different, in the "normal gaming state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state", the left-handed game is configured so that the game value can be easily obtained, and the "probability fluctuation state". In, right-handed games are configured so that the game value can be easily obtained.

Specifically, by making the control regarding the normal symbol and the infestation plate 79b different according to the game state, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is won. It is easy to make it easy, and the first lottery game of the first special symbol is likely to occur, and in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is easy to alternately win the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. , The first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol can occur alternately, and in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and the first 2 The game is set so that the second lottery game with a special symbol is likely to occur. Then, the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol is more likely to be in an advantageous situation for the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol.

With this configuration, the patterns of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can (easily) win each game state can be made different, the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved, and each game state can be improved. By configuring the game value obtained in the game so that it can be changed stepwise, it is possible to provide the player with the interest of gradually transitioning to a high-value game state and improve the interest of the game.

Conventionally, in a general pachinko machine using a plurality of special symbols (for example, a first special symbol and a second special symbol) and one ordinary symbol, two or more gaming states other than the "normal gaming state" are used. (For example, there is a pachinko machine capable of generating any two or more gaming states of "probability fluctuation state", "time reduction state", and "latent probability fluctuation state").

Specifically, for example, it is configured so that the special figure 1 winning opening corresponding to the first special symbol can be won, but it is difficult to win the special drawing 2 winning opening corresponding to the second special symbol. A "normal game state" is provided.

In addition, the winning probability of the special symbol and the normal symbol is higher than that of the "normal game state", and a big hit of the special symbol is likely to occur. 2 Special figure corresponding to the special symbol 2 A "probability fluctuation state" is provided so as to make it easy to win a prize in the winning opening.

Furthermore, only the winning probability of the normal symbol is higher than that of the "normal game state", and the winning probability of the special symbol is the same as that of the "normal game state". A so-called "time reduction state" is provided so as to make it easy to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening corresponding to the second special symbol. There have been many pachinko machines configured so that these gaming states can be generated. Then, a difference is provided between the game value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol (for example, the second lottery game has a "15R probability change". By making it easier to win a big hit, etc.), we have created variations in the game and enhanced the interest of the game.

In such a pachinko machine, it is configured so that the special figure 1 winning opening can be won (easily) in the "normal game state", and the special figure 2 winning opening is won in the "probability fluctuation state" or the "time reduction state". It is configured to be easy (possible) to win, and the winning openings that are easy (possible) to win according to the playing state are fixed. Further, even if there is a difference between the game value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol, a fixed prize is awarded for each game state. There is a risk that the game will be monotonous because it will be a game of whether or not a ball is won in the mouth and a big hit is made.

Therefore, in recent pachinko machines, balls are alternately placed at the special figure 1 winning opening where the first lottery game of the first special symbol is obtained and the special figure 2 winning opening where the second lottery game of the second special symbol is obtained. A traditional alternating distribution unit with a winning function is used. Specifically, a sorting device, a special figure 1 winning opening, and a special drawing 2 winning opening are provided in the conventional alternating distribution unit, and a ball entering the conventional alternating sorting unit is specially characterized by the sorting device. There is a pachinko machine configured to alternately win a prize in FIG. 1 winning opening and a special drawing 2 winning opening so that starting conditions for a plurality of special symbols can be satisfied in one gaming state.

In a pachinko machine that employs this conventional alternating distribution unit, when a ball enters the conventional alternating distribution unit in a predetermined gaming state (for example, "normal gaming state"), the first special symbol is displayed. Since the first lottery game and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately given, a lottery of a plurality of special symbols is obtained in the game state, and different lottery games are alternately executed in one game state. It has the playability of playing pachinko, which enhances the interest of the game.

In addition, in a pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternating distribution unit, when the gaming state of "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state" in which it is easy to win a prize in any of the winning openings is realized, the right side of the game area is realized. In addition to providing a normal symbol gate, a normal electric service is provided near the special figure 2 winning opening of the conventional alternate distribution unit (for example, on the right side of the special figure 2 winning opening), or a special drawing 2 winning opening with a normal electric role is provided separately. Is provided. Then, in the above-mentioned "probability fluctuation state" or "time reduction state", when the player is made to hit right and the ball passes through the normal symbol gate, the winning probability of the normal symbol is increased, so that the normal electric service The ball is easily won only in the special figure 2 winning opening by driving the ordinary electric function while being configured to be easy to drive.

That is, in the pachinko machine using the above-mentioned conventional alternating distribution unit, in the "normal game state", the player is made to hit left, and the left-handed ball enters the conventional alternating distribution unit. It is configured so that the special figure 1 winning opening and the special drawing 2 winning opening can be alternately won. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the player is made to hit the right side so that the right-handed ball can easily pass through the normal symbol gate provided on the right side of the game area. Then, by winning in the variable display of the ordinary symbol executed due to the passage of the ordinary symbol gate, the ordinary electric service provided in the vicinity of the special figure 2 winning opening is driven, and the ordinary electric service is driven. In the middle, it is configured so that the ball can easily win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening. Further, in the "time shortened state", as in the "probability fluctuation state", the player is made to hit right, and the ball is easily won in the special figure 2 winning opening.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned conventional alternating distribution unit, it becomes easy to win only in the special figure 2 winning opening in a plurality of gaming states of "probability fluctuation state" and "time shortening state". Since the winning openings that are easy to win in a plurality of game states are fixed, the game may become monotonous.

Further, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned conventional alternating distribution unit, a difference is provided in the game value obtained between the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol (for example,). If the second lottery game is easier to win the "15R probability variation jackpot", etc.), in the "normal game state", which is the most disadvantageous for the player, the balls alternate between the special figure 1 winning opening and the special drawing 2 winning opening. By winning a prize, even though the game is in a disadvantageous state, the game value obtained is different, resulting in a squeaky game state. Then, if a jackpot based on the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening having a low game value obtained in the "normal gaming state" occurs, the player gets a jackpot based on the winning of the special drawing 2 winning opening. There is a risk of feeling lost due to not being able to do so, and even though he was a big hit, he might get excited about the game.

Therefore, in a pachinko machine equipped with a conventional alternating distribution unit, a difference in game value obtained between the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol is provided in the "normal game state". However, when the gaming state changes, that is, when the second lottery game of the second special symbol is obtained in the "probability fluctuation state" or the "time shortening state", the game value obtained is changed from the "normal gaming state". It is configured to be changed, and the game specifications are set so that the player does not get excited about the game, while variations of the game are provided.

As a result, in the pachinko machine equipped with this conventional alternating distribution unit, if the game value obtained for each winning opening does not change in the "normal game state", the conventional alternating distribution unit is awarded a special figure 2 prize. There is less need to provide a mouth, and there is a risk that the significance of adopting a conventional alternating distribution unit will be lost.

Here, in order to clearly different the winning openings that can be won for each gaming state, a plurality of non-electric accessories (for example, accessories other than electric accessories driven by electric power) are utilized. There are pachinko machines that have different winning openings that can (easily) win each game state.

Specifically, a predetermined ordinary symbol gate, an ordinary electric utility that can be driven by passing a ball through the ordinary symbol gate, and a plurality of non-electric accessories having special symbol winning openings, respectively. A plurality of operating members are provided to operate the corresponding non-electric accessory by the weight of the ball passing through the ordinary electric service. Then, by changing the opening mode of the normal electric service according to the gaming state (for example, short opening or long opening), the operating member through which the ball can pass is configured to be different, and the opening is performed according to the gaming state. There is a pachinko machine configured to have a different winning opening of a special symbol that can win a prize depending on the game state by making the non-electric accessory different (see, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-14432).

In such a pachinko machine, for example, a special figure 1 first winning opening for a first special symbol in which a ball can win a left-handed hit in a "normal game state" and a "first probability fluctuation state (latent probability fluctuation)" The first non-electric accessory with a built-in special figure 1 second winning opening for the first special symbol that the ball can win when hitting right in "state)" and right-handed in "second probability fluctuation state" A second non-electric accessory with a built-in special figure 2 winning opening for the second special symbol that the ball can win at times is provided. Further, in the "normal game state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is set low, while in the "first probability fluctuation state (latent probability fluctuation state)" and the "second probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is high. Set. Then, when hitting to the right, the first operation corresponding to the first non-electric accessory is inside the ordinary electric service that is activated by winning the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the ball to the normal symbol gate. A member and a second operating member corresponding to the second non-electric accessory are provided, respectively. Further, in the normal electric service, the opening pattern of the normal electric service (for example, driven by a short opening in the "first probability fluctuation state" and driven by a long opening in the "second probability fluctuation state") changes according to the game state. Provide an operating lever to operate. This operating lever is configured to guide the ball flowing into the normal electric service to the first operating member when the opening pattern of the normal electric service is short-open, and the normal electric service is opened for a long time. In the case of the pattern, the ball that has flowed into the normal electric service is configured to be guided to the second operating member. With this configuration, in the "normal game state", only the special figure 1 first winning opening can be won, and in the "first probability fluctuation state", only the special drawing 1 second winning opening is won. It is configured to be easy to win, and in the "second probability fluctuation state", it is configured to be easy to win only in the special figure 2 winning opening.

However, the pachinko machine using the non-electric accessory is configured to change the winning opening that can be won for each gaming state by utilizing the non-electric accessory, but it is generally familiar to players. It is difficult for the player to understand the game specifications because the game playability is constructed by using a thin non-electric accessory. As a result, the player may avoid playing the pachinko machine whose game specifications are difficult to understand, and the operation of the pachinko machine may not be improved.

Further, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, an operating member is provided inside the ordinary electric service, and a special mechanism for mechanically interlocking the operating member and the non-electric accessory is used to win a prize in the winning opening. It is configured to change aspects. For this reason, the number of parts used in the pachinko machine increases due to the special mechanism that mechanically links the operating member and the non-electric accessory, and the manufacturing cost may increase.

Further, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, in a plurality of gaming states of the "normal gaming state" and the "first probability fluctuation state", the special figure 1 first winning opening for the first special symbol is reached. It is in a state where it is possible to win a prize, or it is easy to win a prize only in the second winning opening of Special Figure 1. Therefore, since only the lottery opportunity of the first special symbol can be obtained in a plurality of game states, the game may become monotonous if the obtained lottery opportunity is the same special symbol.

In addition, in the pachinko machine equipped with the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, in order to obtain a lottery opportunity for a special symbol, the ball is once won in the entrance of the ordinary symbol to win the ordinary symbol, and then to the ordinary symbol. With the opening of the electric accessory based on the winning, the electric accessory is made to win a ball, and the operating member provided in the electric accessory is made to win (win) the ball, and finally the prize corresponding to the special symbol is won. It is configured so that a ball can be won in the mouth, and a lottery opportunity for a special symbol cannot be obtained without going through the above-mentioned multiple steps. Therefore, if the device at any stage (for example, the operating member) fails, there is a possibility that the lottery opportunity for the special symbol cannot be obtained.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, two special symbols (first special symbol and second special symbol) and one ordinary symbol, which are frequently used in general pachinko machines, are used, and further. By arranging the ordinary electric service unit 79 having the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a so as to be organically linked to the conventional alternating distribution unit 71, it is possible to win a prize in three gaming states. (Easy) The patterns of the winning openings 77 and 78 are configured to be different from each other.

In addition, the flow time of the ball of each of the paths 74 and 75 in the first embodiment, the time of arrival of the ball at the infestation plate 79b, the time of rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, or the driving time of the infestation plate 79b (protrusion). The time) is merely an example, and it is naturally possible to set each of the above times in order to realize the playability in the first embodiment. It produces the same effect as expected.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 6 to 11, the playability in each game state, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b accompanying the behavior of the ball will be described. First, with reference to FIGS. 6 and 7, the playability in the "normal gaming state" will be described.

FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b when hitting left in the “normal game state”. is there. FIG. 6A shows the behavior of a ball when the ball entering the alternating distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state”. .. Further, FIG. 6B shows the behavior of the ball when the ball entering the alternating distribution unit 71 is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state”. ing.

Further, FIG. 7A shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the appearance plate 79b when the ball is left-handed in the “normal game state”. FIG. 7B is a timing chart showing the protrusion time, and FIG. 7B shows a ball that has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 (passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b) at the time of right-handed hitting in the “normal game state”. It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing, the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of a haunting plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 6A, the balls distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” are distributed to the left side path 74 “2 seconds” after being distributed from the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left side exit of the above and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left side exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 6B, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" are first distributed after "0.1 seconds" from the distribution device 73. It passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, and "1.9 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it flows out from the right exit of the right route 75.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 7A, when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured in. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that the reserved ball of the normal symbol does not exist.

The variable display in the "normal game state" is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the result of the variable display is derived. Passing through the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b in front, the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is won as it is.

As shown in FIG. 7B, when a right-handed hit is made in the "normal game state", the ball passing through the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b is positioned at the right end of the infestation plate 79b after "1 second". To reach. Further, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", it appears before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Further, even when the balls enter continuously, it is difficult for the normal symbol to hit in the "normal game state", and the time for the hit and the appearance plate 79b to maintain the protruding state is "2". It is "seconds" (see FIG. 15C), and the time required to roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the left end is set to be "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled without rolling to the side of the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b). If the infestation plate 79b is displaced in an immersive state during the process, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric service unit 79. Further, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "normal game state".

As described above, in the "normal game state", the ball that has entered the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. In order to be able to win prizes alternately, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is configured to be performed. When an event occurs in which three or more spheres continuously enter the alternating distribution unit 71, the end timing of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the sphere flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 Since the outflow timing is changed, the above-mentioned playability is destroyed. However, since the distribution entry ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 is not provided with a winning assist function such as the haunting plate 79b, the situation itself is a rare case, and the situation itself is a rare case, and the continuous distribution unit 71 is continuous. The present invention will be described without regard to the entry of the ball.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 8 and 9, the playability in the “latent probability fluctuation state” will be described.

FIG. 8 shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution entry ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the behavior of the infestation plate 79b, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b when hitting left in the “latent probability fluctuation state”. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere rolling around. FIG. 8A shows the behavior of a ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the “latent probability fluctuation state” and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73. Further, FIG. 8B shows the behavior of a ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 when hitting left in the “latent probability fluctuation state” and is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73. There is.

Further, FIG. 9A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the infestation plate 79b when left-handed in the “latent probability fluctuation state”. FIG. 9B is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the above, and FIG. 9B shows the flow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 (passed through the right ordinary symbol gate 76b) at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state”. It is a timing chart which showed the flow timing of a sphere, the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of a haunting plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 8A, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” are distributed from the distribution device 73 in the same manner as in the “normal game state”. After "2 seconds", the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 8B, the spheres distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” are first distributed from the distribution device 73 for “0.1 seconds”. Later, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, and "1.9 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it flows out from the right exit of the right route 75.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 9A, when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured in. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

The variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the outflow from the right exit of the right path 75, the sphere is arranged on the infestation plate 79b. At the timing of reaching the position, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "latent probability fluctuation state" is "2 seconds" which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the total from the start of the variable display to the protrusion and immersion of the appearance plate 79b. The time is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly possible that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the time when the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the ball that has reached the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b collides with the left side portion of the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state, and rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position. You will be guided to the 78 side.

As shown in FIG. 9B, when a right-handed hit is made in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b after "1 second". Reach the position of. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" is "0.5 seconds". Further, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" is set higher than that in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is high. When the ball that has passed through the gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state.

However, while the time required for the infestation plate 79b to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds", the time required for rolling the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds". It is configured to be. As a result, the ball that has rolled from the right end to the left end of the infestation plate 79b has a special figure 2 winning opening 78 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state. When the infestation plate 79b is displaced to the immersive state without rolling to the side, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

When the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound as in the "normal game state". As a result, the player can be made to play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "latent probability fluctuation state".

As described above, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the ball that has entered the alternate distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. In order to win prizes alternately, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 10 and 11, the game playability in the “probability fluctuation state” will be described. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state”.

Further, FIG. 11A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the appearance plate 79b when left-handed in the “probability fluctuation state”. FIG. 11B is a timing chart showing the protrusion time, and FIG. 11B shows a ball that has flowed into the ordinary electric service unit 79 (passes through the right ordinary symbol gate 76b) at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state”. It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing, the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of a haunting plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 10, in the "probability fluctuation state", the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is, and the right normal symbol gate 76b is pressed. After "1 second" after passing, the position of the right end of the haunting plate 79b is reached.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 11B, when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right end normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b. At the time of arrival, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds". ing.

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the ball that has reached the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Begins to be guided to.

Further, the time required for the sphere to roll from the right end portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the infestation plate is formed from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state". Since the time until the 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state. Is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 from the balls that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol are the special figure 2 winning openings while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state. It is configured so that it can be guided to the 78 side and can win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Specifically, in the first embodiment, when the firing interval of the spheres is "0.6 seconds" interval and the ball always passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three spheres are additionally added. Special figure 2 You will be guided to the winning opening 78 side. That is, in the first embodiment, when the haunting plate 79b is in the protruding state once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

As shown in FIG. 11A, when the left-handed hit is performed in the "probability fluctuation state", the sphere is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". In this case, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 "2 seconds" after the distributed timing. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the outflow from the right exit of the right path 75, the sphere is arranged on the infestation plate 79b. At the timing of reaching the position, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" is longer than that in the "normal game state" and protrudes for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly possible that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the time when the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the ball that has reached the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b collides with the left side portion of the infestation plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and moves to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side. Will be guided.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game alternately wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78, while A ball that enters the ordinary electric service unit 79 from the right-side ordinary symbol gate 76b by a right-handed game is configured so that it can easily win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Further, the "probability fluctuation state" is configured so that the alarm sound is not output even when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and the right-handed game can be executed. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easier to execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol, which is advantageous for the player, when the right-handed game is continuously performed rather than the left-handed game. It is configured in.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the pachinko machine 10 is based on winning a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. 1 The first lottery game of the first special symbol and the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a in the "latent probability fluctuation state" by playing the game by the first lottery game of the special symbol. It is possible to play a game with the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning prize. Further, in the right-handed game, the game can be performed by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, instead of changing the hit probability of the normal symbol from the "normal game state" like the "latent probability fluctuation state" and the "probability fluctuation state", the haunting type normal electric service is used according to the game state of the pachinko machine 10. The time for the infestation plate 79b of the 79a to protrude and the number of times for the infestation plate 79b of the infestation type ordinary electric service 79a to protrude may be changed. Specifically, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or the "probability fluctuation state", the time during which the appearance plate 79b of the infestation type ordinary electric service 79a protrudes is made longer than in the "normal game state", or in one hit. The number of times the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a protrudes may be made larger than that in the "normal game state". Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or the "probability fluctuation state", the hit probability of the normal symbol is increased, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is lengthened, and the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is used. At least two of the number of protrusions of the infestation plate 79b may be increased at the same time.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description will be continued. In the game area, a plurality of general winning openings 63 are arranged in which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. Further, as described above, the variable display device unit 80 is arranged from the central portion of the game area to the right side area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by a ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning), and is synchronized with the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 to form a third symbol. A third symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter, simply abbreviated as "display device") and a ball of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side are used as a trigger to perform the fluctuation effect of the normal symbol. A normal symbol display device 83 composed of LEDs for variably displaying the above is provided. Further, in the variable display device unit 80, a center frame 86 is arranged so as to surround the outer periphery of the third symbol display device 81.

The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large 17-inch size liquid crystal display, and by controlling the display contents by the display control device 114 (see FIG. 13) described later, for example, left, middle, and right. Three symbol columns Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12) are displayed.

Each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12) is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row Z1 to Z3 to display the third symbol on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. It is designed to be displayed variably. The third symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment is commonly used in the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and is used for controlling the main control device 110. While the accompanying game state is displayed on the special symbol display device 37, the decorative display corresponding to the display of the special symbol display device 37 is performed using the third symbol of the third symbol display device 81. It is a thing. In addition, instead of the display device, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the third symbol display device 81.

Here, the display contents of the third symbol display device 81 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a drawing for explaining the display screen of the third symbol display device 81, and FIG. 12A is a diagram schematically showing the area division setting and the effective line setting of the display screen. FIG. 12B is a diagram illustrating an actual display screen.

The third symbol is composed of 10 types of main symbols with numbers from "0" to "9". Each main symbol is composed of a rear symbol consisting of a wooden box with numbers from "0" to "9", of which odd numbers ("1", "3", "5", "7", The main design with "9") has a large number added to almost the front of the wooden box. On the other hand, the main symbols with even numbers ("0", "2", "4", "6", "8") are characters such as furoshiki, helmets, etc. that almost fill the front of the wooden box. An attached symbol that imitates is added, and an even number is added so that an even number is small in green on the lower right side of the attached symbol and is displayed on the front side of the attached symbol.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery result of any of the special symbols by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 13) described later is a big hit, a variable effect in which the same main symbols are aligned is produced. It is configured so that a big hit will occur after the fluctuation production is finished. When the jackpot shifts to the "probability fluctuation state (probability variation state)" and a maximum of 15 rounds of jackpot is given, a variation effect is performed in which the main symbols with odd numbers (corresponding to the "probability variation symbol") are aligned. It is said. On the other hand, when shifting to the "latent probability fluctuation state" after the jackpot ends, a variation effect is performed in which the main symbols with even numbers added (corresponding to the "latent probability variation symbol") are aligned.

As shown in FIG. 12A, the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 is roughly divided into three in the vertical direction, and the lower two-thirds are reserved with the main display area Dm that fluctuates the third symbol. It is composed of a cockpit display area Db that displays the number of balls and the like, and the other upper 1/3 is a sub-display area Ds that displays a notice effect, a character, and the like.

The main display area Dm is divided into three display areas Dm1 to Dm3 on the left, middle, and right. The left symbol column Z1 is displayed in the display area Dm1, and the middle symbol column Z2 is displayed in the display area Dm2. The right symbol column Z3 is displayed in the display area Dm3.

In each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, the above-mentioned third symbols are displayed in a specified order. That is, the main symbols are arranged in the ascending order (or descending order) of the numbers in each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3, and the variation effect is performed by scrolling from top to bottom with periodicity for each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. In each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3, the arrangement of numbers may be different from each other. For example, in the left symbol row Z1, the numbers of the main symbols may be arranged so as to appear in descending order, while in the middle symbol row Z2 and the right symbol row Z3, the numbers of the main symbols may be arranged so as to appear in ascending order.

Further, in the main display area Dm, the third symbol is displayed in the upper, middle, and lower three rows for each symbol row Z1 to Z3. The middle part of this main display area Dm is set as the effective line L1, and the third symbol is placed on the effective line L1 in the order of the left symbol row Z1 → the right symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2 in each variation effect. Stop is displayed. If the combination of jackpot symbols (combination of the same main symbols; hereinafter referred to as "big hit display") is arranged on the effective line L1 when the third symbol is stopped, the jackpot moving image is displayed as a jackpot.

On the other hand, while the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37) is performing the variation effect (dynamic display) of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the sphere is special. FIG. 1 When a ball is entered into the winning opening 77, the number of times the ball is entered (the number of reserved balls) is held up to 4 times. The number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, and the special figures 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d of the first reserved symbol display area Db1 corresponding to the first special symbol of the cockpit display area Db. Also shown. In the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, one reserved symbol (“○” symbol in the normal display mode) for each reserved ball of the first special symbol (the number of reserved balls is one). White circle symbols)) are displayed, and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved symbols displayed in the special figures 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d.

That is, in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, when one reserved symbol is displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol. Is one time, and when a total of two reserved symbols are displayed in the special figure 1 first and second reserved symbol display areas Db1a and Db1b, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is displayed. Indicates that is twice, and when a total of three reserved symbols are displayed in each of the special figure 1 first to third reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1c, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is displayed. Is 3 times, and when a total of 4 reserved symbols are displayed in the special figure 1 1st to 4th reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, the number of reserved balls of the 1st special symbol is displayed. Indicates that is 4 times. Further, when the reserved symbols are not displayed in the special figure 1 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is 0 and there is a holding variable effect. Indicates not to.

In addition, the sphere is special while the third symbol display device 81 (special symbol display device 37) is performing the variation effect (dynamic display) of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol or the second special symbol. FIG. 2 When a ball is entered into the winning opening 78, the number of times the ball is entered (the number of reserved balls) is held up to 4 times. The number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, and the special figures 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d of the second reserved symbol display area Db2 corresponding to the second special symbol of the cockpit display area Db. Also shown. In the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, one reserved symbol (“○” symbol in the normal display mode) for each reserved ball of the second special symbol (the number of reserved balls is one). White circle symbols)) are displayed, and the number of reserved balls is displayed according to the number of reserved symbols displayed in the special figures 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d.

That is, in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, when one reserved symbol is displayed in the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol. Is one time, and when a total of two reserved symbols are displayed in the special figure 2 first and second reserved symbol display areas Db2a and Db2b, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is displayed. 2 times, and when a total of 3 reserved symbols are displayed in the special figure 2 1st to 3rd reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2c, the number of reserved balls of the 2nd special symbol is displayed. Is 3 times, and when a total of 4 reserved symbols are displayed in the special figure 2 1st to 4th reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, the number of reserved balls of the 2nd special symbol is displayed. Indicates that is 4 times. Further, when the reserved symbols are not displayed in the special figure 2 first to fourth reserved symbol display areas Db2a to Db2d, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is 0 and there is a variable effect of being reserved. Indicates not to.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are not executed at the same time, and only one of the lottery games is executed. It is configured in. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when one of the running lottery games is completed, the reserved ball of the first special symbol and the reserved ball of the second special symbol are stored respectively. Is configured to preferentially execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol over the first lottery game of the first special symbol (so-called special figure 2 priority change). The lottery game may be executed in the order of winning, or the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol may be executed at the same time.

In the central portion of the cockpit display area Db, an execution symbol display area Db0 for displaying an execution symbol indicating that the variation effect is executed in the main display area Dm is provided. The execution symbol display area Db0 is provided in the central portion of the cockpit display area Db, that is, on the right side of the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a and on the left side of the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a. It is configured to display execution symbols larger than each reserved symbol displayed in the reserved symbol display areas Db1a to Db1d and Db2a to Db2d. Further, in the execution symbol display area Db0, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a or the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a is moved (shifted) and displayed as an execution symbol. To.

The execution symbol displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 is deleted when the variation effect is completed, and along with the deletion of the execution symbol, the displayed reserved symbol is on the lower side (on the right side if it is the first special symbol, the first). 2 If it is a special symbol, it will be moved and displayed as a reserved symbol (on the left). Specifically, for example, in a situation where the reserved symbol of the second special symbol does not exist and there are four reserved symbols of the first special symbol, the variation effect of the first special symbol or the second special symbol ends. When the execution symbol displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 is deleted, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a moves as the execution symbol in the execution symbol display area Db0. (Shift) is displayed. Further, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 1 second reserved symbol display area Db1b is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved symbol in the special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a. Further, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 1 third reserved symbol display area Db1c is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved symbol in the special figure 1 second reserved symbol display area Db1b. Further, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth reserved symbol display area Db1d is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved symbol in the special figure 1 third reserved symbol display area Db1c.

Further, for example, in a situation where there are four reserved symbols of the second special symbol, the execution symbol displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 is deleted with the end of the variation effect of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. If so, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a is moved (shifted) and displayed as an execution symbol in the execution symbol display area Db0. Further, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 2 second reserved symbol display area Db2b is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved symbol in the special figure 2 first reserved symbol display area Db2a. Further, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 2 third reserved symbol display area Db2c is moved (shifted) and displayed as the reserved symbol in the special figure 2 second reserved symbol display area Db2b. Further, the reserved symbol displayed in the special figure 2 fourth reserved symbol display area Db2d is moved (shifted) and displayed as a reserved symbol in the special figure 2 third reserved symbol display area Db2c.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the execution symbol is continuously displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0 while the variation effect is being executed in the main display area Dm (in the variation element of "super reach" or "special reach". Except in the variable elements of). On the other hand, when the variation effect is completed, or when the variation element of "super reach" or the variation element of "special reach" is being executed, the execution symbol is deleted. That is, when the execution symbol is displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0, it indicates that the variation effect is being executed (continued) in the main display area Dm, and the execution symbol is displayed in the execution symbol display area Db0. If not, it indicates that the fluctuation effect is not executed (not continued) in the main display area Dm, or that the fluctuation element of "super reach" or the fluctuation element of "special reach" is executed.

Further, in the cockpit display area Db, the "hold change notice" can be executed by using the hold symbol and the execution symbol displayed in the cockpit display area Db. This "hold change notice" is to change the display color of the hold symbol and the execution symbol in a plurality of stages from before the execution of the variation effect to during the execution of the jackpot expectation of the variation effect executed in the main display area Dm. It is a notice suggested by.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as a "hold change notice", the display colors of the hold symbol and the execution symbol are displayed from "white", which is a normal display mode, to "blue", which is a blue display mode, and red. It is configured to be changeable to the "red" aspect or the "rainbow color" of the rainbow-colored display aspect. This pachinko machine 10 is configured so that the selection ratio of the display color of the reserved symbol and the executed symbol is different when the "big hit display" occurs in the variable effect or when the "reach display" occurs. By changing the display color of the reserved symbol and the executed symbol from the normal display mode (“white”) to another display mode (for example, “blue”), in the variation effect indicated by the reserved symbol and the executed symbol, “ It is possible to suggest to the player the possibility that "reach display" or "big hit display" will occur for each display color.

Specifically, in the "holding change notice", when the holding symbol and the execution symbol are in the "blue" display mode rather than the normal display mode ("white"), the variation indicated by the hold symbol and the execution symbol. In the production, the ratio of "reach display" and "big hit display" is set high. In addition, when the reserved symbol and the executed symbol have a display mode of "red" rather than "blue", the ratio of "reach display" or "big hit display" is higher in the variation effect indicated by the reserved symbol and the executed symbol. Set. Furthermore, when the reserved symbol and the executed symbol have a display mode of "rainbow color" rather than "red", the ratio of "reach display" or "big hit display" in the variation effect indicated by the reserved symbol and the executed symbol is higher. Set high.

In addition, when the display mode of the reserved symbol and the executed symbol is "red", the mode of the effect mainly "super reach" in the variable effect indicated by the "red" reserved symbol or the executed symbol (mainly). The mode of production may be referred to as "directed mode") or "special reach" directed mode (hereinafter, "super reach" directed mode or "special reach" directed mode may be collectively referred to as "super reach or higher" directed mode. ) Is set to be confirmed. Further, when the display mode of the reserved symbol and the executed symbol is "rainbow color", the appearance of the "big hit display" is set to be confirmed in the variable effect indicated by the reserved symbol or the executed symbol of the "rainbow color". Has been done. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the display mode of the reserved symbol and the executed symbol is "reach display" or "big hit display" in the order of normal ("white")-> "blue"-> "red"-> "rainbow color". It is set so that the degree of expectation for the appearance of is high.

It should be noted that the display mode of "rainbow color" in the "hold change notice" is set so that it does not appear in the hold symbol but can appear only in the execution symbol. This is because, after the display mode of "rainbow color" in which the occurrence of the jackpot is confirmed in the reserved symbol is displayed, if the reserved symbol is not executed due to some abnormality (for example, power off), the player gains. Dissatisfaction arises because the jackpot that should be done is not obtained. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the above-mentioned dissatisfaction from occurring by configuring the reserved symbol so that the display mode of "rainbow color" in which the occurrence of the jackpot is confirmed does not appear in advance.

In addition, when the reserved symbol shifts due to the execution (digestion) of the variation effect in the state where the displayed mode of the reserved symbol has changed due to this "pending change notice", the displayed mode of the changed reserved symbol shifts. It is configured to be inherited (inherited) and reflected in the previous reserved symbol or executed symbol. That is, when the display mode of the reserved symbol changes, even when the changed reserved symbol shifts to another reserved symbol display area Db1 to Db3 or the executed symbol display area Db0 with the execution of the variation effect, the display before the shift is performed. The mode is configured to be maintained as it is as the display mode of the reserved symbol or the executed symbol after the shift.

Therefore, for example, when the display color of the reserved symbol changes to "red" in the special figure 1 fourth reserved symbol display area Db1d, the reserved symbol changes from the special figure 1 third reserved symbol display area Db1c to the special figure 1 second reserved. When shifting from the symbol display area Db1b → special figure 1 first reserved symbol display area Db1a → execution symbol display area Db0, the “red” reserved symbol or execution symbol is configured to be continuously displayed. To.

In the first embodiment, the number of reserved balls for the variable effect based on the winning balls in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 is configured to be reserved up to 4 times, respectively. The maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to four, and may be set to three or less, or five or more (for example, eight), respectively. Further, instead of displaying the reserved symbols in the cockpit display area Db, the number of reserved balls is different by a number in a part of the third symbol display device 81, or the area divided into four is different by the number of reserved balls ( For example, it may be displayed in a color or lighting pattern). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, it is not necessary to display the number of reserved balls on the third symbol display device 81. If the third symbol display device 81 does not display information on the number of reserved balls (reserved symbols, etc.), the "reserved change notice" by the reserved symbols cannot be executed, so other character symbols, etc. are additionally added. It may be configured to execute a look-ahead notice similar to the "pending change notice" by making it appear.

Further, the variable display device unit 80 is provided with four hold lamps indicating the number of hold balls, which are equal to the maximum number of hold lamps of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, and hold balls are provided according to the number of hold lamps in the lit state. It may display a number. When the number of reserved balls is displayed by the hold lamp, it is natural that the same look-ahead notice as the "hold change notice" of the first embodiment is executed by providing a plurality of types of display colors of the hold lamp. Is possible.

The sub-display area Ds is provided horizontally above the main display area Dm, and is further divided into three small areas Ds1 to Ds3 in the left-right direction. The small areas Ds1 to Ds3 are areas for displaying a character and a preview effect image, respectively. The images displayed in each of the small areas Ds1 to Ds3 give the player a feeling of expectation that will be a big hit as a result of the variation effect performed in the main display area Dm. The cockpit display area Db is a reserved symbol indicating the number of reserved balls, which is the number of balls (reserved balls) for which the variation effect has not been executed among the balls entered in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. This is an area for displaying and the execution symbol related to the fluctuation effect during execution.

On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 12B, a total of nine main symbols of the third symbol are displayed in the main display area Dm. In the sub-display area Ds, in the left small area Ds1, a moving image such as the appearance of a notice symbol is displayed, and the variation effect performed in the main display area Dm is in a state where it is easier to transition to a jackpot than usual. Suggested to the player.

Further, in the sub-display area Ds, in the central small area Ds2, a predetermined character (a boy with a headband in the first embodiment) normally performs a predetermined operation, and the variation effect is performed in the main display area Dm. Based on this, a special action other than the predetermined action is performed, the color of the boy's hair, which is usually black, or the color of the white headband, which is usually white, changes, or another character appears. Is done.

Further, in the sub-display area Ds, in the right small area Ds3, a level meter (not shown) that gradually suggests whether or not a big hit occurs in the fluctuation effect performed in the main display area Dm appears. Is displayed. This level meter increases (adds) each time the expected occurrence of "reach display" and the expected jackpot in the running fluctuation effect increase based on the appearance of the notice symbol etc. in the variation effect. It is configured to suggest that the jackpot is confirmed when the display limit (MAX display) of the level meter is reached. Therefore, the sub-display area Ds has a function of suggesting the occurrence of "reach display" in the main display area Dm.

Returning to FIG. 3, the description will be continued. In the ordinary symbol display device 83, the sphere is collectively referred to as the "ordinary symbol gate 76a" in the unit or the right ordinary symbol gate 76b (hereinafter, the ordinary symbol gate 76a in the unit and the right ordinary symbol gate 76b are collectively referred to as "ordinary symbol gate 76". Each time the display symbol (ordinary symbol) is passed, the "○" symbol and the "x" symbol are alternately lit for variable display. In the pachinko machine 10, when the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 is stopped at a predetermined symbol (the symbol “○” in the first embodiment), the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a operates only for a time corresponding to the gaming state. It is configured to be in a state (the haunting plate 79b is projected).

The number of reserved balls in the normal symbol gate 76 is held up to four times, and the number of reserved balls is lit and displayed on the normal symbol holding lamp 84 provided in the center frame 86. Four ordinary symbol holding lamps 84 are provided for the maximum number of holding lamps 84, and are arranged above the third symbol display device 81. Then, the number of holds is displayed according to the number of lights of the normal symbol hold lamp 84.

The variable display of the normal symbol is performed by switching the lighting and non-lighting of a plurality of lamps in the normal symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, as well as the special symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device. It may be done by using a part of 81. Similarly, the normal symbol holding lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the third symbol display device 81. In addition, the maximum number of reserved balls is not limited to 4 times, but 3 times or less, or 5 times, as in the case of the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. It may be set to the above number of times (for example, 8 times). Further, when the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 37, the normal symbol holding lamp 84 may not be used to display the lighting.

A central variable winning device 65 is disposed below the front view of the alternating distribution unit 71, and a horizontally long rectangular central large winning opening (large opening opening) 65a is provided in a substantially central portion thereof. Further, a right variable winning device 67 is arranged on the right side of the ordinary electric service unit 79 when viewed from the front, and a horizontally long rectangular right large winning opening (large opening) 67a is provided in a substantially central portion thereof.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol in the main control device 110 (see FIG. 6) becomes a big hit, the big hit is made after a predetermined time (variable time) has elapsed. The 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37 is lit and displayed so as to be the stop symbol of the above, and the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed on the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the jackpot. After that, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special game state, when a big hit occurs as a result of a lottery in the first special symbol, the central prize opening 65a, which is normally closed, is opened until a predetermined time (for example, "30 seconds" elapses, or "30 seconds" elapses, or When the ball is opened (until 10 balls are won) and a big hit occurs as a result of the lottery in the second special symbol, the right side big winning opening 67a, which is normally closed, has passed a predetermined time (for example, "30 seconds"). (Until you win, or until 10 balls win).

The central prize opening 65a or the right side prize opening 67a is closed after a lapse of a predetermined time, and after the closing, the central prize opening 65a or the right side prize opening 67a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the central winning opening 65a or the right winning opening 67a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a special gaming state (big hit state) that is advantageous for the player, and the player is given a game value (game value) in a larger amount than usual. Prize balls will be paid out.

The central variable winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular central opening / closing plate (not shown) that covers the central winning opening 65a, and a central opening / closing solenoid for driving the opening / closing forward with the lower side of the central opening / closing plate as an axis. (Not shown) and. The Chuo University winning opening 65a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. Then, at the time of a big hit based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol, the central large winning opening solenoid is driven to tilt the central opening / closing plate downward to the front, and the ball fired by left-handed is the central large winning opening. It temporarily forms an open state in which it is easy to win a prize in 65a, and operates so as to alternately repeat the open state and the normally closed state. That is, when a jackpot based on the first lottery game of the first special symbol is won in the left-handed state in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state", the opening and closing of the central prize opening 65a is controlled. The player is configured to be able to play a subsequent game while continuing the left-handed game.

The right variable winning device 67 has the same configuration as the central variable winning device 65, with a horizontally long rectangular right opening / closing plate (not shown) covering the right large winning opening 67a and the lower side of the right opening / closing plate as axes. It is equipped with a right-sided winning opening solenoid (not shown) for opening and closing drive on the front side. The right side large winning opening 67a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or it is difficult to win. Then, at the time of a big hit based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol, the right side big prize opening solenoid is driven to tilt the right opening and closing plate forward and downward, and the ball fired by right-handed hits the right side big prize opening. It temporarily forms an open state in which it is easy to win a prize in 67a, and operates so as to alternately repeat the open state and the normally closed state. That is, when a jackpot based on the second lottery game of the second special symbol is won at the time of right-handed hitting in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or right-handed hitting in the "probability fluctuation state", the right side big winning opening 67a Since the opening and closing is controlled and then the player enters the "probability fluctuation state", the player is configured to be able to perform the subsequent game while continuing the right-handed game.

The special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. A large opening that opens and closes separately from the central prize opening 65a or the right side prize opening 67a is provided in the game area, and when the 7-segment display 37b corresponding to the jackpot is lit in the special symbol display device 37, the central prize is awarded. The opening 65a or the right side large winning opening 67a is opened for a predetermined time, and while the central large winning opening 65a or the right side large winning opening 67a is open, the ball wins in the central large winning opening 65a or the right side large winning opening 67a. As an opportunity, a gaming state in which the large opening opening 65a provided separately from the central large winning opening 65a or the right large winning opening 67a is opened a predetermined number of times for a predetermined time may be formed as a special gaming state.

Attachment spaces K1 and K2 for attaching certificate stamps, identification labels, etc. are provided at the left and right corners on the lower side of the game board 13, and the certificate stamps, etc. attached to the attachment space K1 are the front frame 14. It can be visually recognized through the small window 35 (see FIG. 1).

Further, the game board 13 is provided with an out port 66. Balls that do not enter any of the winning openings (entrance openings) 63, 64, 65a are guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through the out opening 66. A large number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (accessories) such as a windmill are arranged.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10.

The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 includes a read-only memory (Read Only Memory; hereinafter abbreviated as “ROM”) 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and controls stored in the ROM 202. Random access memory (Random Access Memory; hereinafter abbreviated as "RAM") 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing a program, and other interrupt circuits and timer circuits. Various circuits such as a data transmission / reception circuit are built-in.

In order to instruct the operation of the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit. Such a command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device in only one direction.

In the main control device 110, the main pachinko machines 10 include a jackpot lottery, setting of dynamic display and variation effect in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results of variable display in the normal symbol display device 83. Perform various processes. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer 203c for storing various counters for controlling these processes.

Further, the ROM 202 includes a jackpot random number table 202a, a jackpot type table 202b, a hold number table 202c, a stop pattern table 202d, a fluctuation pattern table 202e, a random number table 202f per normal figure, a normal figure fluctuation time table 202g, and a normal electric service control table 202h. At least stores. The main control device 110 executes the above-mentioned main control by the various counters stored in the RAM 203 and the various tables stored in the ROM 202.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14, a counter and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be described. These counters and the like can be used for jackpot lottery, dynamic display setting of the special symbol display device 37, setting of variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, lottery of variable display display result on the normal symbol display device 83, and the like. To do so, it is used in the MPU 201 of the main controller 110. Further, in the description of the various counters, various tables stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 will also be described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16.

For the jackpot lottery, the dynamic display setting of the special symbol display device 37, and the setting of the variation effect of the third symbol display device 81, the jackpot random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and the stop type of the jackpot symbol are used. The jackpot type counter C2 used for selection, the stop pattern selection counter C3 used for selecting the effect mode of the fluctuation effect, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the fluctuation pattern selection. The variable type counter CS1 used for is used.

Further, the random number counter C4 per normal figure is used for the lottery of the ordinary symbol display device 83, and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to "0".

Each counter is updated, for example, at intervals of 4 milliseconds, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), and some counters are updated irregularly in the main process (see FIG. 28). Then, the updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer 203c set in the predetermined area of the RAM 203. Although the details will be described later, the RAM 203 includes a first holding ball storage area 203d composed of four holding areas (first holding first to fourth areas) related to the first special symbol, and four holding areas related to the second special symbol. A second reserved ball storage area 203e composed of areas (second reserved first to fourth areas) is provided, and each of these areas has a special figure 1 winning opening 77 or a special drawing 2 winning opening 78. Each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 is stored according to the ball entry timing.

Each counter will be described in detail. The jackpot random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 899") to reach the maximum value (for example, "899" in the case of a counter that can take a value of "0 to 899"). After reaching "0", it returns to "0". In particular, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated once, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1, and the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated from the initial value. Will be done.

The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the jackpot random number counter C1. That is, for example, when the jackpot random number counter C1 is a loop counter capable of taking a value of "0 to 899", the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter in the range of "0 to 899". The first initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once for each execution of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 28).

The value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol). It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first hold area of any of the first hold first to fourth areas. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning), it is provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol). It is stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of the second hold area of any of the second hold first to fourth areas.

The value of the random number for which the jackpot random number counter C1 is a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202 of the main controller 110, and the jackpot stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, 203e1 in the hold area. When the value of the random number counter C1 matches the value of the random number that becomes the jackpot set by the jackpot random number table 202a, it is determined to be a jackpot.

Here, the details of the jackpot random number table 202a will be described with reference to FIG. 15A. FIG. 15A is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot random number table 202a stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot random number table 202a is a low-probability state used when the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a low-probability state (a period other than a “probability fluctuation state” or a “latent probability fluctuation state”) that is a “normal game state”. When the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability fluctuation state (during probability change)" or a "latent probability fluctuation state (during latent probability change)", which is a high probability state with a higher probability of becoming a big hit than a low probability state. It can be divided into two types, one for high-probability states used. Then, the number of big hit random numbers included in each of the low-probability state and the high-probability state is set differently. In this way, by making the number of random numbers to be a big hit different, the probability of being a big hit is changed between the low probability state and the high probability state.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values (big hit random number value) of the jackpot random number counter C1 that becomes a jackpot in the low probability state is three, and the value "7,307,582" is the jackpot random number. It is stored in the table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the low probability state (that is, the "normal game state") is set to be 3/900 = 1/300.

On the other hand, the number of random number values (big hit random number values) that are jackpots in the high probability state is 9, and the values "28,122,298,390,486,567,656,750,866" are It is stored in the jackpot random number table 202a. That is, the jackpot probability of the special symbol in the high probability state (that is, the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state") is set to be 9/900 = 1/100.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number value for the low-probability state and the jackpot random number value for the high-probability state stored in the jackpot random number table 202a are each jackpot random number value so as not to be duplicated. Is set. Here, if there is a value that becomes a jackpot random number regardless of the situation of the pachinko machine 10, the value can be easily predicted from the outside, so that there is a high possibility that the jackpot will be illegally assigned. On the other hand, as in the first embodiment, the jackpot is obtained by changing the value of the random number that becomes the jackpot according to the situation (that is, depending on whether the pachinko machine 10 is in the high probability state or the low probability state). Since it is possible to make it difficult to predict the value of the random number, it is possible to suppress fraud.

Returning to FIG. 14, the description will be continued. The jackpot type counter C2 determines the jackpot type when a jackpot occurs, and is added one by one in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 99"), and the maximum value (for example, "0 to 99") is added. In the case of a counter that can take the value of "", it is configured to return to "0" after reaching "99"). The value of the jackpot type counter C2 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (starting winning), the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol). 1 Of the 1st to 4th reserved areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same 1st reserved area as the 1st reserved area. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning), the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol). 2 Among the first to fourth reserved areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 of the same second reserved area as the second reserved area.

Here, for example, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the hold area 1 in the first hold ball storage area 203d or the second hold ball storage area 203e is not a random number that is a jackpot, that is, it is lost. If it is a random number, the fluctuation pattern in the fluctuation effect and the type of the stop symbol (hereinafter referred to as "stop type") are the ones at the time of loss. On the other hand, if the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the 1 hold area in the 1st hold ball storage area 203d or the 2nd hold ball storage area 203e is a random number that becomes a jackpot, the fluctuation pattern or stop in the fluctuation effect. The type is the one at the time of big hit. In this case, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type at the time of the jackpot are determined according to the jackpot type indicated by the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the same holding area.

The value of the jackpot type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 99". The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b stored in the ROM 202. The jackpot type table 202b includes a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 referred to in the first lottery game of the first special symbol, and a jackpot type for special figure 2 referred to in the second lottery game of the second special symbol. A table 202b2 is provided.

Here, the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 and the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 15 (b) and 15 (c). FIG. 15B is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 corresponding to the first special symbol stored in the ROM 202, and FIG. 15C is also stored in the ROM 202. It is a figure which shows typically an example of the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 corresponding to the 2nd special symbol. As shown in FIGS. 15 (b) and 15 (c), the jackpot type table 202b correlates the type of the special symbol with the jackpot type corresponding to the type of the special symbol and the value of the jackpot type counter C2. It's a table.

As the jackpot type, as described above, after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, until the variation effect of the special symbol is executed 100 times (so-called special time 100 times. Hereinafter, Special Time (special time). ) Is abbreviated as "ST"), the jackpot probability of the special symbol and the hit probability of the normal symbol are in a high probability state, and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shortened (first implementation). In the embodiment, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a is long while being changed from "3 seconds" to "0.5 seconds" (in the first embodiment, "2 seconds" to "5 seconds". After the "15R probability variation jackpot" that shifts to the "probability fluctuation state" and the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 7 rounds, until the special symbol variation effect is executed 100 times (so-called ST100 times) During that time, the jackpot probability of the special symbol and the hit probability of the normal symbol are in a high probability state, and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol is shortened (in the first embodiment, it is changed from "3 seconds" to "0.5 seconds"). On the other hand, the "7R latent probability change jackpot" shifts to the "latent probability fluctuation state" in which the protruding time of the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a remains for a short time ("2 seconds" in the first embodiment). There is.

In the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 and the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2, each jackpot type is associated with a possible value of the jackpot type counter C2 for determining the jackpot type.

In the example of the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 of FIG. 15B, the value “0 to 89” of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the “7R latent probability variation jackpot”, and the value “0 to 89” is associated with the “15R probability variation jackpot”. The value "90 to 99" of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the above.

In the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol in the first embodiment, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of any one of the first reserved ball storage areas 203d becomes a jackpot. If it is a value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 of the same first holding area is determined from the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1. For example, if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "20", "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is "95", the jackpot type is "15R probability variation jackpot". Is decided. That is, if a big hit is won in the first lottery game of the first special symbol (that is, a lottery based on the ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77), "7R latent probability change big hit" is selected with a 90% probability. It is set so that "15R probability variation jackpot" is selected with a probability of 10%.

Further, in the example of the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 of FIG. 15C, the value “0 to 99” of the jackpot type counter C2 is associated with the “15R probability variation jackpot”.

In the winning / failing lottery of the second special symbol in the first embodiment, the jackpot random number stored in the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 of any of the holding areas of the second reserved ball storage area 203e is the same as in the winning / failing lottery of the first special symbol. When the value of the counter C1 is a jackpot value, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the same holding area is the jackpot type table for special figure 2. Determined from 202b2. For example, regardless of the value of the jackpot type counter C2 (“0 to 99”), “15R probability variation jackpot” is determined as the jackpot type. That is, if a jackpot is won in the second lottery game of the second special symbol (that is, a lottery based on the ball entering the special figure 2 winning opening 78), "15R probability variation jackpot" is selected with a 100% probability. Is set to.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the lottery game with the second special symbol has a greater game value for the player than the lottery game with the first special symbol. A game of receiving a lottery with a special symbol, that is, whether to enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78 rather than entering the special figure 2 winning opening 77 is born, and variations are provided in the game to enhance the interest of the game. ing.

The probability that each jackpot type will be selected in the event of a jackpot is appropriately set depending on the model. Then, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type is defined in the jackpot type table 202b according to the set probability.

Further, the probability that the jackpot type is selected may be changed according to the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. In this case, the jackpot type table 202b corresponding to each game state may be prepared, and the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 associated with each jackpot type may be changed in each jackpot type table 202b.

Returning to FIG. 14, the description of various counters will be continued. The stop pattern selection counter C3 is configured to, for example, add "1" in order within the range of "0 to 99", reach the maximum value (that is, "99"), and then return to "0".

In the first embodiment, the number of held fluctuation effects and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 determine the rough production mode of the fluctuation effects displayed on the third symbol display device 81 at the time of jackpot and loss. Be selected. Specifically, only the "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode or the "non-reach (normal)" effect mode in which the "reach display" does not occur and the variable element of the "normal reach" as the "reach display" are executed. The "normal reach" production mode and the "super reach" production mode in which the variable element of the "normal reach" is executed and the variable element of the "super reach" is executed, and the "special reach" which is also developed from the variable element of the "normal reach". 5 production modes are selected with the "special reach" production mode in which the variable element of "" is executed.

Here, each effect mode will be described in detail. Among the production modes, the "non-reach (shortened)" production mode and the "non-reach (normal)" production mode are described in "non-reach (normal)" production modes in the display areas Dm1 to Dm3 (see FIG. 12A) of the main display area Dm. This is an effect mode in which the same third symbol does not stop in the left display area Dm1 and the right display area Dm3 and the “reach display” does not occur after the fluctuation element of “high-speed fluctuation” is performed.

The fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" is displayed in each symbol row Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12A) in the fluctuation effect performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12) of the third symbol display device 81. The third symbol is a variable element that is scrolled vertically downward on the display screen at high speed. In this "high-speed fluctuation", the third symbol is changed so that the player cannot clearly recognize the display content of the third symbol, and the stop result of the fluctuation effect displayed last time is irregularly mixed (shuffled). Is executed as.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation" is performed except for a specific effect mode ("non-reach (shortened)" effect mode). It is configured to be used. The fluctuation element of the "low speed fluctuation" is visually recognized by the player after the fluctuation element of the "high speed fluctuation" in the fluctuation effect performed in the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12A) of the third symbol display device 81. A variable element that scrolls the third symbol at a low speed at a possible speed. In the fluctuation element of this "low speed fluctuation", the third symbol row Z1 → the right symbol row Z3 → the middle symbol row Z2 (see FIG. 12 (a)) while causing the player to recognize the display content of the third symbol. Stop and display the design. When the same third symbol stops in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3, it develops into a variable element of "normal reach" as "reach display" occurs, while in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3. When a different third symbol is stopped, the middle symbol row Z2 is stopped and displayed, and the variation effect is terminated (except when it develops into a "pseudo-ream" described later).

Therefore, in the "non-reach (normal)" effect mode, the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, and then the "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is performed, and each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12A). ) Stop in turn, and the variation effect of 1 ends. On the other hand, in the "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode, the "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is not performed after the "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, and after the end of the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element, each symbol sequence Z1 to Z1 Z3 stops at the same time, and the variation effect of 1 ends.

Among the effect modes, the "normal reach" effect mode is the same as the left symbol column Z1 and the right symbol column Z3 in the variable effect of each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 (see FIG. 12 (a)) in the main display area Dm. Immediately after the third symbol stops, the variable element of "normal reach" is executed, and the variable element of "reach display", that is, the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach" does not develop. This is one of the production modes. In the variable element of this "normal reach", as described above, the third symbol that is stopped and displayed in the left symbol column Z1 (left display area Dm1) and the right symbol column Z3 (right display area Dm3) of the main display area Dm is It is displayed in a larger size than usual. Further, the third symbol of the middle symbol row Z2 (middle display area Dm2) scrolls downward in the vertical direction of the display screen at a low speed, and the third symbol of the middle display area Dm2 is displayed in a visible state by the player. .. Further, in the variable element of this "normal reach", the sub display area Ds is erased with the enlarged display of the main display area Dm (not shown).

Among the production modes, the "super reach" production mode is one of the "reach display" production modes in which the variable element of "super reach" is executed by developing from the variable element of "normal reach". In this "super reach" effect mode, while the variable element of "super reach" is being executed, the cockpit display area Db (see FIG. 12A) is deleted from the display state of the variable element of "normal reach", and this "super reach" is deleted. The reach forming symbol of the third symbol, which was the cause of the "reach display", is reduced and displayed in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area Dm changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of character symbols are displayed to perform "battle effect (for example, kickboxing)" (not shown).

In the first embodiment, it is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable effect based on the result (win / loss) of the "battle effect". Specifically, for example, in the above "battle effect", when the character symbol on the player side wins over the character symbol on the enemy side, it is suggested that the variable effect is "big hit display", and the player When the character symbol on the side loses to the character symbol on the enemy side, it is configured to suggest that the variation effect is "missing display".

Among the production modes, the "special reach" production mode is one of the "reach display" production modes in which the variable elements of the "special reach" are executed by developing from the variable elements of the "normal reach". In this "special reach" effect mode, while the variable element of "special reach" is being executed, the cockpit display area Db (FIG. 12) is changed from the display state of the variable element of "normal reach" to the variable element of "normal reach" as in the case of the variable element of "super reach". (See (a)) is deleted, and the reach forming symbol of the third symbol, which was the cause of this "reach display", is reduced and displayed in the upper left of the display area of the display screen. Then, the background display of the main display area Dm (see FIG. 12A) changes from the variable element of "normal reach", and a plurality of characters different from the variable element of "super reach" are made to appear to "competitive effect". (For example, car racing) ”(not shown).

In the first embodiment, it is configured to suggest the propriety of the variable production based on the result (win / loss) of the "competitive production". Specifically, for example, in the above "competition effect", when the character symbol on the player side wins over the character symbol on the enemy side, it is suggested that the variable effect becomes the "big hit display", and the player When the character symbol on the side loses to the character symbol on the enemy side, it is configured to suggest that the variation effect is "missing display".

The value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol). Of the first reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 of the first reserved area. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning), it is provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol). Of the second reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 of the second reserved area.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is referred to according to whether or not the variation effect is correct, the current gaming state, and the number of variation effects currently being held (number of reserved balls). The stop pattern table 202d is configured to be different. That is, a plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are provided, and are configured to be selected according to the number of fluctuation effects (number of reserved balls) and the like during standby.

Further, in the first embodiment, when determining a detailed variation pattern of the variation effect, first, based on the hold number table 202c provided in the ROM 202, the appropriateness of the variation effect, the current gaming state, and the current gaming state. Any stop pattern table 202d corresponding to the number of variable effects (number of reserved balls) is selected. Then, a rough effect mode of the variation effect is selected based on the selected stop pattern table 202d and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3. After that, a detailed fluctuation pattern (fluctuation time) of the fluctuation effect is determined based on the selected effect mode and the value of the variation type counter CS1 described later.

The plurality of types of stop pattern tables 202d are set so that the range of random values of the stop pattern selection counter C3 in which the effect mode is selected for each stop pattern table 202d is different. A plurality of the stop pattern tables 202d are prepared in order to change the selection ratio of the effect mode of the variation effect according to the success or failure of the variation effect, the game state, and the number of reserved balls. That is, (1) a big hit occurs in the fluctuation effect of the acquired third symbol, or (2) the current gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is "probability fluctuation state", "latent probability fluctuation state", or "normal gaming state". This is because the selection ratio of the effect mode is changed according to (3) how many balls are reserved for the variable effect.

This is because, as the first reason, the degree of expectation that becomes a big hit is changed for each production mode. That is, depending on whether the jackpot lottery is won or lost, the stop pattern, that is, the "non-reach" production mode, the "normal reach" production mode, the "super reach" production mode, and the "special reach" production mode. By configuring the mode so that the selection ratio is different, the degree of expectation of a big hit is changed for each production mode. Specifically, for example, when the jackpot lottery is won, the "super reach" production mode and the "special reach" production mode are easily selected, and when the jackpot lottery is not won, the "non-reach" production is performed. It is configured so that the mode and the "normal reach" production mode can be easily selected. With this configuration, the "super reach" production mode and the "special reach" production mode can be easily hit, and the "normal reach" production mode and the "non-reach" production mode are difficult to hit. It can be a production or a production that does not make a big hit, and the degree of expectation of a big hit can be differentiated for each production mode. Therefore, when a production that is easy to hit a big hit appears in a variable production, it is suggested to the player that a big hit is likely to occur while the production that is easy to hit is being performed, and the interest of the game is enhanced. There is.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the acquired lottery result is a big hit, it is easy to select an effect that is easy to make a big hit, and it is difficult to select an effect that is difficult to make a big hit, based on the stop pattern table 202d. It is configured to select an effect mode (stop pattern) which is a rough content of the variable effect. On the other hand, when the acquired lottery result is lost, the effect mode (stop pattern) of the variable effect is determined based on the stop pattern table 202d, which makes it difficult to select the effect that is easy to hit the jackpot and makes it easy to select the effect that is difficult to hit the jackpot. Configure to select. As a result, when notifying the player of the lottery result of the third symbol in the variable effect, if an effect that is easy to hit is executed, a big hit is likely to occur in the variable effect, and an effect that is difficult to hit is executed. If this is the case, it is difficult for a jackpot to occur in the variable effect, and by providing a difference in the expected value of the jackpot for each effect mode (stop pattern), it is possible to enhance the interest of the game during the execution of the variable effect.

The second reason is that the number of times the ball is entered into the special figure 1 winning opening 77 when the number of times of waiting for the variation effect of the first special symbol has reached the upper limit, or the number of times of waiting for the variation effect of the second special symbol is reached. This is to reduce as much as possible waste balls (so-called no lottery due to overflow winning) based on the entry into the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 when the upper limit is reached. Specifically, the number of times of waiting for the variation effect of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is set to a maximum of 4 times, respectively, and the variation effect is executed for at least a certain period of time. In the gaming state in which the ball easily enters the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the “variable state”, the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is easily reached. In these gaming states, if a fluctuation effect with a long fluctuation time is selected, balls are frequently entered into the special figure 2 winning opening 78 when the maximum number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is reached, and the special figure 2 Despite entering the winning slot 78, the lottery opportunity for the second special symbol cannot be obtained. In addition, even in the "normal game state", if a variation effect having a long fluctuation time is selected while the maximum number of reserved balls of the first special symbol has been reached, the first special symbol is reserved during the execution of the variation effect. Since the number of balls is not digested, even if a ball is entered into the special figure 1 winning opening 77 during that time, the lottery opportunity for the first special symbol cannot be obtained. In such a state, the player determines that the game value cannot be obtained even if the ball is inserted into the special figure 1 winning opening 77, and the variable effect is digested so that the number of reserved balls can be obtained again. The ball will stop firing until it becomes, and the game will be interrupted. If the game is interrupted, the operating rate of the pachinko machine 10 will decrease, which will affect the management of the game hall.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the gaming state in which the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special symbol or the second special symbol) can be easily reached, or the number of reserved balls is close to (or matches) the maximum number of reserved balls. The number of reserved balls is configured to select the effect mode of the variation effect based on the stop pattern table 202d in which a short variation time is easily selected. This prevents the balls from entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 when the maximum number of reserved balls of the third symbol (first special symbol or second special symbol) has been reached. be able to.

Further, the third reason is that the execution time is set to be long and the end of the variation effect is delayed, so that the state in which the variation effect is executed is maintained for a long time. Specifically, when the number of reserved balls for the variable effect is small (not present), a ball is newly inserted into either the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 within the variable time of the variable effect being executed. If the ball is not entered, the next variation effect cannot be started, and the demo screen or the like must be displayed on the third symbol display device 81. If the player does not perform the variable effect on the third symbol display device 81 even though the ball is fired and the game is played, the player can obtain the interest related to the jackpot lottery that the player is looking for. Instead, I get excited about the game. Further, the player recognizes that the pachinko machine 10 is difficult for the ball to enter the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 because the variation effect is not performed on the third symbol display device 81. However, there is a risk that the pachinko machine 10 will stop playing on the pachinko machine 10 because it is determined that it is difficult to obtain the game value.

Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to select the effect mode of the variation effect based on the stop pattern table 202d, which makes it easy to select a long variation time when the number of reserved balls for the variation effect is small. There is. As a result, the situation in which the variation effect is not performed in the third symbol display device 81 is unlikely to occur, and the execution state of the variation effect in the third symbol display device 81 can be maintained for a long time.

The variation type counter CS1 is configured to be added by "1" in order within the range of "0 to 199", and return to "0" after reaching the maximum value (that is, "199"). The value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated once each time the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) described later is executed, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the main process (see FIG. 28). Then, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (starting winning), it is provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 (first special symbol). Of the first reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the variable type counter storage area 203d4 of the first reserved area. Further, at the timing when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning), it is provided in the second reserved ball storage area 203e of the RAM 203 provided corresponding to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (second special symbol). Of the second reserved first to fourth areas, the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the variable type counter storage area 203e4 of the second reserved area.

The variation type counter CS1 is used to determine a detailed variation pattern of the variation effect. That is, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is detailed by the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM 202 in the effect mode selected by the stop pattern table 202d and the stop pattern selection counter C3. Determine the variation pattern. The determination of the variation pattern is specifically the determination of the variation time of the variation effect. The voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 have a reach type and detailed symbols of the third symbol displayed by the third symbol display device 81 based on the fluctuation pattern (variation time) determined by the fluctuation type counter CS1. The variation mode is determined, and whether or not the advance notice effect is executed and the execution mode of the advance notice effect are determined.

In this way, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 selects a rough fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation effect and determines only the fluctuation time. With such a configuration, it is not necessary to control the detailed advance notice lottery or the like necessary for executing the variation effect in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, so that the processing of the MPU 201 related to the variation effect can be reduced. it can. Further, it is not necessary to prepare the command of the total variation pattern of the variation effect in the main control device 110, and the ROM capacity of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

Further, in the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the variation effect is performed by determining the detailed variation pattern in the variation effect based on the variation time (rough variation pattern) determined by the main control device 110. You can increase the degree of freedom in choosing. Further, in the pachinko machine 10 whose game state changes from moment to moment, it is possible to select or change the effect content of the variable effect at any time in response to the change, and it is possible to execute an appropriate effect according to the game state. it can.

Here, each fluctuation element constituting the fluctuation pattern will be described. The variable element constitutes a part of the variable effect of 1, and each variable element is combined to form the variable effect of 1. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, as the fluctuation elements, the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation", the fluctuation element of "low-speed fluctuation", the fluctuation element of "pseudo-ream", the fluctuation element of "normal reach", and the fluctuation element of "super reach" Variable elements, "special reach" variable elements and "re-variable" variable elements are provided.

The variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" is a variable element that scrolls and fluctuates at high speed so that the content of the third symbol cannot be clearly recognized by the player. When the "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode is selected, the variable element of this "high-speed fluctuation" is performed for "3 seconds" at the beginning of the variable effect, and the variable element other than "non-reach (shortened)" ( For example, when the "non-reach (normal)") effect mode is selected, "7 seconds" is performed at the beginning of the variable effect. When the fluctuation element of the "high-speed fluctuation" ends, the fluctuation element of the "low-speed fluctuation" described later is started (executed), or the fluctuation effect ends as it is.

The "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element is started after the execution of the "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element of "7 seconds", and whether or not the third symbol is visibly scrolled to generate "reach display" is determined. It is a variable factor to show. The variable element of this "low speed fluctuation" is not executed when the "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode is selected, and the effect mode other than the "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode (for example, "non-reach (normally)" effect mode is not executed. ) ”Production mode) is selected, it is performed for“ 3 seconds ”after the fluctuation element of“ high-speed fluctuation ”. That is, in the "non-reach (shortening)" effect mode, after the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is performed, each symbol sequence Z1 to Z3 of the main display area Dm does not pass through the fluctuation element of "low-speed fluctuation". It is configured to stop rapidly (so-called bitter stop). When the variable element of this "low-speed fluctuation" ends, whether the variable element of the "pseudo-ream" described later is started (executed) or the variable element of the "normal reach" described later is started (executed). Alternatively, it is configured so that the variation effect ends as it is.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the "non-reach (normal)" effect mode has a "high-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element of "7 seconds" and a "low-speed fluctuation" fluctuation element of "3 seconds". The fluctuation effect is composed of the fluctuation pattern including. Further, in the "non-reach (shortening)" effect mode, the variation effect is configured by the variation pattern of only the variation elements of the "high-speed variation" of "3 seconds".

The "pseudo-ream" variable element is a variable element in which the start of the variable effect occurs a plurality of times (pseudo-stop occurs once) in one variable effect. Specifically, the fluctuation element of "high-speed fluctuation" is started in each symbol row Z1 to Z3 of the third symbol display device 81 and switched to the fluctuation element of "low-speed fluctuation", and then in all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3. It is a variable element in which the unit effect is performed such that the variable effect is completed and a predetermined stop result (for example, the pseudo-continuous chance eye “677”) is displayed. The variable element of this "pseudo-ream" is that the variable element of the "high-speed fluctuation" starts again from the stop result when the predetermined stop result is stopped after the variable element of the "low-speed fluctuation", as if once more. The effect is executed as if the variable effect was started.

As for the variable element of this "pseudo-ream", a predetermined stop result (so-called pseudo-ream chance) appears after the execution of the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation", and the variable element of the second "high-speed fluctuation" is executed again. After that, it is a variable element that develops into a variable element of "normal reach". That is, as for the variable element of the "pseudo-ream", a pseudo-variable stop in which the pseudo-ream chance is displayed (hereinafter referred to as "pseudo-stop") is performed once, and then a predetermined stop result is obtained in the pseudo-stop. It is a variable element that appears and starts the variable element of "high-speed fluctuation" again. The pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment is configured to always develop into at least a "normal reach" variable element after the end of the "pseudo-ream" variable element. The variable element of this "pseudo-ream" is performed "10 seconds" after the variable element of the "low speed fluctuation".

In the first embodiment, in the variable element of the "pseudo-ream", the number of pseudo-stops is set to 1, but the variable element of the "pseudo-ream" in which the number of pseudo-stops is performed twice or more is executed. It may be configured. Further, before the occurrence of the variable element of the "pseudo-ream", a variable element (so-called "pseudo-gase" variable element) for producing whether or not the pseudo-ream chance eye is stopped may be performed. .. In the variable element of this "pseudo-gase", an effect of whether or not a predetermined stop result appears after the execution of the variable element of "low-speed fluctuation" (for example, the symbol forming the predetermined stop result is the effective line L1 (for example). (See FIG. 12A)) The effect of whether or not to stop by reciprocating on the top is performed. Hereinafter, it is referred to as "pseudo-variation"), and the above-mentioned predetermined stop result does not appear in the "pseudo-variation". It may be configured so as not to develop into a variable element of "pseudo-ream". By providing the variable element of this "pseudo-gase", after the end of the variable element of the "pseudo-gase", it develops into the variable element of "normal reach", or "missing display" appears (for example, "687"). ”), And it is possible to give a game property as to whether the variation effect ends as it is.

The variable element of "normal reach" is a general term for the variable element of "low speed fluctuation" or the variable element of "pseudo-ream" (hereinafter, "variable element of" low speed fluctuation "or the variable element of" pseudo-ream "", and is "low speed". When the reach forming symbol is stopped and displayed in the left symbol row Z1 and the right symbol row Z3 in (sometimes referred to as a fluctuation factor of "variation, etc."), the fluctuation showing whether or not a big hit occurs depending on the fluctuation result of the middle symbol row Z2. It is an element. This "normal reach" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after the "low speed variation, etc." variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "normal reach" is executed, the pattern of directly displaying "loss display", the pattern of directly displaying "big hit display", and the pattern of "super reach" There are a pattern that develops into a variable element, a pattern that develops into a variable element of "special reach", and a pattern that once makes a temporary "loss display" appear and then executes the variable element of "re-variation". Has been done.

The variable element of "super reach" is developed and executed when the variable element of "normal reach" does not stop the "loss display" and the fluctuation of the middle symbol column Z2 is continued, and the "battle" is executed in the main display area Dm. It is a variable element that shows whether or not a big hit will occur by performing "directing". This "super reach" variable element is performed "10 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of "super reach" is executed, a pattern in which the "loss display" is directly displayed and a pattern in which the "big hit display" is directly displayed are temporarily provided. A pattern is prepared in which the variable element of "re-variation" is executed after the "loss display" is displayed.

The variable element of "special reach" is developed and executed when the variable element of "normal reach" does not stop the "loss display" and the fluctuation of the middle symbol column Z2 is continued, and the "competition" is performed in the main display area Dm. It is a variable element that shows whether or not a big hit will occur by performing "directing". This "special reach" variable element is performed "20 seconds" after the execution of the "normal reach" variable element.

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, after the variable element of the "special reach" is executed, a pattern that directly displays the "loss display" and a pattern that directly displays the "big hit display" are temporarily provided. There is a pattern that "re-variates" after the "loss display" appears.

It should be noted that, after the execution of the variable element of "normal reach", it is configured to develop into the variable element of "super reach" or the variable element of "special reach". When the symbol is stopped, it may be configured to suddenly develop into a "super reach" variable element or a "special reach" variable element without going through the "normal reach" variable element. Further, the variable element of "special reach" may be configured to be executed after the variable element of "super reach" is executed.

The variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that develops and is executed after the "loss display" appears once in any of the "reach display", and the "big hit display" appears. The variable element of this "re-variation" is performed for "10 seconds" after any "reach display".

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a pattern in which the “big hit display” appears after the execution of the fluctuation element of the “re-variation” is prepared.

Further, the variable element of this "re-variation" is configured to occur only when the "15R probability variation jackpot" or the "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is won. That is, in the case of "loss display", the variable element of "re-variation" is not executed. This is because the variable element of "re-variation" is a variable element that changes the temporarily stopped "loss display" to one of the "big hit displays", so in the case of "loss display" that has not won the jackpot. If you go to, there will be a discrepancy in the production. Therefore, the fluctuation element of this "re-variation" is selected only in the fluctuation pattern table 202e for big hits, and is not selected in the fluctuation pattern table 202e for loss.

The random number counter C4 per normal figure is configured as a loop counter that is incremented by 1 in order within the range of "0 to 99", reaches the maximum value (that is, "99"), and then returns to "0". Further, when the random number counter C4 per normal figure makes one round, the value of the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure.

The second initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the random number counter C4 per normal figure (value = "0 to 99"), and is configured for each timer interruption process (see FIG. 17). It is updated once and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (see FIG. 28).

The value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure is updated periodically (in the first embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)), and the sphere is one of the normal symbol gates 76 (normal in the unit). At the timing when it is detected that the symbol gate 76a or the right side normal symbol gate 76b) has passed, the normal figure hold of any one of the normal figure hold 1st to 4th areas provided in the normal figure hold ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 is held. Stored in the area. Then, the data is sequentially shifted to the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i in the order of being stored in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h, and becomes the value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i. On the other hand, a hit judgment is made.

The value of the random number that hits the normal symbol is set by the random number table 202f (see FIG. 16A) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 for each game state, and is set in the normal symbol holding area. When the value of the stored random number counter C4 for the normal figure matches the value of the random number for the hit set by the random number table 202f for the normal figure, it is determined to be a hit. Then, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set with reference to the normal symbol variation time table 202 g (see FIG. 16B) according to the game state, and after the variable display time elapses in the normal symbol display device 83, the variable display time is set. A symbol "○" is lit and displayed as a stop symbol (normal symbol). After that, the normal electric service control table 202h (see FIG. 16C) is referred to according to the game state, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a is set, and the appearance and appearance during the protrusion time. The plate 79b protrudes, and during that time, the ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b.

On the other hand, if the value of the normal figure counter C4 stored in the normal figure holding area does not match the value of the hit random number set by the random number table 202f per normal figure, it is determined to be lost. Then, the variable display time is set with reference to the normal figure variation time table 202 g (see FIG. 16B) according to the game state, and after the variable display time elapses in the normal symbol display device 83, the stop symbol (normal). A symbol of "x" is lit and displayed as a symbol).

Here, the details of the random number table 202f per normal figure will be described with reference to FIG. 16A. FIG. 16A is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a random number table 202f per normal figure stored in the ROM 202.

The random number table 202f per normal figure shows a period in which the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is not a "normal gaming state" (a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state" (including a special symbol jackpot). )) For the low probability state used in the case and the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation" in which the probability that the special symbol will be a big hit is higher than the low probability state. It can be divided into two types, one for high-probability states used in the case of "states". Then, the number of hit random numbers included in each of the low-probability state and the high-probability state is set differently. In this way, by making the number of winning random numbers different between the low-probability state and the high-probability state, the probability of winning is changed between the low-probability state and the high-probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16A, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal figure, which is a hit in the low probability state, is 10, and the value is "90 to 99". Is stored in the random number table 202f per figure. That is, the hit probability of the normal symbol in the low probability state (that is, the "normal game state") is set to be 10/100 = 1/10.

On the other hand, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal figure, which is a hit in the high probability state, is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the random number table 202f per normal figure. That is, the hit probability of the normal symbol in the high probability state (that is, the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state") is set to be 90/100 = 9/10.

As a result, by changing the winning / failing probability of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits the left, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the alternating distribution unit 71, the appearance plate It is possible to make a difference whether or not 79b is likely to protrude. As a result, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the appearance plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the appearance plate 79b in the protruding state can guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. A situation in which the appearance plate 79b is difficult to protrude, and the ball is not guided by the appearance plate 79b because the appearance plate 79b is in an immersive state (non-projection state), and a prize is directly entered into the second winning opening 77b in FIG. By making the mouth different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Further, even when the player hits the right side, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric service unit 79, it may make a difference whether or not the infestation plate 79b is likely to protrude. it can. As a result, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the appearance plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the appearance plate 79b in the protruding state can guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or the appearance appears. By making it different depending on the game state whether the board 79b is difficult to protrude and the board 79b is directly flowed down to the game area below the game board 13, different game characteristics can be produced for each game state.

Next, with reference to FIG. 16 (b), the details of the normal figure fluctuation time table 202 g will be described. FIG. 16B is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of the normal map fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202.

Like the random number table 202f per normal figure, the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g is divided into two types, one for a low probability state and the other for a high probability state. Then, the variable display time of the normal symbol set for the low probability state (that is, for the "normal game state") and for the high probability state (that is, for the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state") It is set differently. In this way, by making the variable display time of the normal symbol different between the low-probability state and the high-probability state, the time for deriving the hit / fail result of the normal symbol is changed between the low-probability state and the high-probability state.

As shown in FIG. 16B, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the low probability state is "3 seconds" so that the normal symbol variation time table 202g Is specified in. That is, in the low probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "3 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the case of the high probability state is defined in the normal symbol fluctuation time table 202 g so as to be "0.5 seconds". That is, in the high probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "0.5 seconds" without exception.

As a result, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits the left, the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the alternate distribution unit 71 appears and disappears. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display of the normal symbol is completed within the time until the arrangement position of the normal symbol is reached. As a result, when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage is executed, the normal symbol is variable by the time the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. When the display is completed and the appearance plate 79b, which is in a protruding state based on the variable display result, can guide the ball to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side, or when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b, it is still a normal symbol. The variable display of is continuously executed, and the ball is not guided by the infestation plate 79b because the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state (non-protruding state), and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is directly won. By making the situation different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Further, even when the player hits the right side, the ball passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric service unit 79 reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b within the time required for the normal symbol. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display ends. As a result, when the normal symbol gate 76b is passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the variable display of the normal symbol is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal symbol is completed by the time the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. Then, based on the variable display result, the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state can be guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side (alternate distribution unit 71 side), or the ball reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. At that time, the variable display of the normal symbol is still continuously executed, and the ball is not guided by the infestation plate 79b because the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state (non-protruding state), and the game board 13 (FIG. 3). (Refer to) By making the situation of flowing down to the lower gaming area different depending on the gaming state, different game characteristics can be created for each gaming state.

Next, the ordinary electric service control table 202h will be described with reference to FIG. 16 (c). FIG. 16C is a schematic view schematically showing an example of the ordinary electric service control table 202h stored in the ROM 202. The ordinary electric service control table 202h is referred to at the time of hitting the ordinary symbol, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is defined based on the gaming state at the timing when the ordinary symbol hit occurs.

The ordinary electric service control table 202h is divided into groups based on the game state in which ordinary symbols are drawn. Specifically, it is for the left-handed state referred to by the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" which are the game states when hitting left, and the "probability fluctuation state" which is the game state when hitting right. The protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is changed for the reference right-handed state.

As shown in FIG. 16C, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, it is set when a normal symbol is won in a left-handed gaming state, that is, a "normal gaming state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state". The protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is specified by the ordinary electric service control table 202h so as to be "2 seconds". That is, in a gaming state other than the "probability fluctuation state" (that is, "normal gaming state" or "latent probability fluctuation state"), when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b is "2 seconds" without exception. Is set to be.

On the other hand, in the game state of the right-handed state, that is, in the "probability fluctuation state", the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b set when the normal symbol is won is set to "5 seconds" in the normal electric service control table 202h. It is stipulated. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be "5 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the variation of the hit / fail probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is configured to be different according to each gaming state. Specifically, in the "normal game state", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is low, the variable display time of the normal symbol is long, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be short. Has been done. Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the hit / fail probability of the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be short. There is. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be long. ..

As described above, the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 is provided with various counters and the like, and the ROM 202 of the main control device 110 is provided with various tables. In the main control device 110, the values of the counters and the like are provided. Pachinko machines such as jackpot lottery, setting of dynamic display and variation effect in special symbol display device 37 and third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display result in ordinary symbol display device 83 according to each of the above-mentioned tables 202a to 202h. Ten major processes can be performed.

Returning to FIG. 13, the description will be continued. In addition to the counter buffer 203c shown in FIG. 14, the RAM 203 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags and counters, and inputs / outputs. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as an output (Input / Output; hereinafter abbreviated as "I / O") are stored. The RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

When the power supply is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power failure (including the time when the power failure occurs; the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including power on due to power failure elimination; the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power was cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. The writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (see FIG. 28) when the power is cut off, and the restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed in the start-up process (see FIG. 27) when the power is turned on. The non-maskable interrupt (Non-Mascapable Interrupt; hereinafter abbreviated as "NMI") terminal of the MPU201 is designed so that the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 is input when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) as the power failure process is immediately executed.

The RAM 203 further includes a first reserved ball number counter 203a, a second reserved ball number counter 203b, a first reserved ball storage area 203d, a second reserved ball storage area 203e, a reserved ball execution area 203f, and a normal figure reserved ball number counter 203g. , It has at least a normal figure holding ball storage area 203h and a normal figure holding ball execution area 203i.

The first reserved ball number counter 203a is detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds, and is detected in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning. A ball entering the mouth 77b (hereinafter, a ball entering the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 may be referred to as a "starting winning prize". ), The number of reserved balls of the dynamic display of the first special symbol performed by the special symbol display device 37 (variation effect of the third symbol corresponding to the first special symbol performed by the third symbol display device 81) ( It is a counter that counts the number of times of waiting) up to 4 times.

The first reserved ball number counter 203a is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S913 in FIG. 27). Then, every time the starting prize to any of the special figure 1 winning openings 77 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the first special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4". (See S203 in FIG. 18). On the other hand, the first reserved ball number counter 203a is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variation effect) of the first special symbol is executed (see S308 in FIG. 20).

Like the first reserved ball number counter 203a, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is a special figure 2 winning opening detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds. Based on the start winning prize for 78, the dynamic display of the second special symbol performed by the special symbol display device 37 (variation effect of the third symbol corresponding to the second special symbol performed by the third symbol display device 81). It is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (the number of waiting times) up to 4 times.

Similar to the first reserved ball number counter 203a, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (S913 in FIG. 27). Then, every time the start winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the second special symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (Fig. 2). 18 S207). On the other hand, the second reserved ball number counter 203b is decremented by 1 each time the dynamic display (variation effect) of the second special symbol is executed (see S305 in FIG. 20).

The value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (that is, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol) or the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (that is, the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol) is the reserved ball number command. Notifies the voice lamp control device 113 (see S210 in FIG. 18). The hold ball number command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time the start winning is detected and the first hold ball number counter 203a or the second hold ball number counter 203b is incremented by 1. Command.

The voice lamp control device 113 can acquire the value of the number of reserved balls itself for the dynamic display (variation effect) of the first special symbol or the second special symbol held in the main control device 110 by the hold ball number command. it can. As a result, the voice lamp control device 113 can manage the number of times the dynamic display (variation effect) of each special symbol is held without accessing the main control device 110. In addition, each time a start winning prize is detected, the main control device 110 sends a hold ball number command to the voice lamp control device 113 to dynamically display (variate) each special symbol managed by the voice lamp control device 113. Even if the number of reserved balls in the effect) deviates from the actual number of reserved balls in the dynamic display (variable effect) held in the main control device 110 due to the influence of noise or the like, the next received hold is received. The deviation can be corrected by the ball count command.

The voice lamp control device 113 transmits a display hold ball number command for notifying the display control device 114 each time the hold ball number managed internally changes. The display control device 114 displays the reserved symbol in the cockpit display area Db of the third symbol display device 81 based on the number of reserved balls notified by the display reserved ball number command.

Further, in the first embodiment, when the main control device 110 transmits a hold ball number command to the voice lamp control device 113, the first hold ball number counter 203a or the first hold ball number counter 203a is added by 1 in the hold ball number command. 2 Counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14) due to the above-mentioned start winning that triggered the addition of not only the value of the reserved ball number counter 203b but also the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b. Each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 acquired from the above is also included.

That is, when there is a start winning, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the main control device 110 is a hold ball. It is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 by several commands.

In the voice lamp control device 113, the fluctuation effect based on each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 transmitted by the hold ball number command is executed. Before the command is executed, it is determined what will happen to the fluctuation effect (whether it will be a big hit, what will happen to the fluctuation time, etc.). Then, based on the judgment result by the look-ahead, it is possible to decide the execution of various effects, and to determine the effect contents and the execution time (timing) of the "pending change notice".

It should be noted that the hold ball number command indicating the number of hold balls of the fluctuation effect and the command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like may be separately transmitted. As a command indicating the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like, which is different from the reserved ball number command, the reserved ball number command is generated at the timing of the ball entering the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. , A command similar to the fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command based on the incoming ball (pre-variation pattern command and pre-stop type command) may be generated and transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. In this case, with respect to the program for generating the pre-variation pattern command and the pre-stop type command, the program can be easily created by diverting the program of the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

As described above, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, and the stop, which are acquired from the counter buffer 203c when the start winning prize is detected in any of the special drawing 1 winning openings 77. This is a memory for storing each value of the pattern selection counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has won a prize (starting prize) in any of the special drawing 1 winning openings 77 in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17), the counter buffers 203c to the counters C1 to C3, respectively. The value of CS1 is acquired and stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. In the first holding ball storage area 203d, four holdings are made so that the data (each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) corresponding to the start winning of one of the first special symbols can be stored (held) up to four times. It has areas (first reserved first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the second reserved ball storage area 203e includes a jackpot random number counter C1, a jackpot type counter C2, and a stop pattern selection counter acquired from the counter buffer 203c in connection with the detection of the start winning prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78. It is a memory for storing each value of C3 and the variation type counter CS1 respectively. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has won the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning) in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are set from the counter buffer 203c. Is acquired and stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e. In the second holding ball storage area 203e, four holdings are made so that the data (each value of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1) corresponding to the start winning of one of the second special symbols can be stored (held) up to four times. It has an area (second reserved first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

As described above, the reserved ball execution area 203f is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol being executed, or the movement of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is a memory for storing data (each value of counters C1 to C3 and CS1) to be referred to in processing such as setting of target display and fluctuation effect.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variation effect of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the special symbol display device 37, and the third symbol display Data corresponding to each start winning prize stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e described above in order to execute processing such as dynamic display of the device 81 and setting of fluctuation effect ( When the data corresponding to the start prize related to the second special symbol is stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e among the counters C1 to C3 and CS1), it corresponds to one start prize of the data. The data is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, the data corresponding to the start prize related to the second special symbol is not stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the data corresponding to the start prize related to the first special symbol is stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d. If so, the data corresponding to one of the starting prizes of the data is shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f. That is, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the dynamic display (variable effect) relating to the second special symbol is preferentially executed, and the dynamic display (variable effect) relating to the first special symbol relates to the second special symbol. It is configured to be executed on the condition that the dynamic display (variable effect) is not held. The shift in the first embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14 again, the details of the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f will be described. The first reserved ball storage area 203d, the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the reserved ball execution area 203f are used for a jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and the movement of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. It is used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to set the target display and the variation effect.

As described above, the jackpot random number counter used for the jackpot lottery is used for the jackpot lottery of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and the setting of the variation effect. A jackpot type counter C2 used for determining the jackpot type, a stop pattern selection counter C3 used for determining the effect mode of the variation effect, and a variation type counter CS1 used for determining the variation pattern are used. The first reserved ball storage area 203d stores the respective values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball wins the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (starting winning). The second reserved ball storage area 203e stores the respective values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball wins the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning). ..

The first reserved ball storage area 203d is composed of four reserved areas (first reserved first to fourth areas). In each of the four holding areas (first holding first to fourth areas), the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the jackpot type counter storage area for storing the value of the jackpot type counter C2 are stored. 203d2, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203d4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided.

Further, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is composed of four reserved areas (second reserved ball storage areas 1 to 4) like the first reserved ball storage area 203d. Similar to the first hold ball storage area 203d, the four hold areas (second hold first to fourth areas) have a jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter C2. The jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 for storing the value of, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter storage area 203e4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided. Has been done.

In the first embodiment, the jackpot random number counter storage areas 203d1, 203e1, the jackpot type counter storage areas 203d2, 203e2, the stop pattern selection counter storage areas 203d3, 203e3, and the variable type counter storage areas 203d4, 203e4 are set to 1. Although they are collectively provided in each of the reserved ball storage areas 203d and 203e, a plurality of reserved ball storage areas may be provided for each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1.

As described above, in the first reserved ball storage area 203d, data acquired at the timing when the ball wins a prize (starting prize) in any of the special figure 1 winning openings 77 (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1). Is stored up to 4 times, but in that case, among the vacant areas of the 4 hold areas (1st hold 1st to 4th areas), from the area with the smaller area number (1st to 4th) Data is stored in order. That is, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the start winning to the special figure 1 winning opening 77, which is older in time, is stored, and in the first reserved first area, the oldest special drawing 1 winning opening in time is stored. The data corresponding to the starting prize for 77 will be stored.

Further, in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) acquired at the timing when the ball wins a prize (starting prize) in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 can be stored up to four times. Data is stored, but in that case, data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 holding areas (2nd holding 1st to 4th areas). Will be done. That is, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the start winning to the special figure 2 winning opening 78, which is older in time, is stored, and in the second reserved first area, the oldest special drawing 2 winning opening in time is stored. The data corresponding to the starting prize for 78 will be stored.

On the other hand, the reserved ball execution area 203f is composed of only one area. Similar to the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the reserved ball execution area 203f includes a jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 for storing the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and a jackpot type counter C2. A jackpot type counter storage area 203f2 for storing values, a stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 for storing the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3, and a variation type counter storage area 203f4 for storing the value of the variation type counter CS1 are provided. There is.

When the MPU 201 determines that the execution start timing of the variation effect has come, data (each value of each counter C1 to C3, CS1) is stored in the second hold first area of the second hold ball storage area 203e. In this case, the data stored in the second reserved first area is shifted to the respective areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. On the other hand, in the MPU 201, when the execution start timing of the variation effect is reached, the data is not stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e, and the first of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. When the data is stored in the hold first area, the data stored in the first hold first area is shifted to the respective areas 203f1 to 203f4 of the hold ball execution area 203f.

Then, the data shifted to the reserved ball execution area 203f is referred to in the fluctuation start processing (see FIG. 21), the jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data and the game state, and the fluctuation pattern corresponding to the lottery result is performed. And determine the stop type. In the special symbol display device 37, dynamic display is performed based on the determined fluctuation pattern and stop type under the control of the main control device 110.

Further, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type determined here are notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by the fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command. Then, under the control of the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs a variation effect based on the variation pattern and the stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

The details of the data shift will be described. When the MPU 201 determines that the execution start timing of the variation effect has come, it determines whether or not the data is stored in the second reserved first area of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. As a result of the judgment, when it is determined that the data is stored in the second reserved first area, the random number value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 in the second reserved first area is used as the jackpot random number in the reserved ball execution area 203f. Shift to the counter storage area 203f1. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the second hold first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 in the second hold first area is changed. The stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 is shifted, and the random value of the variation type counter storage area 203e4 in the second hold first area is shifted to the variation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the data shift to the hold ball execution area 203f is completed, the second hold ball first area becomes vacant, so that the data is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the second hold ball storage area 203e. ) Is packed into the area (1st to 3rd) that is one smaller than the area number. In the first embodiment, in the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the data is shifted only in the second reserved area (first to fourth) in which the data is stored (held).

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the second holding ball storage area 203e will be described. For example, the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "4", and the data is stored in all the areas (first to fourth) of the second reserved ball storage area 203e. It is assumed that it has been done. In this state, when the data in the second hold first area is shifted to the hold ball execution area 203f and the second hold first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 has data in other areas (second to fourth). Is shifted to the area (1st to 3rd) which is one smaller than the area number. That is, the data in the second hold second area is shifted to the second hold first area, the data in the second hold third area is shifted to the second hold second area, and the data in the second hold fourth area is shifted. To the second hold third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the second reserved second area to the second reserved second area. Shifts to one area and ends the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, the data shift processing is not performed in the second hold area (third to fourth) in which the data is not stored (held), so that the number of data shifts is reduced. It is possible to reduce the control burden.

Regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the second reserved area (second to fourth) may be configured to shift to an area in which the area number is one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (held) in the second holding area (second to fourth), so that the program can be easily created.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the data is not stored in the second hold first area of the second hold ball storage area 203e when the execution start timing of the variation effect is reached, the MPU 201 then holds the first hold. It is determined whether or not data is stored in the first reserved first area of the sphere storage area 203d. As a result of the determination, if the data is stored in the first reserved first area, the random number value of the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1 of the first reserved first area is used as the jackpot random number counter storage area 203f1 of the reserved ball execution area 203f. Shift to. Similarly, the random value of the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2 in the first hold first area is shifted to the jackpot type counter storage area 203f2, and the random value of the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3 in the first hold first area is changed. The stop pattern selection counter storage area 203f3 is shifted, and the random value of the variation type counter storage area 203d4 in the first hold first area is shifted to the variation type counter storage area 203f4.

Then, when the data shift to the hold ball execution area 203f is completed, the first hold ball first area becomes empty, so that the data is stored (held) in each area (second to fourth) of the first hold ball storage area 203d. ) Is packed into the area (1st to 3rd) that is one smaller than the area number. In the first embodiment, in the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the data is shifted only in the first reserved area (first to fourth) in which the data is stored (held).

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the first holding ball storage area 203d will be described. For example, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "4", and the data is stored in all the areas (first to fourth) of the first reserved ball storage area 203d. It is assumed that it has been done. In this state, when the data in the first hold first area is shifted to the hold ball execution area 203f and the first hold first area becomes empty, the MPU 201 has data in other areas (second to fourth). Is shifted to the area (1st to 3rd) which is one smaller than the area number. That is, the data in the first hold second area is shifted to the first hold first area, the data in the first hold third area is shifted to the first hold second area, and the data in the first hold fourth area is shifted. To the first hold third area.

Further, for example, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a at the time when the start determination of the fluctuation effect is made is "2", the MPU 201 transfers only the data of the first reserved second area to the first reserved ball number. Shifts to one area and ends the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, the data shift processing is not performed for the first hold area (third to fourth) in which the data is not stored (held), so that the number of data shifts is reduced. It is possible to reduce the control burden.

Regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the first reserved area (second to fourth) may be configured to shift to an area having an area number smaller by one. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (held) in the first holding area (second to fourth), so that the program can be easily created.

Returning to FIG. 13, the description will be continued. The normal symbol gate 76 (normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the normal symbol on the right side) detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is periodically executed every 4 milliseconds is used for the normal symbol reserved ball counter 203 g. Based on the passage of the ball to the gate 76b), it is a counter for counting the number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) of the variable display of the normal symbol performed by the normal symbol display device 83 up to four times.

Similar to the reserved ball number counters 203a and 203b, the normal figure reserved ball number counter 203g is set to "0" as an initial value by the initial setting process of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on (see S913 in FIG. 27). Then, each time the passage of a ball through any of the normal symbol gates 76 is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display related to the normal symbol increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value "4" (see S223 in FIG. 19). .. On the other hand, the normal figure reservation ball number counter 203 g is decremented by 1 each time the variable display of the normal symbol is executed (see S405 in FIG. 22).

The normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is a memory for storing the counter C4 per normal figure acquired from the counter buffer 203c in connection with the detection of the passage of the ball to any of the normal symbol gates 76. When the MPU 201 detects that the sphere has passed through the normal symbol gate 76 in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), the MPU 201 acquires the value of the counter C4 per normal figure from the counter buffer 203c, and the normal figure hold ball. It is stored in the storage area 203h. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203h has four holding areas (normal figure) so that data (value of counter C4 per normal figure) corresponding to one holding ball of a normal symbol can be stored (held) up to four times. It has reserved first to fourth areas) (see FIG. 14).

The normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is a memory for storing data (value of random number counter C4 per normal figure) to be referred to in the process of winning lottery or variable display of a normal symbol being executed or starting execution. Is.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variable display of the normal symbol, the above-mentioned normal symbol holding ball is executed in order to execute processing such as a winning lottery of the normal symbol and a setting of the variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. One of the data (value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure) stored in the storage area 203h is shifted to the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i. The shift in the first embodiment means moving the data stored in one area to another area.

Here, with reference to FIG. 14 again, the details of the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h and the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i will be described. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203h and the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i are used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in order to perform processing such as a winning lottery for normal symbols and setting of variable display of the normal symbol display device 83. To.

As described above, the random number counter C4 per normal symbol used for the winning lottery of the ordinary symbol is used for setting the winning lottery of the ordinary symbol and the variable display of the ordinary symbol display device 83. The normal figure holding ball storage area 203h stores the value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure acquired from the counter buffer 203c by the MPU 201 when the ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76.

The normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is composed of four holding areas (the normal figure holding first to fourth areas). Each of the four holding areas (the first to fourth areas for holding the normal figure) is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) for storing the value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure.

As described above, the data (value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure) acquired at the timing when the ball passes through any of the normal symbol gates 76 is stored in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h up to four times. However, in that case, the data is stored in order from the area with the smallest area number (1st to 4th) among the vacant areas of the 4 holding areas (1st to 4th areas for holding the normal drawing). That is, the smaller the area number, the more data corresponding to the passage of the sphere to the old normal symbol gate 76 in time is stored, and in the first area for holding the normal symbol, the oldest normal symbol gate 76 in time is stored. The data corresponding to the passage of the sphere will be stored.

On the other hand, the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is composed of only one area. Similar to the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h, the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is provided with a random number counter storage area (not shown) for storing the value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure. ..

When the MPU 201 determines that the execution timing of the variable display of the normal symbol has come, the data stored in the normal figure hold ball storage area 203h of the normal figure hold ball storage area 203h is transferred to the normal figure hold ball execution area 203i. shift.

Then, the data shifted to the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is referred to in the normal figure variation processing (see FIG. 22), a winning lottery is performed based on the reference data and the game state, and the contents of the variable display are performed. To determine. In the ordinary symbol display device 83, variable display is performed based on the determined content under the control of the main control device 110.

The details of the data shift will be described. When the MPU 201 determines that the execution start timing of the variable display of the normal symbol has come, the random number value of the random number counter storage area (not shown) per the normal figure in the normal figure hold first area of the normal figure hold ball storage area 203h. Is shifted to the random number counter storage area (not shown) per normal figure in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i.

Then, when the data shift to the normal figure reservation ball execution area 203i is completed, the normal figure reservation first area becomes empty, so that the data is stored in each area (second to fourth) of the normal figure reservation ball storage area 203h. Shift processing is performed to pack the (held) data into the areas (first to third) where the area number is one smaller. In the first embodiment, in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h, the data is shifted only in the normal figure holding area (1st to 4th) in which the data is stored (held).

Here, the data shift performed for each holding area in the normal drawing holding ball storage area 203h will be described. For example, the value of the normal figure holding ball number counter 203g when the start determination of the variable display of the normal symbol is made is "4", and the entire area (1st to 4th) of the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is set. Suppose the data is stored. In this state, when the data in the first area for holding the normal figure is shifted to the execution area 203i for holding the normal figure and the first area for holding the normal figure becomes empty, the MPU 201 moves to another area (second to fourth). Each of the data of is shifted to the area (1st to 3rd) which is one smaller than the area number. That is, the data in the second area for holding the normal figure is shifted to the first area for holding the normal figure, the data in the third area for holding the normal figure is shifted to the second area for holding the normal figure, and the data in the fourth area for holding the normal figure is shifted. Is shifted to the third area where the data is reserved.

Further, for example, if the value of the normal figure holding ball counter 203g when the start determination of the variable display of the normal symbol is made is "2", the MPU 201 normally uses only the data of the normal figure holding second area. Figure Hold Shifts to the first area and ends the data shift. As described above, in the first embodiment, the data shift processing is not performed for the normal map holding areas (third to fourth) in which the data is not stored (held), so that the number of data shifts is reduced. It is possible to reduce the control burden.

Regardless of the presence or absence of data, each data in the normal drawing holding area (second to fourth) may be configured to shift to an area in which the area number is one smaller. In that case, it is not necessary to determine whether or not the data is stored (held) in the normal drawing holding area (second to fourth), so that the program can be easily created.

Returning to FIG. 13, the description will be continued. An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 is forward with the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the special symbol display device 37, the normal symbol display device 83, the normal symbol hold lamp 84, and the lower side of the opening / closing plate of the central winning opening 65a as an axis. The central winning opening solenoid for opening and closing drive to the side, the right large winning opening solenoid for opening and closing drive forward with the lower side of the opening and closing plate of the right winning opening 67a as the axis, and the appearance of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a A solenoid 209 including a haunting plate solenoid for driving the plate 79b is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input / output port 205.

Further, various switches 208 including a group of switches and sensors (not shown) and a RAM erasing switch circuit 253 provided in the power supply device 115, which will be described later, are connected to the input / output port 205, and the MPU 201 is output from the various switches 208. Various processes are executed based on the signal and the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rented balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 211, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as, I / O, etc. are stored. The RAM 213 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured so that the power failure signal SG1 is input from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) as the power failure process is immediately executed.

An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the launch control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting the paid out prize balls is connected to the payout control device 111. The prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.

The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch the ball, the launch strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. .. The ball launching unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are allowed to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the operation handle is detected by the touch sensor 51a that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited in response to the amount of rotation of 51, and the ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 is an audio output in an audio output device (speaker, etc. not shown) 226, an output of lighting and extinguishing in a lamp display device (illumination units 29 to 33, indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, variable effect, and continuous operation. It controls the setting of the display mode of the effect performed by the third symbol display device 81 such as the advance notice effect.

The arithmetic unit MPU 221 has a ROM 222 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 221 and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. A main control device 110, a display control device 114, an audio output device 226, a lamp display device 227, a frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively. In the first embodiment, the command is configured to be transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 in only one direction, and the command cannot be transmitted from the voice lamp control device 113 to the main control device 110. ing. On the other hand, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are configured so that commands can be transmitted and received to each other.

Further, the voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the stage of the effect displayed on the third symbol display device 81 may be changed. The voice output device 226 and the lamp display device 227 are controlled so as to change the rear image such as the "super reach" effect mode, and the display control device 114 is displayed on the display control device 114 based on the pressing of the frame button 22. Instruct the display device 81 to display.

In the display control device 114, the voice lamp control device 113 and the third symbol display device 81 are connected, and based on the command received from the voice lamp control device 113, the third symbol variation effect or continuous in the third symbol display device 81 is performed. It controls the advance notice production.

The power supply device 115 is provided with a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power failure due to a power failure, and a RAM erasing switch 122 (see FIG. 2). It has an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the required operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, and has a 12 volt voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, a solenoid such as a solenoid 209, and a motor. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to each control device 110 to 114 and the like.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251 and determines that a power failure (power failure, power failure) has occurred when this voltage becomes less than 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the NMI terminals of the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26). The power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time for executing the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting the RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control device 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data, and the payout control device 111 issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data. It transmits to the device 111.

Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 17 to 28. The processing of the MPU 201 is roughly divided into a start-up process (see FIG. 27) that is started when the power is turned on, a main process (see FIG. 28) that is executed after the start-up process, and a periodic (first embodiment). Then, there are a timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is activated at a cycle of 4 milliseconds) and an NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) that is activated by inputting a power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. Here, for convenience of explanation, the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) and the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 26) are first described, and then the start-up process (see FIG. 27) and the main process (see FIG. 28) are described. Will be explained.

FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The timer interrupt process is, for example, a periodic process that is repeatedly executed every 4 milliseconds. When the MPU 201 executes this timer interrupt process, various processes to be executed periodically are performed.

In this timer interrupt process, first, an external output process is executed (S101). In the timer interrupt process and the main process, commands and the like to be transmitted to the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, and the like are generated based on various processes and temporarily stored in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. .. In the external output process of S101, output data such as commands stored in the command transmission ring buffer is transmitted to each control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side.

For example, the hold ball number command set in the start winning process (see FIG. 18), which will be described later, is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, the variation pattern command, the stop type command, the confirmation command, etc. set in the special figure variation process (see FIG. 20) and the variation start process (FIG. 21), which is one process of the special figure variation process, are transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Send. In addition, a ball launch signal set when launching a ball in the launch control process of S112, which will be described later, is transmitted to the launch control device 112.

Next, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S102), and then the jackpot process for executing the process at the time of the jackpot based on the first special symbol or the second special symbol is executed (S102). S103). The details of this jackpot process (S103) will be described later with reference to FIG. 23.

Next, the ordinary electric service control process for executing the drive control process for the haunting plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is executed (S104). Briefly, the normal symbol display device 83 performs variable display of the normal symbol on the condition that the sphere has passed through one of the normal symbol gates 76, and as a result of the variable display of the normal symbol, the hit symbol of the normal symbol is displayed. When (for example, the "○" symbol) appears and becomes a hit state, the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a is driven to protrude for a predetermined time. The details of this ordinary electric service control process (S104) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Next, the reading process of various winning switches is executed (S105). That is, the state of various switches 208 connected to the main control device 110 is read, the state of the switch 208 is determined, and the detection information (winning detection information) is saved. Further, a prize ball command corresponding to the number of acquired balls to be transmitted to the payout control device 111 based on the prize detection information is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process executed next.

Next, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S106). Specifically, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (“899” in the first embodiment), it is cleared to “0”. Then, the updated value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (“99” in the first embodiment), it is cleared to “0” and the second initial value is cleared. The updated value of the random number counter CINI2 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Further, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the variation type counter CS1 and the normal figure per random number counter C4 are updated (S107). Specifically, the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, the variation type counter CS1 and the random number counter C4 per normal figure are each added by 1, and their counter values are the maximum values (first implementation). In the form, when it reaches "899", "99", "99", "199", "99"), respectively, it is cleared to "0", respectively. When the jackpot random number counter C1 or the random number counter C4 makes one round, the value of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 or the second initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is used as the jackpot random number counter C1 or the random number per normal figure. It is read as an initial value of the counter C4, and the initial value is set in the jackpot random number counter C1 or the random number counter C4 per normal figure. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203.

Next, the start winning process associated with winning the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 is executed (S108), and then the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b. (S109). The details of the start winning process will be described later with reference to FIG. 18, and the details of the gate passage process (S109) will be described later with reference to FIG.

After the gate passage process (S109) is executed, the process for dynamically displaying the special symbol by the special symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81 based on the process content of the start winning process (S108) is performed. The special figure variation process for setting the variation pattern of the third symbol is executed (S110). The details of the special figure variation processing (S110) will be described later with reference to FIG.

Next, a normal symbol variation process is executed (S111), which executes a process for variable display of the normal symbol by the normal symbol display device 83 based on the processing content of the gate passage process (S109). The details of the normal map variation processing (S111) will be described later with reference to FIG. 22.

After executing the normal figure variation processing (S111), the firing control processing is executed (S112), and other processing to be executed periodically is executed (S113) to end the timer interrupt processing. The launch control process (S112) is provided on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51 and the stop switch 51b for stopping the launch is not operated. It is a process of determining whether to turn on / off the firing of a ball. Then, when the ball launch is on, the information of the ball launch signal is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 in order to transmit the ball launch signal to the launch control device 112. As a result, the ball launch signal is transmitted to the launch control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process that is executed next.

Next, the start winning process (S108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing this start winning process (S108). The start winning process determines whether or not a ball has won a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78, and if there is a winning, each counter C1 The process of storing (holding) the values of to C3 and CS1 in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e corresponding to the winning openings 77 and 78 is executed. In addition, a process for transmitting the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 to be held together with the number of held balls to the voice lamp control device 113 is executed.

In this start winning process (S108), the MPU 201 first determines whether or not the ball has won (started a prize) in either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b (starting winning). S201). Here, the special figure 1 entry port for detecting the entry (winning) into the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17). Based on the output signal of the switch (not shown), the ball entering the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17). ..

When it is determined that the ball has won the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b (there was a starting prize) (S201: Yes), then the first reserved ball number counter 203a Whether or not the value (the number of balls N1 on hold for the dynamic display (variation effect) of the first special symbol held in the main control device 110) is less than the upper limit value (“4” in the first embodiment). (S202). Then, even if there is a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, if the number of pending balls N1 <4 (S202: No), this start winning process (S108) is performed. It ends and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of reserved balls N1 <4 (S202: Yes), the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a (number of pending balls N1) is added by 1 (S203). Then, this time, since it is a prize to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b corresponding to the first special symbol, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set to each random number value C1 to C3. Set as the storage destination of CS1 (S204), and shift the process to S209.

In the process of S201, when it is determined that the ball has not won the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (S201: No), then whether or not the ball has won the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning) is determined. Determine (S205). Here, as in the case of the special figure 1 winning opening 77, the special drawing 2 entry opening switch (winning) for detecting the entry (winning) into the special figure 2 winning opening 78 read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17). Based on the output signal (not shown), the ball entering the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has won the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (there was a starting prize) (S205: Yes), then the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (held in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the operation holding ball number N2) of the dynamic display (variation effect) of the second special symbol is less than the upper limit value (“4” in the first embodiment) (S206). Then, whether or not there is a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 (S205: No), or even if there is a winning in the special figure 2 winning opening 78, the number of balls on hold is not N2 <4 (S206: No). , The start winning process (S108) is completed, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of operation holding balls N2 <4 (S206: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of operation holding balls N2) is added by 1 (S207). Then, this time, since the prize is given to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 corresponding to the second special symbol, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination of each random number values C1 to C3 and CS1 (S208). The process shifts to S209.

In the processing of S209, each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14) and set as the storage destination in S204 or S208. Of the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the first reserved ball storage area 203e provided in the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e, or the second reserved ball storage area 203d, the first reserved ball storage area 203d When specified as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203d1, the jackpot type counter storage area 203d2, the stop pattern selection counter storage area 203d3, and the variation type counter in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the first reserved ball counter 203a. Each is held (stored) in the storage area 203d4 (S209). When the second reserved ball storage area 203e is designated as the storage destination, the jackpot random number counter storage area 203e1 and the jackpot type counter storage area 203e2 in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the second reserved ball counter 203b are stopped. It is held (stored) in the pattern selection counter storage area 203e3 and the variation type counter storage area 203e4, respectively (S209).

Specifically, for example, the first reserved ball storage area 203d is set as the storage destination in the processing of S204 based on the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening 77, and the first reserved ball after addition by the processing of S203. If the value of the number counter 203a is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are held in each storage area of the first holding first area. If the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "2", the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "3" in each storage area of the first reserved second area. If there is, counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved third area, and if the value of the first reserved ball counter 203a after addition is "4", counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the first reserved fourth area. , The value of CS1 is reserved.

Further, for example, the second reserved ball storage area 203e is set as the storage destination in the processing of S208 based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and the second reserved ball number counter 203b after the addition by the processing of S207. If the value of is "1", the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are reserved in each storage area of the second reserved first area. If the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after addition is "2", the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after addition is "3" in each storage area of the second reserved second area. If there is, counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reserved third area, and if the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b after addition is "4", counters C1 to C3 are stored in each storage area of the second reserved fourth area. , The value of CS1 is reserved.

Next, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b (the number of operating reserved balls N1 or the number of operating reserved balls N2) after the addition by the processing of S203 or S207, and the first by the processing of S209. Voice the hold ball number command including each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2, the stop pattern selection counter C3, and the variation type counter CS1 stored (held) in the hold ball storage area 203d or the second hold ball storage area 203e. In order to transmit to the lamp control device 113, the hold ball number command is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S210). As a result, the hold ball number command is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 by the external output process of S101 of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) that is executed next. When the processing of S210 is completed, the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

As the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 included in the hold ball number command in the processing of S210, the values themselves read from the counter buffer 203c in the processing of S209 may be used, or the first hold in the processing of S209. The value stored (held) in the ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball storage area 203e may be read out and used.

Further, in the processing of S201 and S205, when a ball wins in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 at the same time, the winning processing of the ball in the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 is preferentially executed. Waiting for the ball winning process to enter the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and in the start winning process (S108) in the next timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), the ball wins the waiting special figure 2 winning opening 78. It may be configured to perform processing.

Next, with reference to FIG. 19, a gate passage process (S109), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing this gate passing process (S109). The gate passing process (S109) determines whether or not a sphere has passed (entered) the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b, and if the sphere has passed (entered), a random number per normal symbol. The process of storing (holding) the value of the counter C4 in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is executed.

In this gate passing process (S109), first, it is determined whether or not the sphere has passed through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side (S221). Here, the normal symbol gate switch (not shown) that detects the passage (entry) of the ball through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side read in the switch reading process (see S105 in FIG. 17). Based on the output signal, the passage (entry ball) to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side is detected over three timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17).

When it is determined that the ball has passed (entered) the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b (S221: Yes), then the value of the normal symbol number counter 203g (held in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the operation holding ball number HN of the variable display of the normal symbol is less than the upper limit value (“4” in the first embodiment) (S222). Then, is there no passage (entry) to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right ordinary symbol gate 76b (S221: No), or is there a passage (entry) to the ordinary symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right ordinary symbol gate 76b? If the number of balls on hold for operation is not HN <4 (S222: No), the gate passage process (S109) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the number of operation-holding balls HN <4 (S222: Yes), the value of the normal figure reservation-holding number counter 203g (operation-holding number HN) is added by 1 (S223). Then, the value of the counter C4 per normal figure is read from the counter buffer 203c (see FIG. 14), and the read data is read from the normal figure holding first to fourth areas provided in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h. It is stored in the area corresponding to the value indicated by the counter for the number of reserved balls in the normal figure (S224).

Specifically, for example, if the value of the normal figure holding ball counter 203g after addition by the processing of S223 is "1", the value of the normal figure holding counter C4 is held in the normal figure holding first area. Further, if the value of the normal figure holding ball counter 203g after addition is "2", it is in the normal figure holding second area, and if the value of the normal figure holding ball counter 203g after addition is "3", it is in the normal figure. If the value of the counter for the number of reserved balls of the normal figure after addition is "4" in the third area of the hold, the value of the counter C4 per the normal figure is held in the fourth area of the hold of the normal figure. After the processing of S224 is completed, the gate passing processing (S109) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, the hold ball number command related to the variable display of the normal symbol is not transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113, but the hold ball number command related to the variable display of the normal symbol is sent to the voice lamp control device 113. It may be configured to transmit to 113 to perform an effect (notification) regarding a reserved symbol or the like related to a variable display of a normal symbol. In this case, by including the value of the counter C4 per normal symbol in the reserved ball count command and transmitting it, the voice lamp control device 113 can execute the so-called look-ahead processing related to the normal symbol, and the variation of the effect related to the normal symbol can be obtained. It may be configured to be provided.

Further, in the first embodiment, when the passage of the ball to the right normal symbol gate 76b is detected in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state", an alarm sound command is issued to the voice lamp control device 113. To notify the player that right-handed hitting in the "normal game state" or "latent probability fluctuation state" is not encouraged, or to notify the player that an unencourageed game is being performed, a clerk at the game hall. It is configured to output an alarm sound from the voice output device 226 in order to notify the user.

This is a state in which the number of reserved balls for the variable display of the normal symbol is acquired by right-handed striking, which makes it easy to acquire the variable display of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state", and then the left-handed game is performed. When the ball enters the alternating distribution unit 71 and is distributed to the right path 75, the flow timing of the ball assumed in each game state, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the execution balance of the infestation plate 79b are performed. This is because the playability collapses. Therefore, by outputting an alarm sound when a ball is detected by the right normal symbol gate 76b in the "normal game state" or "latent probability fluctuation state", the player is discouraged from executing the right-handed game, and "normal". It is assumed in each game state by eliminating as much as possible that a ball is detected by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit while the number of reserved balls for variable display of the normal symbol is accumulated in the "game state" or "latent probability fluctuation state". It is possible to realize the playability that has been achieved.

Next, with reference to FIG. 20, a special figure variation process (S110), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing this special figure variation processing (S110). This special symbol variation processing (S110) controls the dynamic display in the special symbol display device 37 and the variation effect performed by the third symbol display device 81.

In this special figure variation processing (S110), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is currently being hit (S301). The jackpot includes during the jackpot game displayed by the third symbol display device 81 and the special symbol display device 37 at the time of the jackpot, and during a predetermined time after the jackpot game ends. As a result of the determination, if the jackpot is in progress (S301: Yes), the special figure variation process (S110) is terminated as it is, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

If it is not a big hit (S301: No), it is determined whether or not the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is in the dynamic display (S302), and the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is in the dynamic display. If not (S302: No), then it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed after the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 is stopped (S303). As a result, if a predetermined time has not elapsed after the dynamic display is stopped (S303: No), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). As a result, the stop symbol in the dynamic display (variation effect) is displayed on the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 for a predetermined time, so that the player can visually recognize the stop symbol. ..

On the other hand, as a result of the processing of S303, if a predetermined time has elapsed after the dynamic display is stopped (S303: Yes), the value of the second reserved ball count counter 203b (the second special reserved in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the operation-holding ball number N2) of the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the symbol is larger than "0" (S304). As a result, if the value of the second reserved ball counter 203b (operating reserved ball number N2) is not "0" (S304: Yes), it is the execution start timing of the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the second special symbol. First, the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operating reserved ball number N2) is subtracted by 1 (S305). This is because the variable start processing (S310), which will be described later, starts the execution of the dynamic display (variable effect) of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variable effect) related to the second special symbol. This is because the number of reserved balls related to the special symbol is reduced by one.

Next, the data stored in the second reserved ball storage area 203e is shifted (S306). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the second reserved first to fourth areas of the second reserved ball storage area 203e toward the reserved ball execution area 203f, and is the second reserved ball storage area 203e. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 2nd hold 2nd area → 2nd hold 1st area, 2nd hold 3rd area → 2nd hold 2nd area, 2nd hold 4th area → 2nd hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted, and so on.

On the other hand, in the process of S304, when it is determined that the value of the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operating reserved ball number N2) is "0" (S304: No), then the first reserved ball number counter 203a It is determined whether or not the value of (the number of operation-holding balls N1 of the dynamic display (variation effect) regarding the first special symbol held in the main control device 110) is larger than "0" (S307). As a result, if the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operating reserved ball number N1) is not "0" (S307: Yes), it is the execution start timing of the dynamic display (variation effect) related to the first special symbol. First, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operating reserved ball number N1) is subtracted by 1 (S308). This is because the variable start processing (S310), which will be described later, starts the execution of the dynamic display (variable effect) of one of the reserved dynamic displays (variable effect) related to the first special symbol. This is because the number is reduced by one.

Next, the data stored in the first reserved ball storage area 203d is shifted (S309). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the first hold first to fourth areas of the first hold ball storage area 203d toward the hold ball execution area 203f, and is the first hold first. 1 area → Hold ball execution area 203f, 1st hold 2nd area → 1st hold 1st area, 1st hold 3rd area → 1st hold 2nd area, 1st hold 4th area → 1st hold 3rd area The data in each area is shifted, and so on.

After the data shift processing of S306 or S309, the fluctuation start processing for the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 is executed based on the values of various counters stored in the hold ball execution area 203f by the data shift processing. Then, the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). The fluctuation start processing (S310) will be described later with reference to FIG.

In the process of S307, when it is determined that the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a (operating reserved ball number N1) is "0" (S307: No), a demonstration effect is performed on the third symbol display device 81. It is determined whether or not it is in the state of being in the state, that is, whether or not it is in the demonstration (S311). In this determination process, after transmitting a demo command to the display control device 114 via the voice lamp control device 113, the value of the first reserved ball number counter 203a or the second reserved ball number counter 203b (operation holding ball number N1 or operation). It is determined that the demonstration is in progress until it is determined that any value of the number of reserved balls N2) is larger than "0".

If it is determined that the demo is not in progress (S311: No), a demo command to be transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 is set (S312), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if it is determined that the demo is in progress (S311: Yes), the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) as it is. The demo command set in the process of S312 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is executed in the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S101 in FIG. 17). It is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.

When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the demo command, the voice lamp control device 113 transmits the display demo command to the display control device 114, and the display control device 114 demos to the third symbol display device 81 based on the reception of the display demo command. Control to display the effect.

Here, the demo command is set when, as described above, there is no reserved ball when a predetermined time elapses after the fluctuation is stopped. Therefore, if the fluctuation effect is not started even after a lapse of a predetermined time after the fluctuation is stopped, the demo effect is displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

When it is determined in the process of S311 that the demo is not in progress (S311: No), a process of determining whether or not a second predetermined time longer than the predetermined time has elapsed after the fluctuation is stopped is further performed. After the execution and the fluctuation stop, the process of S312 may be executed and the demo command may be set when the second predetermined time has elapsed. As a result, when there is no reserved ball after the fluctuation is stopped, the player can be shown the stopped symbol of the stopped fluctuation effect for a relatively long time without starting the demonstration effect immediately.

In the process of S302, when it is determined that the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is being dynamically displayed (S302: Yes), it is determined whether or not the dynamic display time (variation time) has elapsed (S313). ). The display time during dynamic display of the special symbol display device 37 is determined according to the variation pattern selected by the variation type counter CS1 (determined according to the variation pattern command), and this dynamic display time. If (variation time) has not elapsed (S313: No), the display of the special symbol display device 37 is updated (S314), and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In the first embodiment, in the 7-segment display 37b of the special symbol display device 37, for example, the central segment of the 7-segment display 37b blinks and displays from the start of the dynamic display until the fluctuation time elapses. The display mode is set.

On the other hand, if the dynamic display time (variation time) of the dynamic display in the special symbol display device 37 has elapsed (S313: Yes), the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the stopped symbol. (S315). The stop symbol is preset by the fluctuation start process (S310) described later with reference to FIG. In the fluctuation start processing, whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot is determined according to the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f by the processing of S306 or S309, and if it is a jackpot, the value of the jackpot type counter C2. Therefore, it is determined whether the symbol becomes "15R probability variation jackpot" or "7R probability variation jackpot" after the jackpot.

In the first embodiment, when the "15R probability variation jackpot" is obtained after the jackpot, the symbol "7" is displayed on the 7-segment display 37b, and when the "7R probability variation jackpot" is obtained, the 7-segment display 37b In, the symbol of "3" is displayed. If it is lost, only the central segment of the 7-segment display 37b is displayed (that is, "-").

When the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 corresponding to the stop symbol is set in the process of S315, the stop symbol of the variation effect in the third symbol display device 81 is displayed by the 7-segment display 37b in the special symbol display device 37. In order to display the confirmation in synchronization with the above, a confirmation command is set (S316), and the process shifts to S317. The confirmation command is a command for confirming and displaying the variation effect being executed by the third symbol display device 81. Upon receiving this confirmation command, the voice lamp control device 113 transmits a display confirmation command to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 is configured to stop the variation effect of the third symbol in the third symbol display device 81 and display the stopped symbol in a finalized manner by receiving the display confirmation command.

In the process of S317, whether or not the value of the ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is larger than "0" in order to determine whether or not it is in the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state". Is determined (S317).

This ST counter is a counter for indicating that it is in the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state", and is a predetermined number (first execution) at the end of the jackpot of the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state". In the embodiment, a value of "100") is set, and when the value of the ST counter is larger than "0", the gaming state is determined as a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state". Specifically, in the jackpot processing (see FIG. 23) described later, "100" is set when the jackpot state ends and the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability state" starts. ing.

In the processing of S317, if the value of the ST counter is not "0" (S317: Yes), it is a "probability fluctuation state" or a "latent probability fluctuation state", and any of the special symbols is dynamically displayed (variation effect). Is completed once, the value of the ST counter is subtracted by 1 (S318), the special figure variation processing (S110) is ended, and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, in the processing of S317, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S317: No), it means that the game is in the "normal game state". Therefore, the processing of S318 is skipped and the special figure variation processing (S110) is performed. It ends and returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the variation start process (S310), which is one process of the special figure variation process (S110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the fluctuation start processing (S310). This fluctuation start processing (S310) performs a big hit or loss lottery (big hit lottery) based on the values of various counters stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f according to the game state, and also performs the special symbol display device 37 and the first 3 The dynamic pattern (variation pattern and stop type) of the dynamic display and the variation effect performed by the symbol display device 81 is determined.

In the fluctuation start processing (S310), first, in order to determine the gaming state, it is determined whether or not the value of the ST counter (not shown) provided in the RAM 203 is larger than "0" (S321). As a result of the determination, if the value of the ST counter is "0" (S321: No), the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" and the jackpot probability of the special symbol is the low probability state, so that it is for the low probability state. The jackpot random number table 202a is set (S322), and the process shifts to S324. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the ST counter is larger than "0" (S323: Yes), the gaming state is "probability fluctuation state" or "latent probability fluctuation state", and the special symbol jackpot. Since the probability is in the high probability state, the jackpot random number table 202a for the high probability state is set (S323), and the processing is shifted to S324.

In the process of S324, whether or not the jackpot is a jackpot based on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 15A) set in S322 or S323. A jackpot lottery (win / fail determination) process for determining is performed (S324).

In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, whether or not it is a jackpot is determined based on the relationship between the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the gaming state (mode) at that time. As described above, in the jackpot random number table 202a, when the possible gaming state (mode) of the pachinko machine 10 is in the normal low probability state (“normal gaming state”), “7,307,582” is a jackpot disorder. It is specified as a numerical value. Further, when the gaming state (mode) that the pachinko machine 10 can take is in a high probability state (“probability fluctuation state” or “latent probability fluctuation state”), “28,122,298,390,486,567,656”. , 750, 866 ”is defined as the jackpot random value.

In the process of S324, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is compared with the jackpot random number value defined in the jackpot random number table 202a, and when they match, the jackpot is hit. It is determined that. When it is determined that the jackpot is a jackpot as a result of the processing of S324 (S324: Yes), the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the jackpot for special figure 1 corresponding to the first special symbol. The display mode at the time of jackpot is set based on the type table 202b1 (see FIG. 15B) or the jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2 (see FIG. 15C) corresponding to the second special symbol (S325). ).

In this process, according to the jackpot type table 202b, the jackpot type associated with the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f, that is, the “probability fluctuation state” after the jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds. It is determined whether the "15R probability variation jackpot" shifts to "15R probability variation jackpot" or the "7R latency probability variation jackpot" shifts to the "latent probability fluctuation state" after the maximum number of rounds is 7 rounds. Then, based on the determined jackpot type, the display mode at the time of jackpot in the special symbol display device 37 (display mode of the 7-segment display 37b) is set.

Specifically, whether the data stored in the hold ball execution area 203f is the data shifted from the first hold ball storage area 203d or the data shifted from the second hold ball storage area 203e is determined by the hold ball execution area 203f. If the data is stored in the shift source buffer (not shown) and shifted from the first reserved ball storage area 203d, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the value of the jackpot type counter C2. The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1 (see FIG. 15B). Further, when the data stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is the data shifted from the second reserved ball storage area 203e, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f and the special feature. The jackpot type is determined based on the jackpot type table 202b2 for FIG. 2 (see FIG. 15C).

Next, the fluctuation pattern at the time of big hit is determined (S326), and the process proceeds to S329. Specifically, in the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, it is based on the display mode (stop type) at the time of a big hit and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the hold ball execution area 203f. The effect mode is selected, and the dynamic time (variation time) of the dynamic display (variation effect) is determined based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 from the selected effect modes. In determining the fluctuation pattern at the time of the jackpot, first, the stop pattern table 202d (see FIG. 13) to be used is selected according to the stop type of the jackpot.

Specifically, when "15R probability variation jackpot" is set as the jackpot type in the processing of S325, in the stop pattern table 202d (for example, 15R probability variation stop pattern table) provided for "15R probability variation jackpot", The effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the hold ball execution area 203f is selected. When "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is set as the jackpot type, the reserved ball execution area is set in the stop pattern table 202d (for example, 7R latent probability variation stop pattern table) provided for "7R latent probability variation jackpot". The effect mode associated with the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in 203f is selected.

Then, in the variation pattern table 202e provided for each effect mode set in the process of S325, the variation pattern associated with the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f is selected. Then, the fluctuation time is set based on the relationship between the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation time defined in advance.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the hit is not a big hit in the process of S324 (S324: No), the display mode at the time of loss is set (S327). In the process of S327, the display mode of the special symbol display device 37 is set to the display mode corresponding to the lost symbol, and the value of the stop pattern selection counter C3 stored in the hold ball execution area 203f and the first hold ball number counter. Based on the value of 203a or (and) the second reserved ball number counter 203b and the current gaming state, as the effect mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81, a "non-reach (shortened)" effect mode and a "non-reach" effect mode are used. One of the "(normal)" effect mode, the "normal reach" effect mode, the "super reach" effect mode, and the "special reach" effect mode is set. In the first embodiment, each effect mode is supported according to whether the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 is a “probability fluctuation state”, a “latent probability fluctuation state”, or a “normal gaming state”. The stop pattern table 202d is set so that the range of values of the stop pattern selection counter C3 is different.

Next, the fluctuation pattern at the time of loss is determined (S328), and the process proceeds to S329. In the process of S328, the special symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 determine the fluctuation time until the stop display is performed with the lost symbol. Specifically, in the fluctuation pattern table 202e provided for each display mode (effect mode) at the time of loss determined in the processing of S327, it corresponds to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 stored in the reserved ball execution area 203f. Select the attached fluctuation pattern. Then, the fluctuation time is set based on the relationship between the fluctuation pattern and the fluctuation time defined in advance.

In this way, the effect mode and fluctuation pattern setting process at the time of big hit and the effect mode and variation pattern setting process at the time of loss are determined and determined by the same determination program using the same random number values C3 and CS1. Therefore, the program can be standardized and the development man-hours at the time of development can be reduced.

In the process of S329, the variation that notifies the display control device 114 of the variation time according to the variation pattern via the voice lamp control device 113 based on the variation time corresponding to the variation pattern determined by the processes of S326 and S328. Set the pattern command (S329). Specifically, for example, if the jackpot lottery is won, the jackpot is "15R probability variation jackpot", and the fluctuation pattern of "super reach" of "25 seconds" is selected, the jackpot / " A fluctuation pattern command indicating "super reach" of "15R probability variation jackpot" and "25 seconds" is set. In addition, if the jackpot lottery is lost and a fluctuation pattern of "super reach" of "25 seconds" is selected, a fluctuation pattern command indicating loss and "super reach" of "25 seconds" is set. .. In this way, even if the variation effect has the same variation time, by setting the variation pattern command together with the propriety of the variation effect and the content of the rough variation pattern, the voice lamp control device 113 can perform the effect mode including the result. It is possible to grasp the content and the fluctuation time of the above, and to determine the fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation effect in detail based on the information.

Further, a stop type command for notifying the display control device 114 of the stop type set in the processing of S325 or S327 via the voice lamp control device 113 is set (S330), and the special figure variation processing (see FIG. 20). ) Return. Specifically, for example, if a jackpot is won and the content of the jackpot is "15R probability variation jackpot", the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "7" symbol, etc.) is not specified. Set a stop type command indicating that it is a "15R probability variation jackpot". If the jackpot is won and the content of the jackpot is "7R latent probability change jackpot", the "7R latent probability change" is not specified without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "3" symbol, etc.). Set a stop type command that indicates "big hit".

On the other hand, if the jackpot is not won and the "super reach" production mode is selected, the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "787") is not specified, and the "super reach" effect mode is not specified. Set a stop type command that indicates that it is a "super reach" effect mode. Further, if the jackpot is not won and the "normal reach" production mode is selected, the "normal reach" at the time of loss is not specified without specifying the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "737"). "Set a stop type command indicating that it is an effect mode. Further, if the jackpot is not won and the "non-reach" effect mode is selected, the specific stop mode of the third symbol (for example, "258") is not specified, and the "non-reach" effect mode is not specified. Set a stop type command indicating that it is a "non-reach" effect mode.

In this way, by setting a rough stop type based on the success or failure of the variation effect in the stop type command, the voice lamp control device 113 (display control device 114) grasps the stop type based on the success or failure and makes them. It is possible to determine the stop result of the variation effect in detail based on the information of.

These fluctuation pattern commands and stop type commands are stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and these commands are executed in the processing of S101 of the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) to be executed next. It is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the fluctuation pattern command or the stop type command, the voice lamp control device 113 generates a display fluctuation pattern command or a display type command based on the fluctuation pattern command, and transmits the display type command to the display control device 114.

Next, with reference to FIG. 22, a normal map variation process (S111), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the normal map variation processing (S111). This normal symbol variation processing (S111) controls the variable display of the normal symbol in the normal symbol display device 83.

In this normal figure variation processing (S111), first, it is determined whether or not the appearance plate 79b of the appearance type ordinary electric service 79a is protruding, that is, whether or not the ordinary symbol is hit (S401). .. As a result of the determination, if the infestation plate 79b is protruding (S401: Yes), it means that the normal symbol is hit, so the normal figure variation process (S111) is terminated as it is, and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). Return to.

On the other hand, if the haunting plate 79b is not protruding (S401: No), it is not hitting the normal symbol. Therefore, it is then determined whether or not the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is in the variable display of the normal symbol. (S402). If the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is not during the variable display of the normal symbol (S402: No), then it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed after the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 is stopped (S403). ). As a result, if a predetermined time has not elapsed after the variable display is stopped (S403: No), the normal figure variation process (S111) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). As a result, the stop symbol in the variable display is displayed on the normal symbol display device 83 for a predetermined time, so that the player can visually recognize the stop symbol.

On the other hand, as a result of the processing of S403, if a predetermined time has elapsed after the variable display is stopped (S403: Yes), the value of the normal figure reserved ball counter 203 g (variable regarding the normal symbol held in the main control device 110). It is determined whether or not the display operation hold ball number HN) is larger than "0" (S404). As a result, if the value of the counter for the number of reserved balls in the normal figure (HN) is not "0" (S404: Yes), it is determined that it is the execution start timing of the variable display related to the normal symbol. Figure The value of the hold ball number counter 203 g (operation hold ball number HN) is subtracted by 1 (S405). This is because the process (S406 to S413) described later starts the execution of the variable display of one of the reserved variable displays related to the normal symbol, so that the number of reserved balls related to the normal symbol is reduced by one. ..

Next, the data stored in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is shifted (S406). This data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting the data stored in the normal figure holding first to fourth areas of the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h toward the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i. Hold 1st area → Fuzu hold ball execution area 203i, Fuzu hold 2nd area → Fuzu hold 1st area, Fuzu hold 3rd area → Fuzu hold 2nd area, Fuzu hold 4th area → Fuzu The data in each area is shifted, such as the hold third area.

After the data shift processing of S406, the normal symbol in the normal symbol display device 83 can be changed based on the data stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i by the data shift process (that is, the value of the counter C4 per normal figure). In order to execute the display, first, it is determined whether or not the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" (S407). As a result of the determination, if it is determined to be in the "normal game state" (S407: Yes), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "3 seconds" (S408), and the process shifts to S410. On the other hand, when it is determined that the gaming state is not the "normal gaming state", that is, when it is determined to be the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S407: No), the variable display time of the normal symbol Is set to "0.5 seconds", which is shorter than that in the "normal game state" (S409), and the process shifts to S410.

As a result, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits the left, the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the alternate distribution unit 71 appears and disappears. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display of the normal symbol is completed within the time until the arrangement position of the normal symbol is reached. As a result, when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage is executed, the normal symbol is variable by the time the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. When the display is finished and the appearance plate 79b protruding based on the variable display result can guide the ball to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side, or when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b, the normal symbol is still displayed. A situation in which the variable display is continuously executed and the ball is not guided by the infestation plate 79b because the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state (non-protruding state), and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is directly won. By making the game different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Further, even when the player hits the right side, the ball passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric service unit 79 reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b within the time required for the normal symbol. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display ends. As a result, when the normal symbol gate 76b is passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the variable display of the normal symbol is executed based on the passage, the variable display of the normal symbol is completed by the time the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. Then, based on the variable display result, the protruding infestation plate 79b can be guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side (alternate distribution unit 71 side), or the ball has reached the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. Occasionally, the variable display of the normal symbol is still continuously executed, and the ball is not guided by the infestation plate 79b because the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state (non-protruding state), and the game area below the game board 13 as it is. It is possible to create different playability for each game state by making the situation in which the player flows down to the game different depending on the game state.

In the process of S410, the stop symbol in the variable display of the normal symbol, that is, the propriety of the variable display of the normal symbol is determined by referring to the random number table 202f per normal symbol according to the game state (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state", that is, in the low probability state, the normal figure stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i with reference to the group for the low probability state in the random number table 202f per normal figure. The value of the hit random number counter C4 is determined, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol (that is, whether the normal symbol is correct or not) is determined. Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" or the "probability fluctuation state", that is, in the high probability state, the group is stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i with reference to the group for the high probability state in the random number table 202f per normal figure. The value of the random number counter C4 per normal symbol is determined, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol (that is, whether the normal symbol is correct or not) is determined. After the processing of S410, the normal map variation processing (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

Therefore, by changing the winning / failing probability of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits the left, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the alternate distribution unit 71, from the right exit. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state at the timing when the ball is discharged. As a result, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the infestation plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the protruding infestation plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or infestation. Is it a situation in which the plate 79b is difficult to project, and the ball is not guided by the infestation plate 79b because the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state (non-projection state), and the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is directly won. By making, different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

Further, even when the player hits the right side, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b provided in the normal electric service unit 79, it is possible to make a difference in whether or not the infestation plate 79b is likely to protrude. .. As a result, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the infestation plate 79b is likely to protrude, and the protruding infestation plate 79b can be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side, or the infestation plate. By making the situation where the 79b is difficult to protrude and the situation where the 79b is directly flowed down to the game area below the game board 13 depending on the game state, different game characteristics can be produced for each game state.

In the process of S402, when it is determined that the display mode of the normal symbol display device 83 is in variable display (S402: Yes), it is determined whether or not the variable display time has elapsed (S411). The variable display time of the normal symbol display device 83 is determined according to the game state by the processing of S408 or S409, and if this variable display time has not elapsed (S411: No), the display of the normal symbol display device 83 is performed. Is updated (S412), the normal map variation process (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the variable display time of the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 has elapsed (S411: Yes), the display mode corresponding to the stop symbol preset by S410 is set for the normal symbol display device 83. (S413), the normal figure variation process (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, when the sphere passes through any of the ordinary symbol gates 76, the variable display in the ordinary symbol display device 83 is set based on the ordinary symbol variation processing (S111). From the start of the variable display on the normal symbol display device 83 until the variable display time elapses, the "○" symbol and the "x" symbol are alternately lit. Then, when the variable display result is a hit, the symbol "○" is lit, while when the variable display result is a loss, the symbol "x" is lit.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the probability of success or failure of the variable display of the normal symbol and the variable display time are changed according to the gaming state, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b of the haunting type ordinary electric service 79a is set to the gaming state. It is configured to change according to. With this configuration, the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit wins the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b according to the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" when hitting left. It is possible to change whether to win or to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Further, depending on whether or not the ball has passed through the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b, the ball may roll on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b and be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side depending on whether or not it is in the “probability fluctuation state” at the time of hitting right. It is possible to change whether or not it can be done. As a result, the winning / failing probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b are changed according to the game state at that time, and the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state are changed to vary the game. By enriching the game, it is possible to enhance the interest of the game.

Next, with reference to FIG. 23, a jackpot process (S103), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the jackpot process (S103).

In this jackpot process (S103), as described above, when a jackpot of a special symbol occurs, the number of times (the number of rounds) of opening of the jackpots 65a and 67a is set according to the type of jackpot, and the central jackpot is won. The opening time of the opening 65a or the right side large winning opening 67a (hereinafter, the central large winning opening 65a and the right side large winning opening 67a may be collectively referred to as "large winning opening 65a, 67a") is set. Then, in the case of a big hit state, the big winning opening opening / closing control process (see FIG. 24) for opening or closing the big winning openings 65a and 67a is executed.

That is, the big winning openings 65a and 67a are opened for each round of the big hit state, and the maximum opening time of the big winning openings 65a and 67a (“30 seconds” in the first embodiment) has elapsed, or the big winning opening It is determined whether or not a specified number of balls (10 in the first embodiment) have been won in 65a and 67a. Then, when any of these closing conditions is satisfied, the large winning openings 65a and 67a are closed. The control regarding the opening and the control regarding the closing of the large winning openings 65a and 67a are repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds.

In the jackpot process (S103), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot is in progress (S501). As a result of the determination, if the jackpot is not hit (S501: No), then it is determined whether or not the dynamic display (variation effect) of the special symbol is completed (S502).

As a result of the determination in S502, if the dynamic display (variation effect) of the special symbol is not completed (S502: No), this jackpot process (S103) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). On the other hand, if the dynamic display (variable effect) of the special symbol is completed (S502: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the jackpot is won in the dynamic display (variable effect) (S503).

As a result of the determination in S503, if it is determined that the jackpot has not been won in the dynamic display (variation effect) (S503: No), the jackpot process (S103) is terminated and the timer interrupt process (FIG. 17). See). On the other hand, if it is determined in the dynamic display (variable effect) that the jackpot has been won (S503: Yes), in order to execute the control regarding the winning jackpot, first, is the number of rounds of the winning jackpot 15R? Whether or not, that is, whether or not the "15R probability variation jackpot" is won is determined (S504).

As a result of the determination in S504, if the "15R probability variation jackpot" is won (S504: Yes), "15" is set in the round counter in order to perform the opening control of the jackpots 65a and 67a 15 times in this jackpot. (S505), the process shifts to S507. On the other hand, if the "15R probability variation jackpot" is not won, that is, if the "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is won (S504: No), the opening control of the jackpots 65a and 67a is performed 7 times in this jackpot. In order to do so, "7" is set in the round counter (S506), and the process shifts to S507. The MPU 201 confirms the value of the round counter, and when the value is set in the round counter (that is, "1" or more), the value of the round counter is controlled while opening the large winning openings 65a and 67a. Is subtracted by 1. Then, when the value of the round counter becomes "0", the jackpot being executed is terminated.

In the process of S507, in order to transmit the opening command to the voice lamp control device 113, the opening command is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203 (S507). Next, the opening time of the jackpot (for example, "10 seconds") is set (S508), the jackpot process (S103) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

If it is determined in the process of S501 that the jackpot has already been hit (S501: Yes), the big winning opening opening / closing control process (S509) for executing the opening / closing control of the big winning openings 65a and 67a is executed.

Here, with reference to FIG. 24, a big winning opening opening / closing control process (S509), which is one process of the big hit process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing the large winning opening opening / closing control process (S509). As described above, in this big winning opening opening / closing control process (S509), the opening / closing control of the big winning openings 65a, 67a is executed based on the number of times the big winning openings 65a, 67a are opened set in the big hit processing (S103). To do.

In this large winning opening opening / closing control process (S509), first, it is determined whether or not any of the large winning openings 65a, 67a is open (S601). If the large winning openings 65a and 67a are not open (S601: No), the large winning openings 65a and 67a are not open and are in the interval time, so the processing is shifted to S612, while the large winning openings 65a, If 67a is being opened (S601: Yes), then whether or not one opening time of the large winning openings 65a and 67a set in the opening time setting process described later (see S615 described later) has elapsed. (S602).

In the processing of S602, if the opening time of the large winning openings 65a and 67a has elapsed (S602: Yes), the closing condition of the large winning openings 65a and 67a is satisfied, and the large winning openings 65a and 67a in the round are satisfied. Since it is the closing timing, the value of the winning counter is cleared to "0" (S603), and the process shifts to S607 in order to close the large winning openings 65a and 67a. The closing process of the large winning openings 65a and 67a from S607 will be described later. On the other hand, in the processing of S602, if the opening time of the large winning openings 65a and 67a has not elapsed (S602: No), then it is determined whether or not the ball has won the large winning openings 65a and 67a (S604). ).

In the processing of S604, if the ball has won a prize in the large winning openings 65a and 67a (S604: Yes), the value of the winning counter is subtracted by 1 (S605), and then the value of the winning counter subtracted by 1 is "0". It is determined whether or not the value is larger than (S606). If the value of the winning counter is not greater than "0" (S606: No), that is, if the value of the winning counter is "0" or less, 10 balls are won in the large winning openings 65a and 67a. Since the closing conditions of the winning openings 65a and 67a are satisfied, the process shifts to S607 in order to close the winning openings 65a and 67a.

In the processing of S604, when it is determined that the ball has not won the big winning openings 65a and 67a (S604: No), or in the processing of S606, the value of the winning counter is larger than "0". If it is determined that there is (S606: Yes), the closing conditions of the large winning openings 65a and 67a are not satisfied, and the processing of S607 to S616 is skipped in order to continue opening the large winning openings 65a and 67a. Then, the large winning opening opening / closing control process (S509) is completed. After the completion of the big winning opening opening / closing control process (S509), the process returns to the big hit process (see FIG. 23).

In the closing process of the large winning openings 65a and 67a from S607, first, the closing of the large winning openings 65a and 67a is set (S607), and then the large winning openings 65a and 67a are closed with respect to the voice lamp control device 113. A closing command indicating that is set (S608), and the process shifts to S609. The closing command set in the process of S608 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is in the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S101 in FIG. 17) to be executed next. Then, it is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.

Next, in the processing of S609, since one round of the large winning openings 65a and 67a was digested, the value of the round counter was subtracted by 1 (S609), and the value of the round counter subtracted by 1 was larger than "0". Whether or not it is determined (S610). When the value of the round counter is larger than "0" (S610: Yes), the number of rounds in the jackpot (the number of remaining open times of the big winning openings 65a and 67a) remains, so the next big hit. The interval time (for example, "2 seconds") until the winning openings 65a and 67a are opened is set (S611), and the process shifts to S612.

On the other hand, in the processing of S610, when the value of the round counter is not larger than "0" (S610: No), that is, when the value of the round counter is "0" or less, the big winning opening 65a in this jackpot, Since all the opening operations of 67a have been completed, in order to end the jackpot state, the jackpot opening control process (S509) is terminated, and the process returns to the jackpot process (see FIG. 23).

In the process of S612, it is determined whether or not the opening time set in S508 of the jackpot process (see FIG. 23) or the interval time set in S611 has elapsed (S612). As a result of the determination, if the opening time or the interval time has not elapsed (S612: No), the processing of S613 to S616 is skipped, the large winning opening opening / closing control processing (S509) is terminated, and the big hit processing (FIG. 23). See).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the opening time or the interval time has elapsed (S612: Yes), it is the timing to open the large winning openings 65a, 67a, so first, the opening setting of the large winning openings 65a, 67a is set. Do (S613). Next, in order to count the balls that have won the open large winning openings 65a and 67a, "10" is set in the winning counter (S614), and the process shifts to S615. In the first embodiment, the value of the winning counter is configured to be subtracted by 1 each time a ball enters the large winning openings 65a, 67a, and the MPU 201 is set after the large winning openings 65a, 67a are opened. The large winning openings 65a and 67a are closed when a predetermined opening time has elapsed or when the value of the winning counter becomes "0".

In the process of S615, the maximum opening time (for example, "30 seconds") of the large winning openings 65a and 67a is set (S615), and the large winning openings 65a and 67a are being opened with respect to the voice lamp control device 113. An opening command indicating that is set (S616), and this large winning opening opening / closing control process (S509) is terminated. After the completion of the big winning opening opening / closing control process (S509), the process returns to the big hit process (see FIG. 23).

The release command set in the process of S616 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is in the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S101 in FIG. 17) to be executed next. Then, it is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.

Returning to FIG. 23, the description will be continued. After executing the process of the large winning opening opening control process (S509), it is determined whether or not the value of the round counter is larger than "0" (S510). In the above-mentioned large winning opening opening / closing control process, the value of the round counter is subtracted when the large winning openings 65a and 67a are closed (see S609 in FIG. 24), so that the value of the round counter is ". If the value is larger than "0" (S510: Yes), the processing of S511 to S516 is skipped, the jackpot processing (S103) is terminated, and the timer interrupt processing (timer interrupt processing) is performed in order to continuously execute the jackpot. (See FIG. 17).

On the other hand, if the value of the round counter is not greater than "0", that is, if the value of the round counter is "0" or less (S510: No), the jackpot end condition is satisfied. In order to end the process, first, an ending command indicating the start of the jackpot ending effect is set for the voice lamp control device 113 (S511). Then, in order to change the game state at the end of the jackpot to the "probability fluctuation state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" until the dynamic display (variation effect) of the special symbol is executed 100 times, the value of the ST counter is set to "100". Is set (S512), the jackpot end setting process for setting the ending time and the like is performed (S513), and the process is transferred to S514. The ending command set in the process of S511 is stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 203, and is in the external output process of the timer interrupt process (see S101 in FIG. 17) to be executed next. Then, it is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.

In the process of S514, it is determined whether or not the jackpot type in this jackpot is the "7R latent probability variation jackpot" that causes the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S514). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the jackpot type is "7R latent probability variation jackpot" that generates "latent probability fluctuation state" (S514: Yes), the gaming state is shifted to "latent probability fluctuation state" ( S515), this jackpot process (S103) is completed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the jackpot type is not the "7R latent probability variation jackpot" that causes the "latent probability fluctuation state", that is, when the jackpot type is "15R probability variation jackpot" (S514: No), the gaming state is changed. The process shifts to the "probability fluctuation state" (S516), and the jackpot process (S103) is completed. After the jackpot processing is completed, the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

In this way, the main control is performed by executing the jackpot processing (see FIG. 23) and the jackpot opening / closing control processing (see FIG. 24) that controls the opening and closing of the jackpots 65a and 67a in the jackpot processing. The MPU 201 of the device 110 performs a process of opening and closing the big winning openings 65a and 67a at the time of a big hit, and a process of transmitting various states at the time of a big hit to the voice lamp control device 113.

Next, with reference to FIG. 25, a normal electric service control process (S104), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the ordinary electric service control process (S104). This ordinary electric service control process (S104) executes the infestation (protrusion and immersion) drive control of the infestation plate 79b of the infestation type ordinary electric service 79a according to the game state when a hit of the ordinary symbol occurs. That is, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set according to the game state, and the infestation plate 79b is driven to protrude, and when the set protrusion time elapses, the control to immerse the infestation plate 79b in the protrusion is executed. ..

In the ordinary electric service control process (S104), first, it is determined whether or not the infestation plate 79b is protruding, that is, whether or not the ordinary symbol is hit (S701). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the infestation plate 79b is not protruding, that is, if it is determined that the normal symbol is not hit (S701: No), then whether or not the variable display of the normal symbol is completed. (S702).

As a result of the determination in S702, if the variable display of the normal symbol is not completed (S702: No), the normal electric service control process (S104) is terminated and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). If the variable display of the normal symbol is completed (S702: Yes), then it is determined whether or not the winner is won in the variable display (S703).

As a result of the determination in S703, if it is determined that the variable display does not win (S703: No), the normal electric service control process (S104) is terminated and the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). Return to. On the other hand, when it is determined that the winning is won in the variable display (S703: Yes), in order to execute the control regarding the winning, the gaming state at the time of winning is the "probability fluctuation state". Whether or not it is determined (S704).

As a result of the determination in S704, when it is determined that the game is not in the "probability fluctuation state", that is, when the gaming state is the "normal gaming state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S704: No), the ordinary electric service control table Based on the specified content of 202h, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the hit state is set to "2 seconds" (S705), and the process shifts to S707. On the other hand, when it is determined to be in the "probability fluctuation state" (S704: Yes), the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the hit state is set to "5 seconds" based on the specified contents of the ordinary electric service control table 202h. (S706), the process shifts to S707.

In the process of S707, the projecting process of the infestation plate 79b is performed (S707), the infestation plate 79b in the immersive state is driven to the projecting state, the normal electric service control process (S104) is terminated, and the timer interrupt process is performed. Return to (see FIG. 17).

As a result, by changing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b based on the hit of the normal symbol according to the game state, when the player hits the left, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the alternate distribution unit 71 is passed. When the ball reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b, it is possible to make a difference as to whether or not the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state. As a result, when a sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and wins in the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage, and the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b, the appearance plate When the 79b is in a protruding state and the infestation plate 79b can guide the ball to the winning opening 78 side in FIG. By changing the situation in which the ball is not guided by the infestation plate 79b and wins the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b as it is in the protruding state) depending on the game state, different game playability can be obtained for each game state. Can be born.

Further, even when the player hits the right side, the ball passing through the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b provided in the ordinary electric service unit 79 reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b and rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. It is possible to make a difference whether or not the infestation plate 79b is in an immersive state (non-protruding state) while moving. As a result, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b, that is, the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and the sphere is rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. In a situation where the protruding state of the infestation plate 79b is maintained and a ball that has rolled the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end direction can be guided to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2, the ball is on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. A situation in which the protruding time of the infestation plate 79b ends during rolling and the infestation plate 79b is immersed, so that the ball that has been rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b flows down to the lower side of the game area as it is. By making the game different depending on the game state, it is possible to create different playability for each game state.

In the process of S701, when it is determined that the infestation plate 79b is protruding, that is, when it is determined that the infestation plate 79b is hitting a normal symbol (S701: Yes), then the infestation set in S705 or S706 is determined. It is determined whether the protrusion time of the plate 79b has elapsed (S708). As a result of the determination, if it is determined that the set protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b has not elapsed (S708: No), the process of S709 is skipped in order to maintain the protrusion state of the appearance plate 79b. The normal electric service control process (S104) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

On the other hand, in the processing of S708, when it was determined that the set protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b had elapsed (S708: Yes), the immersion plate 79b was immersed (S709) and was in the protruding state. The haunting plate 79b is driven into an immersive state, the normal electric service control process (S104) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the left-handed game is performed by making the winning probability and the fluctuation time of the normal symbol different from the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b accompanying the winning according to the game state. In the "normal game state", the game is performed by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and the "latent probability fluctuation" is performed. In "State", a game by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. Can be done. Further, in the right-handed game, the game can be performed by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, the NMI interrupt process executed in the main control device 110 when a power failure or the like occurs will be described. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing an NMI interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control device 110. The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to a power failure or the like.

By this NMI interrupt processing, the power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The MPU 201 in which the power failure signal SG1 is input to the NMI terminal interrupts the control during execution and starts the NMI interrupt process, and stores the power failure occurrence information in the RAM 203 as the setting of the power failure occurrence information (S801). ), Ends the NMI interrupt process.

The above NMI interrupt process is also executed in the payout control device 111, and the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 213 by the NMI interrupt process. That is, when the power supply of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control during execution. Then, the NMI interrupt process is started.

Next, with reference to FIG. 27, a start-up process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 when the power is turned on to the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. This start-up process is started by resetting when the power is turned on.

In the start-up process, first, the initial setting process associated with the power-on is executed (S901). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, in order to wait for the control device on the sub side (peripheral control device such as voice lamp control device 113, payout control device 111, etc.) to become operable, weight processing (“1 second” in the first embodiment). ) Is executed (S902). Then, the access of the RAM 203 is permitted (S903).

After that, it is determined whether or not the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) provided in the power supply device 115 is turned on (S904), and if it is turned on (S904: Yes), the process shifts to S911. On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), it is determined whether or not the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S905), and if it is not stored (S905: No). Since there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power cutoff did not end normally, the process is also shifted to S911 in this case as well.

If the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S905: Yes), the RAM determination value is calculated (S906), and if the calculated RAM determination value is not normal (S907: No), that is, the calculated RAM If the determination value does not match the RAM determination value saved when the power is cut off, the backed up data has been destroyed, and the process is shifted to S911 even in such a case.

As will be described in S926 of FIG. 28, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 203. Instead of this RAM determination value, the effectiveness of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in the predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the process of S911, a payout initialization command is transmitted to initialize the payout control device 111 which is a control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side (S911). Upon receiving this payout initialization command, the payout control device 111 clears an area (work area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets an initial value, and is ready to start payout control of the ball. After transmitting the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes the initialization process (S912, S913) of the RAM 203.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is initialized at the time of turning on the power, for example, when the hall is open for business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erasing switch 122. Therefore, if the RAM erase switch 122 is pressed during the start-up process, the RAM 203 initialization process (S912, S913) is executed. Similarly, when the power failure occurrence information is not set or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.), the initialization process (S912, S913) of the RAM 203 is executed in the same manner. .. In the initialization process of the RAM 203 (S912, S913), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to "0" (S912), and then the initial value is set in the RAM 203 (S913). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process proceeds to the process of S910.

On the other hand, if the RAM erase switch 122 is not turned on (S904: No), the power failure occurrence information is stored (S905: Yes), and the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.) is normal ( S907: Yes), the information on the occurrence of the power failure is cleared while holding the data backed up in the RAM 203 (S908). Then, a payout return command at the time of power recovery for returning the control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side to the gaming state when the drive power is cut off is transmitted (S909), and the process proceeds to S910. When the payout control device 111 receives the payout return command, the payout control device 111 is in a state where the payout control of the ball can be started while holding the data stored in the RAM 213.

In the process of S910, interrupts are permitted (S910). Then, the process proceeds to the main process (see FIG. 28) described later.

Next, with reference to FIG. 28, the main process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the above-mentioned start-up process will be described. FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing this main process. In this main process, the counter update process and the power off process are roughly classified.

In the main process, it is determined whether or not the power failure occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S921). If the information on the occurrence of the power failure is not stored in the RAM 203 (S921: No), the power failure signal SG1 is not output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252, and the power supply is not shut off. Therefore, in such a case, the first initial value random number counter CINI1, the second initial value random number counter CINI2, and the variation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S922, S923).

First, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S922). Specifically, when the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are added by 1, and the counter value reaches the maximum value (“899”, “99” in the first embodiment). , Clear to "0". Then, the updated values of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer 203c area of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the variation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the process of S107 (see FIG. 17) (S923), and the process shifts to the process of S921.

Here, while this main process is being executed, the timer interrupt process described with reference to FIG. 17 is started and executed at predetermined time intervals (“4 milliseconds” in the first embodiment). In the timer interrupt process, different processes are executed depending on the state of the game. For example, during the big hit, the opening and closing of the big winning openings 65a and 67a is controlled, and if the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76, the display control regarding the variable display of the normal symbol by the ordinary symbol display device 83 is performed. Is done. Further, in the jackpot lottery executed when the dynamic display on the special symbol display device 37 is started, the number of jackpot random numbers to be compared with the acquired jackpot random number counter C1 differs depending on whether it is in the high probability state or the low probability state. Come on. Therefore, the time required to execute one timer interrupt process changes according to the state of the game. Therefore, the remaining time from the end of one timer interrupt process to the execution timing of the next timer interrupt process is not constant and changes according to the state of the game at that time.

The above-mentioned processes S922 and S923, which are one process of the main process, are executed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process. That is, since the update of the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2 is repeatedly executed using the remaining time, the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number are used. The counter CINI2 (that is, the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1 and the initial value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure) can be updated at random, and similarly, the variation type counter CS1 can also be updated at random. In particular, by randomly updating the first initial value random number counter CINI1 and the second initial value random number counter CINI2, the jackpot random number counter C1 and the normal number per random number counter C4 that use these as the initial value of the update can be updated. It can have randomness.

Further, in the processing of S921, if the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S921: Yes), the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the power is turned off, and the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252. As a result, since the NMI interrupt process shown in FIG. 26 has been executed, the process at the time of power cutoff after S924 is executed. First, the occurrence of each interrupt process is prohibited (S924), and a power off command indicating that the power is cut off is issued to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113). (S925). Then, the RAM determination value is calculated, the value is saved (S926), the access of the RAM 203 is prohibited (S927), and the infinite loop is continued until the power supply is completely shut off and the process cannot be executed. Here, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203.

The process of S921 is executed at the timing when one cycle of the processes of S922 and S923, which is performed within the remaining time of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), ends. As a result, in the main processing of the main control device 110, various settings by the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) are completed, and at the timing when the update of each counter CINI1, CINI2, CS1 is completed, the power failure occurrence information is completed. Is confirmed. Therefore, when returning from the power cut-off state, the process can be started from the process of S921 after the start-up process (see FIG. 27) is completed. That is, the process can be started from the process of S921 as in the case of being initialized in the start-up process.

Therefore, in the process when the power is cut off, the stack pointer is used in the initial setting process (S901) without saving the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 to the stack area or saving the value of the stack pointer. By setting a predetermined value (initial value), the process of S921 can be started. As a result, the control load on the main control device 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main control device 110 malfunctioning or running out of control.

In the first embodiment, the process to be executed periodically is executed by the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17), and in the main process (see FIG. 28), each counter is set to the remaining time of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17). Although the case of executing the update of CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 has been described, a part or all of the processing executed in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) is predetermined in the main processing (see FIG. 28). It may be configured to run every hour (eg, 4 milliseconds). For example, the prize ball counting signal, the payout abnormality signal reading processing (S102), the jackpot processing (S103), and the ordinary electric service control processing (S104) executed in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17) in the first embodiment. And a part or all of the switch reading process (S105), the start winning process (S108), the gate passing process (S109), the special figure variation process (S110), the normal figure variation process (S111), and the launch control process (S112). , It may be configured to be executed every 4 milliseconds in the main process (see FIG. 28) instead of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17).

In this case, a step for determining whether or not a predetermined time (4 milliseconds) has elapsed is provided in the main process (see FIG. 28), and the process is executed every predetermined time only when it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed. Is executed, and each of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 may be updated regardless of whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. As a result, each of the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 is updated during the remaining time of the process to be executed at predetermined time intervals, but the process to be executed at predetermined time intervals is executed according to the state of the game. Since the time required for the operation changes, the counters CINI1, CINI2, and CS1 can be updated at random even in such a configuration.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is reached. The game is played by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of, and in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the first lottery game and the special of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a. FIG. 2 It is possible to play a game with the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the winning opening 78. Further, in the right-handed game, the game can be performed by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

In addition, the game value obtained in the second lottery game of the second special symbol is set to be more advantageous for the player than the game value obtained in the first lottery game of the first special symbol, so that a prize is won for each game state. Combined with making the possible (easy) winning openings 77 and 78 different, it is possible to provide the player with the interest of gradually transitioning to a high-value gaming state and improve the interest of the game. .. That is, in the "normal game state", it is easy to acquire the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player, and in the "latent probability fluctuation state" that is easy to transition from the "normal game state", the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player. And the second lottery game which is advantageous for the player can be alternately acquired, and in the "probability fluctuation state" where the transition from the "latent probability fluctuation state" is easy, the second lottery game which is advantageous for the player is performed. It is possible to provide the player with the interest of making it easier to acquire and gradually transitioning to a high-value gaming state.

Further, a special symbol and a normal symbol familiar to the player are used, and the appearance plate 79b is linked to the alternating distribution unit 71 that is alternately distributed to the plurality of winning openings 77. By realizing the sexuality, it is possible to make it easier for the player to understand the game specifications, and it is possible to solve the problem that the game is avoided due to the difficulty in understanding the game specifications and the operation does not increase.

In addition, since the above-mentioned playability is realized without using a special mechanism such as a non-electric accessory, it is possible to prevent the number of parts for the special mechanism from increasing and increase the cost of the pachinko machine 10. The above-mentioned playability can be realized without.

Further, due to the configuration of the reduction unit 79c, it is possible to keep the time for rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b constant while reducing the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end direction. As a result, the time for the sphere to stay on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b can be made constant and long. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the infestation plate 79b as compared with the case where the speed reduction unit 79c is not provided, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b can be adjusted for each gaming state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications. Further, the slower the flow speed of the ball by the deceleration unit 79c, the shorter the total length of the infestation plate 79b, and the more compact the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be.

<Second Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 29 to 34. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is arranged in the central portion of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is embedded near the distribution device 73 in the right path 75. ing.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in order to realize the game specifications of the present invention, the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is made to have a certain distance (width) in the left-right direction (horizontal direction). Alternate distribution is configured so that the left side portion of the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b provided on the right side of the alternate distribution unit 71. The ordinary electric service unit 79 is arranged with respect to the unit 71.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the haunting plate 79b is located at a position between the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1, and the ordinary electric machine is used. The speed reduction unit 79c of the combination unit 79 is configured to be located.

However, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is separated from the distribution device 73 by only about one ball, and is immediately after the flow direction of the ball is switched by the distribution device 73. In addition, in order to detect a sphere that rolls on the right side path 75 in the lateral direction of the front view, there is a possibility that the sphere collides with the lower passage wall (not shown) of the right side path 75 and bounces off. Since there is a possibility that the movement of the ball is not stable, chattering by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit may occur.

Further, when the ordinary electric service unit 79 is arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction with respect to the alternating distribution unit 71, the left end portion of the haunting plate 79b is located on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71. When the configuration is such that it overlaps with the upper position of, the degree of overlap of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the front view lateral direction with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 is small, and the width of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the width of the ordinary electric service unit 79 Each installation width is required, which may reduce the degree of freedom in board design in the game area.

Further, when the deceleration unit 79c of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is located above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right side path 75 collides with the deceleration unit 79c. However, the behavior of the ball is disturbed based on the collision, and there is a possibility that the appearance plate 79b may flow out to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2 even though the infestation plate 79b does not protrude.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the burial position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is set to the vicinity of the right exit of the right path 75, and a ball flowing vertically downward is detected. Further, the central portion of the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right side path 75 and the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1. Further, the deceleration portions 79d and 79e are not arranged in the flow-down space of the sphere formed between the right exit of the right path 75 and the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1.

With this configuration, a sphere that is freely falling vertically downward can be detected by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that a sphere in a state in which the behavior of the sphere flowing down the right path 75 is stable is detected. As a result, the occurrence of chattering at the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit can be eliminated.

Further, since the central portion of the haunting plate 79b is located above the second winning opening 77b in FIG. 1, there are many overlapping portions of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the front view lateral direction with respect to the alternating distribution unit 71, and the alternating distribution unit 79 is alternated. The installation area of the distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in board design in the game area can be increased.

Further, by not arranging the deceleration portions 79d and 79e in the flow-down space of the ball between the right exit of the right route 75 and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 75, the prediction of the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right route 75 is expected. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of abnormal behavior (for example, inflow to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2).

Further, since the deceleration portions 79d and 79e are arranged on both sides of the space where the ball flows down from the right exit of the right path 75, when the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state, it flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. When the behavior of the ball is disturbed and the ball is about to be discharged to the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 without entering the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, the ball collides with the deceleration units 79d and 79e and is again. Special figure 1 It can be configured to flow down to the second winning opening 77b side.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 29, the normal map fluctuation time table 202 g in the second embodiment will be described. FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure fluctuation time table 202g stored in the ROM 202 of the second embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 29, in the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g of the second embodiment, the normal figure fluctuation time table 202g is set so that the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the low probability state is “3 seconds”. Is specified in. That is, in the low probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "3 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the case of the high probability state is defined in the normal map fluctuation time table 202 g so as to be "0.1 seconds". That is, in the high probability state, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "0.1 seconds" without exception.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 30 to 34, the playability in each game state of the second embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball and the behavior of the infestation plate 79b accompanying the behavior will be described.

FIG. 30 shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the normal electric service unit 79 when hitting right in each gaming state of the second embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere entering from the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of a haunting plate 79b. FIG. 30A shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution slot 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b when hitting left in the “normal game state” of the second embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating, and FIG. 30 (b) shows the behavior of the ball which entered from the distribution entry ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the 2nd Embodiment. 30 (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 30 (c) shows the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed hitting.

Further, FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the line AA of FIG. 30 (a).

Further, FIG. 32A shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state” of the second embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 32 (b) shows the inflow into the normal electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the "normal gaming state" of the second embodiment (right side). It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through a normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b. Further, FIG. 33A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the second embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 33B shows the flow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the second embodiment. It is a timing chart which shows the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b. Further, FIG. 34A shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed in the “probability fluctuation state” of the second embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 34 (b) shows the inflow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment (right side). It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through a normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b.

In the configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the second embodiment, the differences from the first embodiment are the arrangement position of the ordinary symbol gate 76a in the unit and the alternating distribution unit 71. The disposition position of the ordinary electric service unit 79 (appearance plate 79b) and the disposition position of the deceleration portions 79d and 79e in the ordinary electric service unit 79 are different. That is, as shown in FIGS. 30 (a) to 30 (c) and 31, in the second embodiment, the ordinary symbol gate 76a in the unit is arranged near the right exit of the right path 75, and the ordinary electric service unit. The part where the appearance plate 79b of 79 is arranged in the alternating distribution unit 71 increases, and the deceleration parts 79d and 79e of the ordinary electric service unit 79 are arranged on both sides of the flow-down space of the ball from the right exit of the right path 75, respectively. It is installed. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 30A, the balls distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the second embodiment are distributed from the distribution device 73 for “2 seconds”. After that, the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are first distributed from the distribution device 73 and then "1.8 seconds" later, the normal symbol in the unit. After passing through the gate 76a and passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "0.2 seconds".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 32 (a), when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured in. Further, "1.8 seconds" after the ball is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit arranged on the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. A lottery opportunity for the symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the right exit of the right path 75 from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the result of the variable display is derived. Passing through the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b in front, the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is won as it is.

Here, in the second embodiment, the buried position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is near the right exit of the right side path 75, and the sphere flows down for a while after being sorted by the distribution device 73, and the right side path 75. Since it is free-falling inside, it is highly probable that the behavior of the sphere is stable. Therefore, it is possible to detect a sphere having a stable behavior by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

As shown in FIG. 32 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball passing through the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b is a haunting plate after "1 second". It reaches the position of the right end of 79b. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment is "3 seconds". Therefore, in the "normal game state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b has the appearance plate 79b protruding before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, based on the variable display. Before the state is reached, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Further, even when the balls enter continuously, it is difficult for the normal symbol to hit in the "normal game state", and the time for the hit and the appearance plate 79b to maintain the protruding state is "2". It is "seconds" (see FIG. 15C), and the time required to roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is moved toward the left end without rolling to the side of the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b). When the infestation plate 79b is displaced in an immersive state during rolling, the ball flows down to the downstream side of the ordinary electric service unit 79. Further, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "normal game state".

As described above, in the "normal game state" of the second embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening. In order to win a prize alternately in any of 77b, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is configured to be performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 30 (b) and 33, the game playability in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 30B, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the balls distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 are distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, as in the "normal game state". "2 seconds" after being sorted from 73, the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the spheres distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are first distributed from the distribution device 73 and then "1.8 seconds" later in the unit. After passing through the symbol gate 76a and passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it flows out from the right exit of the right route 75 "0.2 seconds".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 33A, when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured in. Further, "1.8 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

The variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds" (see FIG. 29). Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the outflow from the right exit of the right path 75, the sphere is arranged on the infestation plate 79b. At the timing of reaching the position, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is "2 seconds" which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the infestation plate 79b protrudes after the variable display is started. The total time to immerse is "2.1 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly possible that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the time when the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the sphere that flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 and reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b collides with the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, and then rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state. , Special figure 2 will be guided to the winning opening 78 side.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is arranged at a position above the special drawing 1 second entry port 77b. Further, the outer deceleration portion 79d provided on the right side of the central portion of the haunting plate 79b, that is, outside the alternating distribution unit 71, and the inner deceleration portion provided on the left side of the central portion, that is, inside the alternate distribution unit 71. 79e is arranged, and the outer deceleration portion 79d and the inner deceleration portion 79e are not arranged in the central portion of the infestation plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, neither the outer deceleration portion 79d nor the inner deceleration portion 79e is arranged in the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, that is, the portion intersecting the right exit of the right side path 75. ..

Here, the configuration of the ordinary electric service unit 79 of the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 31. FIG. 31 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the line AA of FIG. 30 (a).

As shown in FIG. 31, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball flowing into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the central portion of the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state, and the infestation plate 79b The upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, to the side of the special drawing 2 winning opening 78.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls from the central portion of the infestation plate 79b to the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b first collides with the inner side deceleration portion 79e1 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79. The traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the front inner deceleration portion 79e2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is moved to the base portion 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b. In the second embodiment, the time required for rolling from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "1 second".

Further, as shown in FIG. 31, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the sphere that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side of the ordinary electric service unit 79 collides with the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state. Due to the inclination of the infestation plate 79b, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternating distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls from the right end of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b first has a first back-outer deceleration portion 79d1 provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79. The direction of travel is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the first front outer deceleration portion 79d2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is on the base portion 79y side. Roll to. After that, it collides with the second inner side deceleration unit 79d3 provided on the base portion 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is turned to the cover portion 79x side. Move. Then, it collides with the second front outer deceleration portion 79d4 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is on the base portion 79y side. It reaches the central part of the haunting plate 79b while rolling to. In the second embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

Then, the sphere that has passed through the central portion of the haunting plate 79b collides with the inner side deceleration portion 79e1 provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, like the sphere that has flowed out from the right exit of the right side path 75. The traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the front inner deceleration portion 79e2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is moved to the base portion 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b.

That is, in the second embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, and it takes to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". It is configured to take.

As described above, in the second embodiment, the outer decelerating portion 79d is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b. Further, the inner deceleration portion 79e is configured to take "1 second" to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. That is, the time required to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is longer than the time required to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b.

Further, the number of the outer decelerating portions 79d is arranged to be larger than that of the inner decelerating portion 79e, and the outer decelerating portion 79d is configured so that the time for rolling from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b becomes longer, thereby alternating. Even when the distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 are made compact, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the haunting plate 79b can be lengthened. Therefore, in a gaming state in which right-handed hitting is not encouraged (that is, a "normal gaming state" and a "latent probability fluctuation state"), the time to roll on the infestation plate 79b is longer than the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b. By configuring the above, it is possible to prevent the inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78. As a result, the special figure 1 winning opening 77 in the "normal game state", the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". It is possible to realize the playability of different variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Then, the entire ordinary electric service unit 79 can be overlapped with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 in the lateral direction in the front view, and the installation area between the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be reduced, and in the game area. The degree of freedom in board design can be increased.

Further, by not arranging the deceleration portions 79d and 79e in the flow-down space of the ball between the right exit of the right route 75 and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 75, the prediction of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right route 75 is expected. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of abnormal behavior (for example, inflow to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2).

Further, by not arranging the deceleration portions 79d and 79e directly under the right exit of the right route 75, the flow velocity of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right route 75 can be maintained without deceleration, and the flow speed of the ball flows out from the right exit of the right route 75. It is possible to prevent the ball from being congested in the ball and the ball from being jammed near the exit on the right side.

The ball flowing out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b is configured to be able to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78 arranged slightly to the right of the center line of the alternating distribution unit 71. Therefore, it is not necessary to arrange a member such as a nail for guiding the ball to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed, and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 33 (a). As described above, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the time required for the sphere to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is "1 second", which is the right side of the right path 75. The protruding state of the infestation plate 79b is maintained until the ball flowing out from the outlet rolls completely from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. Therefore, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 can collide with the protruding plate 79b and roll on the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b toward the left end to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

As shown in FIG. 33 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b appears after "1 second". It reaches the position of the right end of the plate 79b. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is "0.1 seconds". Further, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is set higher than that in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is high. When the ball that has passed through the gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state.

However, while the time required for the infestation plate 79b to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds", the time required for rolling the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end portion to the central portion is "1.5 seconds". It is configured to be. As a result, the ball that has rolled from the right end portion to the central portion (left end) of the appearance plate 79b has a special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b (special drawing 2 winning) while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protruding state. When the infestation plate 79b is displaced to the immersive state without rolling to the mouth 78) side, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79. Further, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "latent probability fluctuation state".

As described above, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. In order to win a prize alternately, the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 30 (c) and 34, the game playability in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 30 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b is reached.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 34 (b), when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right end normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b. At the time of arrival, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5. It is "1 second".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the ball that has reached the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Begins to be guided to.

Further, the time required for the sphere to roll from the right end portion to the left end portion of the haunting plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment. Since the time from the start of the process until the infestation plate 79b protrudes and immerses in is "5.1 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is said to be in the protruding state while the infestation plate 79b is maintained. The upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 from the balls that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol are the special figure 2 winning openings while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state. It is configured so that it can be guided to the 78 side and can win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Specifically, in the second embodiment, when the firing interval of the balls is an interval of "0.6 seconds" and the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, two balls are additionally characterized. Fig. 2 Guided to the winning opening 78 side.

That is, in the second embodiment, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state once at the time of right-handed striking in the "probability fluctuation state", the lottery trigger of the second lottery game of the second special symbol is continued by continuing right-handed striking. Is configured to be obtained three times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

As shown in FIG. 34 (a), when the left-handed hit is performed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the sphere is routed to the right by the distribution device 73 as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". When it is distributed to 75, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, "1.8 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is performed for "0.1 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the outflow from the right exit of the right path 75, the sphere is arranged on the infestation plate 79b. At the timing of reaching the position, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment is longer than that in the "normal game state" and protrudes for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.1 seconds".

Therefore, the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state from the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit until it collides with the central portion of the infestation plate 79b and reaches the position of the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b from the central portion. It is highly possible that the protruding state is maintained. As a result, the ball that has reached the position of the central portion of the infestation plate 79b collides with the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, and rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position. You will be guided to.

On the other hand, as described above, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the second embodiment, the ball that has entered the normal electric service unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is assisted by the appearance plate 79b. It is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Therefore, even if the left-handed game is played, the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is configured to be able to win a prize, but the right-handed game in which the special figure 2 winning opening 78 can be assisted is continuously performed. It is configured so that the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be easily executed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is reached. The game is played by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of, and in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the first lottery game and the special of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a. FIG. 2 It is possible to play a game with the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the winning opening 78. Further, in the right-handed game, the game can be performed by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the buried position of the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is near the right exit of the right side path 75, and after the balls are sorted by the sorting device 73, the right side path. It is highly probable that the behavior is stable because the 75 has been flowing down for a while. Therefore, it is possible to detect a sphere having a stable behavior by the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the outer deceleration portion 79d is configured to take "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b. Further, the inner deceleration portion 79e is configured to take "1 second" to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. That is, the time required to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is longer than the time required to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b.

In this way, when the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 are made compact by configuring the outer deceleration unit 79d so that the time for rolling from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b becomes longer. Even so, the rolling time of the ball rolling on the haunting plate 79b can be lengthened. Therefore, in a gaming state in which right-handed hitting is not encouraged (that is, a "normal gaming state" and a "latent probability fluctuation state"), the time to roll on the infestation plate 79b is longer than the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b. By configuring the above, it is possible to prevent the inflow to the special figure 2 winning opening 78. As a result, the special figure 1 winning opening 77 in the "normal game state", the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "probability fluctuation state". It is possible to realize the playability of different variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game. Then, the entire ordinary electric service unit 79 can be overlapped with respect to the alternate distribution unit 71 in the lateral direction in the front view, and the installation area between the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be reduced, and in the game area The degree of freedom in board design can be increased.

Further, by not arranging the deceleration portions 79d and 79e in the flow-down space of the ball between the right exit of the right route 75 and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 75, the prediction of the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right route 75 is expected. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of abnormal behavior (for example, inflow to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2).

Further, since the deceleration portions 79d and 79e are arranged on both sides of the flow-down space on the downstream side of the right exit of the right path 75, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right path 75 when the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state. Even if the behavior of the ball is disturbed and the ball is about to be discharged to the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 without entering the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, the ball collides with the deceleration units 79d and 79e and is again. Special figure 1 It can be configured to flow down to the second winning opening 77b side. Therefore, when the infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state, the game ball flowing down the right path 75 can be surely flowed into the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment has the same effect as the first embodiment.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 to 38. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", by shortening the variable display time of the normal symbol and lengthening the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is used. It is easy to win a prize and realizes a playability that makes it difficult to win a prize in the special figure 1 winning opening 77.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, regarding the protruding mode of the haunting plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state", the first pattern in which the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is easily won and the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 ( A plurality of patterns with the second pattern that can be won in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) are provided, and the playability of winning the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 is given even in the "probability fluctuation state". With this configuration, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is asked whether the advantageous special figure 2 winning opening 78 is continuously won and the jackpot is won without winning the disadvantageous special figure 1 winning opening 77. Playability is born, and the interest of the game can be improved.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment and the second embodiment. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first embodiment and the second embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 35, the ordinary electric service control table 202h according to the third embodiment will be described. FIG. 35 is a schematic view schematically showing an example of the ordinary electric service control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the third embodiment. The normal electric service control table 202h is referred to when the normal symbol hits, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is defined based on the game state at the timing when the normal symbol hit occurs and the value of the normal symbol type counter C5. There is.

The normal symbol type counter C5 is for determining the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b when a hit is made in the variable display of the normal symbol, and is in order within a predetermined range (for example, "0 to 9"). It is configured to be added by 1 and returned to "0" after reaching the maximum value (for example, "9" in the case of a counter that can take a value of "9"). The value of the normal diagram type counter C5 is updated periodically (in the third embodiment, once for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17)). Then, at the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the normal symbol gate 76b on the right side, the normal figure holding first to fourth areas provided in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203 (see FIG. 13) Of these, it is stored in the normal map type counter storage area (not shown) in the same normal map hold area as the normal map hold area in which the normal map per counter C4 is stored.

Here, for example, if the value of the counter C4 per normal figure stored in the normal figure holding area 1 in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is not a random number to be a hit, that is, if it is a random number to be lost. The stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol is a lost symbol (for example, "x" symbol). On the other hand, if the value of the counter C4 per normal figure stored in the normal figure holding area 1 in the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h is a random number, the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol is a hit symbol ( For example, it becomes a "○" symbol or a "◎" symbol). In this case, the protruding mode (protruding time) of the infestation plate 79b based on the hit is determined according to the protruding mode (protruding time) indicated by the value of the normal figure type counter C5 stored in the same normal figure holding area. ..

The value of the normal figure type counter C5 in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of "0 to 9". Based on the normal figure type counter C5 and the normal electric service control table 202h stored in the ROM 202, the protruding mode (protruding time) of the appearance plate 79b based on the hit of the variable display of the normal symbol is determined.

The ordinary electric service control table 202h of the third embodiment is divided into groups based on the game state in which ordinary symbols are drawn. Specifically, for the left-handed state referred to in the "normal game state" and "latent probability fluctuation state" which are the game states when hitting left, and in the "probability fluctuation state" which is the game state when hitting right. The protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is changed based on the value of the normal figure type counter C5 for the reference right-handed state.

As shown in FIG. 35, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the appearance and appearance set when the normal symbol is won in the left-handed gaming state, that is, the "normal gaming state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state". The protrusion time of the plate 79b is specified by the ordinary electric service control table 202h so as to be "2 seconds" (for example, "○" symbol) in all the values (that is, "0 to 9") of the normal diagram type counter C5. Has been done. That is, in the game state other than the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the right-handed gaming state, that is, the "probability fluctuation state", has a value of "0 to 8" of the normal figure type counter C5. In some cases, it becomes "5 seconds" (for example, "◎" symbol), and when the value of the normal diagram type counter C5 is "9", it becomes "2 seconds" (for example, "○" symbol). It is specified in the table 202h. That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is "5 seconds" with a 90% probability, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is "2" with a probability of 10%. It is set to be "seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the variation of the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is configured to be different according to each game state, and in particular, " In the "probability fluctuation state", the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is configured to change according to the value of the normal figure type counter C5.

Next, with reference to FIG. 36, the ordinary electric service control process (S104), which is one of the timer interrupt processes (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 in the third embodiment, will be described. To do. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing the ordinary electric service control process (S104) of the third embodiment. In the ordinary electric service control process (S104) of the third embodiment, when a hit of the ordinary symbol occurs, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set according to the game state, and in particular, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ordinary figure Control is performed to make the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b different according to the value of the type counter C5.

Specifically, in the process of S704 of the ordinary electric service control process (S104) of the third embodiment, when it is determined to be in the "probability fluctuation state" (S704: Yes), then the normal diagram type counter C5 It is determined which value the value is (S751).

In the processing of S751, when it is determined that the value of the normal diagram type counter C5 is "0 to 8" (S751: "0 to 8"), the hit state is based on the specified contents of the ordinary electric service control table 202h. The protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b in the above is set to "5 seconds" (S752), and the process shifts to S707.

On the other hand, in the processing of S751, when the value of the normal diagram type counter C5 is determined to be "9" (S751: "9"), the processing is shifted to S705, and the specified contents of the ordinary electric service control table 202h Based on the above, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the hit state is set to “2 seconds” (S705), and the process shifts to S707.

As a result, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b based on the hit of the normal symbol is changed according to the game state, and especially in the "probability fluctuation state", the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is changed based on the value of the normal symbol type counter C5. By changing, when the player hits the right in the "probability fluctuation state", the protruding state of the infestation plate 79b is maintained until the ball rolls completely on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the left end. 2 It is possible to win a prize in the winning opening 78, or the appearance plate 79b in a protruding state is displaced to the immersion state while the ball is rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b, and the special figure 1 is arranged below the rolling position. A ball flows down to the guide portion 77c, and it is possible to win a prize in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, or it is possible to create a playability.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38, the playability in each game state in the third embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b accompanying the behavior of the ball will be described.

FIG. 37 shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the normal electric service unit 79 when hitting right in each gaming state of the third embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere entering from the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of a haunting plate 79b. FIG. 37 (a) shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution slot 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b when hitting left in the “normal game state” of the third embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating, and FIG. 37 (b) is the behavior of the ball which entered from the distribution entry ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of 3rd Embodiment. 37 (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. FIG. 37 (c) shows the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed hitting.

Further, FIG. 38A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed in the “probability fluctuation state” of the third embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 38 (b) shows the inflow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment (right side). It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through a normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b.

In the third embodiment, since the behavior of the ball and the behavior of the infestation plate 79b in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof is omitted and the "probability" is omitted. The behavior of the sphere and the behavior of the infestation plate 79b in the "variable state" will be described.

First, as shown in FIG. 37 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b is reached.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 38 (b), when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right end normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b. At the time of arrival, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment is "5 seconds" in the first pattern and "2 seconds" in the second pattern, after the variable display is started. The total time until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds" or "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, the appearance plate 79b is in a protruding state between the time when the sphere passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the appearance plate 79b, and the state is maintained regardless of the pattern. There is a high possibility that it is. As a result, the ball that has reached the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, and rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. Begins to be guided to.

Here, the ordinary electric service unit 79 of the third embodiment is provided with a plurality of integrated deceleration units 79f that the spheres collide with when the spheres roll on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end. The integrated deceleration unit 79f is located on the opposite side of a plurality of back-side integrated deceleration units (not shown) provided at a base (not shown) where the ordinary electric service unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13. It is composed of a plurality of front-side integrated deceleration portions (not shown) provided on the back surface side (base side) of the cover portion (not shown).

The integrated deceleration unit 79f is alternately and evenly arranged on the ordinary electric service unit 79 on the right end side of the infestation plate 79b, and when the sphere rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end, the sphere is arranged. It is configured to roll while decelerating by repeatedly colliding with the centralized deceleration unit 79f. As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, until the ball that has reached the right end of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end and reaches the left end of the infestation plate 79b. It is configured to take "2.5 seconds".

Further, the centralized deceleration unit 79f is arranged so that it takes "2 seconds" for the ball that has reached the right end of the infestation plate 79b to roll over the position above the special figure 1 guide portion 77c in the infestation plate 79b. Has been done. Further, the special figure 1 guide unit 77c is wider than the winning opening width of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b so that the ball flowing down from the haunting plate 79b can be easily guided to the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b ( For example, it is configured (with a size twice the width of the winning opening of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b). As a result, even if the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the infestation plate 79b is switched to the immersive state while the ball collides with the centralized deceleration unit 79f, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. The ball is configured so that it can flow down to the special figure 1 guide unit 77c and win a prize in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

That is, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the third embodiment until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds" in the first pattern, while it is "5.5 seconds" in the second pattern. 2.5 seconds ". Therefore, in the case of the first pattern, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is such that the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b moves the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b from the right end while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protrusion state. It rolls all the way to the left end and is guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 side. On the other hand, in the case of the second pattern, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b is such that the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b moves the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b from the right end while the appearance plate 79b maintains the protrusion state. Although it starts to roll, the infestation plate 79b changes from the protruding state to the immersive state while rolling in the upper position of the special drawing 1 guide portion 77c, and the special drawing 1 is arranged on the downstream side from the rolling position. It can flow down to the guide unit 77c and win a prize in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b.

The integrated deceleration unit 79f is not arranged directly under the right exit of the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and directly under the right normal symbol gate 76b of the normal electric service unit 79, and is on the right side of the front view from the right exit. It is arranged so as to be located on the left side of the front view from the right side normal symbol gate 76b. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right side path 75 or the right normal symbol gate 76b from directly colliding with the centralized deceleration unit 79f when flowing down in the vertical direction. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of unexpected behavior (for example, inflow to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2) of the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right route 75 or the right normal symbol gate 76b.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the protruding mode of the infestation plate 79b in the “probability fluctuation state” is configured to change according to the value of the normal figure type counter C5. Specifically, as the protrusion pattern of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state", the first pattern in which the protrusion state of the appearance plate 79b is maintained for "5 seconds" and it is easy to win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78, A plurality of patterns with a second pattern that can win a prize in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 (special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) are provided with the protruding state of the infestation plate 79b set to "2 seconds", and in the "probability fluctuation state". Is also configured to give the playability of winning a prize to the special figure 1 winning opening 77. With this configuration, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is asked whether the advantageous special figure 2 winning opening 78 is continuously won and the jackpot is won without winning the disadvantageous special figure 1 winning opening 77. Playability is born, and the interest of the game can be improved.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment has the same effect as the first embodiment or the second embodiment.

<Fourth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 39 to 42. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction in the front view, and the left-handed game and the right-handed game are used properly according to the game state. By making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78, which can (easily) win a prize, different for each game state, variations are provided in the game, and the interest of the game is improved.

However, the vertical width of the pachinko machine 10 is larger than the horizontal width of the entire pachinko machine 10, and the design constraint on the left and right width is larger than the design constraint on the vertical width. Therefore, when the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 are arranged in parallel in the horizontal direction, a predetermined area in the game area of the game board 13 is divided into the alternate distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79. It may be a factor that reduces the degree of freedom in designing other game parts.

Further, in order to realize the above-mentioned game playability, it is driven by passing a plurality of ordinary symbol gates 76, which are the ordinary symbol gate 76a in the unit and the right ordinary symbol gate 76b, and a ball through any of the ordinary symbol gates 76. Since it is necessary to provide the ordinary electric service unit 79 to be used, the number of parts may increase and the manufacturing cost may increase.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 is shortly configured, and the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a is arranged below the left side exit of the left side path 74. .. Further, a right-side depth passage 75a is provided in the right-side path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 so as to be long in the depth direction, and a special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is arranged below the right-side exit of the right-side path 75. Then, the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is arranged between the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b.

Further, the left side haunting plate 79b1 is provided at the position below the left side exit of the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71, that is, above the first winning opening 77a in FIG. 1, and the right side exit below the right side path 75, that is, Special Figure 1 A right-sided haunting plate 79b2 is provided above the second winning opening 77b. Further, the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c is embedded in the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71.

Then, while the drive states of the left-side infestation plate 79b1 and the right-side infestation plate 79b2 are configured to be movable in synchronization with each other, the variable display time of the normal symbol and the left-side infestation plate 79b1 and the right-side infestation plate 79b1 and the right-side infestation plate 79b1 are configured according to the game state. The protrusion time of the plate 79b2 is changed. With this configuration, the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states are made different, and the game is provided with variations.

Further, since it is not necessary to dispose the left side haunting plate 79b1 and the right side haunting plate 79b2 in the alternating distribution unit 71 and to provide the ordinary electric service unit 79 on the right side of the alternating distribution unit 71, the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b is also provided. No need. With this configuration, the above-mentioned game playability can be realized without providing the ordinary electric service unit 79 in parallel in the lateral direction of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the pachinko machine 10 can realize new game playability. The occupied area of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

Further, since it is not necessary to provide parts such as the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b as in the first embodiment, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first to third embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to third embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 39 to 42, the playability in each game state of the fourth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball entering the alternate distribution unit 71 and the flow down in the vicinity of the alternate distribution unit 71. The behavior of the sphere and the accompanying behavior of the left infestation plate 79b1 and the right infestation plate 79b2 will be described.

FIG. 39 shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the ball flowing down in the vicinity of the alternate distribution unit 71 in each game state of the fourth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of the appearance plate 79b. FIG. 39A is for explaining the behavior of the ball entering from the distribution entry ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b in the “normal game state” of the fourth embodiment. It is a figure.

Further, FIG. 40A shows the flow timing of the balls distributed to the left side path 74 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the “normal game state” of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the left side haunting plate 79b1. 40 (b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the ball, and FIG. 40 (b) shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the “normal game state” of the fourth embodiment, and the normal flow timing. It is a timing chart which showed the variable display of a symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side appearance plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39 (a), the balls that have entered the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment are the pre-distribution normal symbols embedded in the distribution ball opening 72. It passes through the gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, it is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, and flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40 (a), when the ball enters the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72. It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later, and is sorted to the left side route 74. When the ball is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the left side path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the left exit of the left route 74 from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, the result of the variable display is derived. It passes through the arrangement position of the left-side infestation plate 79b1 and wins a prize in the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a.

Here, in the fourth embodiment, the buried position of the pre-sorting normal symbol gate 76c is the sorting input ball port 72 before being distributed to the distribution device 73, and the distribution input ball port 72 flows down for a while. It is highly probable that the behavior is stable because it is used. Therefore, it is possible to detect a sphere having a stable behavior by the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 39 (a). As shown in FIG. 39 (a), in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that has been distributed to the left path 74 and then the ball that has entered the alternate distribution unit 71 is the distribution ball opening. It passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c buried in 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" after that. Then, it is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, and has a predetermined length (for example, 5 cm) that is slightly inclined downhill (omitted in the drawing) in the direction toward the back while the alternating distribution unit 71 is viewed from the front. A front passage (not shown) of a predetermined length (for example, 5 cm) that folds back from the back passage (not shown) and inclines slightly downhill (omitted in the drawing). It passes through the right-side depth passage 75a composed of (not shown), and flows out from the right exit of the right-side route 75 "5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 40 (b), when the ball enters the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later, and is sorted to the right route 75. When the ball is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the right side path 75 "5 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Further, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, when the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the left side infestation plate 79b1 and the right side infestation plate 79b2 are configured to protrude for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the right infestation plate 79b2 is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution to the outflow from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the sphere is shorter, the sphere distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the right octopus plate 79b2 after the result of the variable display is derived and the right octopus plate 79b2 protrudes and then immerses. Then, as it is, a prize is given to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

In the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the protrusion time of the left side haunting plate 79b1 and the right side haunting plate 79b2 is set to "2 seconds", but in the case of this configuration, the left side haunting plate 79b1 and the right side haunting plate 79b1 and the right side haunting plate 79b1. Since the protrusion time of the plate 79b2 is long, there is a possibility that a ball flowing down in the vicinity of the alternating distribution unit 71 is guided to the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 by the left infestation plate 79b1 or the right infestation plate 79b2. Will be higher. Therefore, in order to make it difficult for the left side infestation plate 79b1 or the right side infestation plate 79b2 to win the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special figure 2 winning opening 78 in the "normal game state", the left side infestation plate 79b1 and the right side infestation plate 79b2 protrude. The time may be configured to be set to a short time (eg, "0.1 seconds"). With this configuration, in the "normal game state", only the balls that have flowed into the alternating distribution unit 71 can win the special figure 1 winning opening 77.

As described above, in the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 is either the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. In order to win prizes alternately, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is performed.

In the "normal game state" of the fourth embodiment, alternating vibrations are performed while the variable display of the normal symbol is being executed, or while the left side infestation plate 79b1 and the right side infestation plate 79b2 are maintained in the protruding state. When a ball enters the minute unit 71 and passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, the game balance between the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the left infestation plate 79b1 and the right infestation plate 79b2 is lost. , The ball may be guided to the winning opening 78 side of the special figure 2 by the left-side infestation plate 79b1 or the right-side infestation plate 79b2. Therefore, at regular intervals (for example, "3 seconds" which is the variable display time of the normal symbol, or the variable display time of the normal symbol and the left side haunting plate 79b1) on the front side of the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71. And even if it is configured to provide a constant inflow interval device (for example, a rotating body) that allows the ball to flow into the alternating distribution unit 71 at the total time of the protrusion time of the right side infestation plate 79b2 (“5 seconds”). Good. With this configuration, it is possible to reliably realize the playability of the "normal game state", which is composed of the balance between the execution time of the variable display of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the left side infestation plate 79b1 and the right side infestation plate 79b2. Can be done.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 39 (b) and 41, the game playability in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 39B shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution entry ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment and flowing down in the vicinity of the alternate distribution unit 71. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere, the behavior of the left side infestation plate 79b1 and the right side infestation plate 79b2, and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 or the right side infestation plate 79b2.

Further, FIG. 41A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the left side haunting plate. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of 79b1, and FIG. 41 (b) shows the flow timing of the sphere distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment. , It is a timing chart showing the variable display of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the right side infestation plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39 (b), the balls that have entered the alternating distribution unit 71 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment are the normal pre-distribution balls embedded in the distribution input ball port 72. It passes through the symbol gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, it is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, and flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41 (a), when the ball enters the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72. It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later, and is sorted to the left side route 74. When the ball is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the left side path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the left exit of the left route 74 from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, the sphere is on the left side haunting plate 79b1. At the timing of reaching the position on the right side, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the left side infestation plate 79b1 (and the right side infestation plate 79b2) in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is "2 seconds" which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the variable display is started. The total time from when the left side infestation plate 79b1 (and the right side infestation plate 79b2) protrudes and immerses is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is possible that the left side infestation plate 79b1 is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1. Highly sexual. As a result, the sphere that flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 and reaches the position of the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 rolls on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 toward the right end direction, and from the right end portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1. You will be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39B, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 is arranged at a position above the special drawing 1 first entry port 77a, and the left side infestation plate The left side portion of 79b1 is arranged so as to project outward (left side) from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71. Further, the left outer deceleration portion 79g and the left inner deceleration portion 79h that collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the left side haul plate 79b1 move from the left side path 74 to the flow space of the ball from the left side path 74 to the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a. Is not arranged. That is, as the deceleration portions 79g and 79h that collide with the ball rolling on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1, the left outer deceleration portion 79g provided on the left side of the flow-down space (that is, the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71) and the above. A left inner deceleration unit 79h provided on the right side of the flow-down space (that is, inside the alternating distribution unit 71) is configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the left side infestation plate 79b1 is in the protruding state, the ball flowing into the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 in the protruding state, and the left side infestation plate 79b1 is infested. Due to the inclination of the plate 79b1, the upper surface of the left infestation plate 79b1 is rolled to the right side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls from the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 to the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration portion 79h, and the traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the left side infestation plate 79b1 While rolling on the upper surface of the left side, it flows out from the right end portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1. In the fourth embodiment, the time required for the ball flowing out from the left exit of the left path 74 to roll to the right end of the left infestation plate 79b1 is configured to take "1 second".

Similarly, when the left side infestation plate 79b1 is in the protruding state, the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the left side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 in the protruding state, and the left side infestation plate 79b1 is tilted. The upper surface of the left-side infestation plate 79b1 is rolled to the right side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternating distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls from the left side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 to the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 collides with a plurality of left outer deceleration portions 79g and the traveling direction is changed, so that the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 is changed. Reach the flow-down space on the left infestation plate 79b1 while rolling. In the fourth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the left side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 to the flow-down space is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

That is, in the fourth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the flow-down space of the left-side infestation plate 79b1 to the right end is configured to take "1 second", so that the left-side infestation plate 79b1 is from the left end to the right end. The time required to roll to the part is configured to take "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 is rolling from the left end portion to the right end portion of the left infestation plate 79b1. In addition, the protruding state of the left side protruding plate 79b1 is configured to be displaced to the immersive state. Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 is prevented from winning the special figure 2 winning opening 78, and only the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a is won. obtain.

Returning to FIG. 39 (b), the description will be continued. As shown in FIG. 39 (b), in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 next to the ball distributed to the left side path 74 is a distribution ball. It passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c embedded in the mouth 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" after that. Then, it is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, passes through the right side depth passage 75a of the alternate distribution unit 71, and "5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73, from the right exit of the right side path 75. leak.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 41 (b), when the ball enters the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72 is used. It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later, and is sorted to the right route 75. When the ball is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "5 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, when the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the left infestation plate 79b1 and the right infestation plate 79b2 are configured to protrude for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the right infestation plate 79b2 is longer than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution to the outflow from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the sphere is shorter, the sphere distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the right octopus plate 79b2 after the result of the variable display is derived and the right octopus plate 79b2 protrudes and then immerses. Then, as it is, a prize is given to the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

Here, as shown in FIG. 39 (b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, the left side portion of the right side infestation plate 79b2 is arranged at a position above the special drawing 1 second entry port 77b, and the right side infestation plate The right side portion of 79b2 is arranged so as to project outward (right side) from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71. Further, the right outer deceleration section 79i and the right inner deceleration section 79j, which collide with the ball when rolling on the upper surface of the right side infestation plate 79b2, move from the right path 75 to the space where the ball flows down to the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. Is not arranged. That is, as the deceleration portions 79i and 79j that collide with the ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side infestation plate 79b2, the right outer deceleration portion 79i provided on the right side of the flow-down space (that is, the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71) and the above. A right inner deceleration unit 79j provided on the left side of the flow-down space (that is, inside the alternating distribution unit 71) is configured.

In the fourth embodiment, when the right side infestation plate 79b2 is in the protruding state, the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the right side portion of the right side infestation plate 79b2 in the protruding state, and the right side infestation plate Due to the inclination of 79b2, the upper surface of the right-side infestation plate 79b2 is rolled to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) in front view, that is, to the alternating distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, a sphere that rolls from the right side portion of the right side protrusion plate 79b2 to the upper surface of the right side appearance plate 79b2 collides with a plurality of right outer deceleration portions 79i and the traveling direction is changed, so that the upper surface of the right side appearance plate 79b2 is changed. Reach the flow-down space on the right-side infestation plate 79b2 while rolling toward the left end. In the fourth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end portion of the right-side infestation plate 79b2 to the flow-down space is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

That is, in the fourth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the flow-down space of the right-side infestation plate 79b2 to the left end is configured to take "1 second", so that the right-side infestation plate 79b2 is from the right end to the left end. The time required to roll to the part is configured to take "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 is rolling from the right end to the left end of the right infestation plate 79b2. In addition, the protruding state of the right-side protruding plate 79b2 is configured to be displaced to the immersive state. Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is possible to prevent the ball flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 from winning the special figure 2 winning opening 78 and winning the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. It is configured as follows.

As described above, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 is either the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. Since the balls that alternately win the prize and flow down near the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 can win the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, the first lottery of the first special symbol A game in which the game and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are executed is configured to be performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 39 (c) and 42, the playability in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 39 (c) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution entry ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment, and a ball flowing down in the vicinity of the alternate distribution unit 71. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the left side infestation plate 79b1, the behavior of the right side infestation plate 79b2, and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 or the right side infestation plate 79b2.

Further, FIG. 42A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment, the variable display of the normal symbol, and the left side haunting plate 79b1. 42 (b) is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the sphere, and FIG. 42 (b) shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fourth embodiment, and the normal flow timing. It is a timing chart which showed the variable display of a symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side appearance plate 79b2.

First, as shown in FIG. 39 (c), the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is a pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72. It passes through the gate 76c and reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later. Then, it is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, and flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42 (a), when the ball enters the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later, and is sorted to the left side route 74. When the ball is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the left exit of the left side path 74 "1.5 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds" as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the left exit from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, the position of the right part of the left infestation plate 79b1. At the timing of reaching, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, as in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the left side infestation plate 79b1 (and the right side infestation plate 79b2) in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds" which is longer than the "normal game state", and the left side after the variable display is started. The total time until the infestation plate 79b1 (and the right infestation plate 79b2) protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is possible that the left side infestation plate 79b1 is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1. Highly sexual. As a result, the sphere that flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74 and reaches the position of the right side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 rolls on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 toward the right end direction, and from the right end portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1. You will be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Further, as described above, the sphere that rolls from the right side portion of the left infestation plate 79b1 toward the right end on the upper surface of the left infestation plate 79b1 collides with the left inner deceleration portion 79h and flows out from the left exit of the left side path 74. The time required for the ball to roll to the right end of the left side infestation plate 79b1 is configured to take "1 second". Further, a sphere that rolls from the left side portion of the left side infestation plate 79b1 on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 toward the right end collides with a plurality of left outer deceleration portions 79g and a plurality of left inner deceleration portions 79h, and the left side infestation plate 79b1. The time required to roll the 79b1 from the left end to the right end is configured to take "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 is rolling from the left end portion to the right end portion of the left side haul plate 79b1. The protruding state of the left side infestation plate 79b1 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the sphere flowing down the left outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 can roll on the upper surface of the left side infestation plate 79b1 in the protruding state toward the right end and win the special figure 2 winning opening 78. ..

The explanation will be continued by returning to FIG. 39 (c). As shown in FIG. 39 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 next to the ball that has been distributed to the left path 74 is the distribution ball opening. It passes through the pre-distribution normal symbol gate 76c buried in 72, and reaches the distribution device 73 "0.1 seconds" after that. Then, it is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, passes through the right side depth passage 75a of the alternate distribution unit 71, and "5 seconds" after the timing of distribution by the distribution device 73, from the right exit of the right side path 75. leak.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 42B, when the ball enters the distribution input ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71, the pre-distribution normal symbol embedded in the distribution input ball port 72 It passes through the gate 76c, reaches the sorting device 73 "0.1 seconds" later, and is sorted to the right route 75. When the ball is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "5 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on condition that there is no reserved ball for the normal symbol.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution to the time when the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75, the ball is on the right side haunting plate 79b2. At the timing of reaching the position on the left side, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the right infestation plate 79b2 (and the left infestation plate 79b1) in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the right infestation plate 79b2 (and the left infestation plate 79b2) after the variable display is started. The total time until the board 79b1) protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, it is possible that the right side infestation plate 79b2 is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76c before distribution and the time when the ball reaches the position of the left side portion of the right side infestation plate 79b2. Highly sexual. As a result, the sphere that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the position of the left end of the right infestation plate 79b2 rolls on the upper surface of the right infestation plate 79b2 toward the left end, and from the left end of the right infestation plate 79b2. You will be guided to the special figure 2 winning opening 78.

Further, as described above, the sphere that rolls from the left side portion of the right infestation plate 79b2 toward the left end on the upper surface of the right infestation plate 79b2 collides with the right inner deceleration portion 79j and flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75. The time required for the ball to roll to the left end of the right-side infestation plate 79b2 is configured to take "1 second". Further, a sphere that rolls from the right side portion of the right side protrusion plate 79b2 on the upper surface of the right side appearance plate 79b2 toward the left end collides with a plurality of right outer reduction portions 79i and a plurality of right inner reduction portions 79j, and the right side appearance plate 79b2. The time required to roll the 79b2 from the right end to the left end is configured to take "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, in the "probability fluctuation state", while the ball flowing down the right outside of the alternating distribution unit 71 is rolling from the right end to the left end of the right infestation plate 79b2. The protruding state of the right-side infestation plate 79b2 is maintained. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the sphere flowing down the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71 can roll the upper surface of the right infestation plate 79b2 in the protruding state toward the left end and win the special figure 2 winning opening 78. ..

As described above, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fourth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 wins the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 and flows down in the vicinity of the outside of the alternating distribution unit 71. Since the ball can also win the special figure 2 winning opening 78, the game is configured so that the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be easily executed.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fourth embodiment, even in a single launch mode (that is, a left-handed game), in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a Alternatively, the game is performed by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and the winning based on the winning of the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a in the "latent probability fluctuation state". 1 The first lottery game of the special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78 are performed, and in the "probability fluctuation state", the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 is entered. It is possible to play a game by a second lottery game of a second special symbol based on a prize. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different regardless of the plurality of launch modes, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

Further, the above-mentioned game playability can be realized without providing the ordinary electric service unit 79 in parallel in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) of the alternate distribution unit 71, and the pachinko machine 10 can realize new game playability. The occupied area of the alternating distribution unit 71 (and the ordinary electric service unit 79) in the left-right direction (horizontal direction) can be reduced. As a result, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10.

Further, since it is not necessary to provide parts such as the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, the number of parts in the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost of the pachinko machine 10 can be suppressed.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment has the same effect as the first to third embodiments.

<Fifth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 43 to 46. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the left-handed game and the right-handed game are used properly according to the game state, and the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can (easily) win each game state are different. , We are trying to improve the interest of the game by providing variations in the game.

In order to realize this game playability, a haunting plate 79b is arranged so that the ball can pass through the upper portion of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b provided on the right side portion of the alternating distribution unit 71, and "probability". It is configured to guide the ball to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 while the player is allowed to perform a right-handed game in the “variable state” and the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state.

However, when the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b ends and the appearance plate 79b is displaced from the protrusion state to the immersion state, the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b located above the second winning opening 77b in FIG. 1 is rolled. There is a possibility that the ball that has been used will win a prize in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player will be executed.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a is arranged on the right outer side of the alternating distribution unit 71. Further, the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is arranged below the right side normal symbol gate 76b, and the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is arranged above the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71.

Then, the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 are always interlocked (that is, when the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is in the immersive state, the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is also in the immersive state, and the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is also in the immersive state. When the plate 79b3 is in the protruding state, the drive control is performed so that the right side separated infestation plate 79b4 is also in the protruding state), and the variable display time of the normal symbol and the unit side separation infestation plate 79b3 and the right side are separated according to the game state. The protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b4 is changed. With this configuration, the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states are made different, and the game is provided with variations.

Further, the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a is arranged outside the alternating distribution unit 71 so that the ball does not pass above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b even when hitting to the right. When the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state, a ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is placed in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. It is possible to prevent winning a prize. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

Further, a unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is closed. It is configured to prevent the ball from winning the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", even if the ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 flows down vigorously and rolls to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side, the unit The side-separated appearance plate 79b3 can prevent the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b from winning, and can guide the ball to the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be surely realized.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machines 10 in the first to fourth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fourth embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIGS. 43 to 46, the playability in each game state of the fifth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball, and the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and the right-side separation and appearance plate associated therewith. The behavior of 79b4 will be described.

FIG. 43 shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the normal electric service unit 79 when hitting right in each gaming state of the fifth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of the sphere which entered from the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of the unit side separation infestation plate 79b3 and the right side separation infestation plate 79b4. FIG. 43A shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 during a left-handed hit in the “normal game state” of the fifth embodiment, and the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4, and FIG. 43 (b) is the distribution ball of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. The figure for demonstrating the behavior of the ball which entered from the mouth 72, the behavior of the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3. FIG. 43 (c) shows the behavior of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating.

Further, FIG. 44A shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3, and FIG. 44 (b) shows the inflow into the normal electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the "normal gaming state" of the fifth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4.

The configurations of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the fifth embodiment are different from those in the first embodiment in the configuration of the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the unit-side separation infestation plate. The configuration of the 79b3 and the right side separation infestation plate 79b4, the arrangement position of the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a, and the arrangement position of the right side reduction portion 79k in the ordinary electric service unit 79 are different. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 43A, the spheres distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the fifth embodiment are distributed from the distribution device 73 for “1 second”. After that, it flows out from the left exit and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are first distributed from the distribution device 73 after "0.1 seconds" and then the normal symbol gate in the unit. After passing through 76a and passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it flows out from the right exit "1.9 seconds" later.

Therefore, when the ball entering the alternating distribution unit 71 is distributed to the left side path 74, the ball enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a "1 second" after the distribution by the distribution device 73, and is on the right side. When the balls are distributed to the route 75, the prize is won in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b "2 seconds" after the distribution by the distribution device 73. As a result, since there is a time lag in the timing of winning each of the winning openings 77a and 77b, the player grasps the winning winning openings 77a and 77b even if the winning is related to the first lottery game of the same first special symbol. It becomes possible.

Further, by shortening (compacting) the left side path 74, the occupied area of the entire alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, which can contribute to the improvement of the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 44A, when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured in. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that the reserved ball of the normal symbol does not exist.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is longer than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the right exit from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the unit side before the result of the variable display is derived. After passing through the arrangement position of the separation infestation plate 79b3, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is won as it is.

As shown in FIG. 44 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "normal game state", the ball passing through the right-side normal symbol gate 76b is the right end of the right-side separation infestation plate 79b4 after "1 second". Reach the position of the part. Further, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, the right side based on the variable display. Before the separation infestation plate 79b4 is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Further, even when the ball enters continuously, it is difficult for the normal symbol to hit in the "normal game state", and the time for the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 to maintain the protruding state after hitting. It is "2 seconds", and the time required to roll the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 from the right end to the left end by the right deceleration unit 79k (see FIGS. 43 (a) to 43 (c)) is "2 seconds". It will be "2.5 seconds".

As a result, while the right-side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is maintained in the protruding state, the upper surface of the right-side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is being rolled without rolling to the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side. When the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 is displaced in an immersive state, it flows down to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79. Further, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "normal game state".

As described above, in the "normal game state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening. In order to win a prize alternately in any of 77b, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is configured to be performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 43 (b) and 45, the game playability in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 43 (b) shows the behavior of a ball entering from the distribution entry ball port 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the unit-side separation infestation plate during a left-handed hit in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of 79b3 and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the unit side separation infestation plate 79b3.

Further, FIG. 45A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3, and FIG. 45 (b) shows the inside of the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. It is a timing chart which shows the flow timing of the ball which flowed into (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4.

First, as shown in FIG. 43 (b), in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the balls distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 are distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73, as in the "normal game state". "1 second" after being sorted from 73, the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the spheres distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are normally distributed in the unit "0.1 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. After passing through the symbol gate 76a and passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, it flows out from the right exit of the right route 75 "1.9 seconds".

In this case, as shown in FIG. 45A, when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured in. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

The variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the sphere separates and appears on the unit side 79b3. The result of the variable display is derived at the timing of reaching the arrangement position of.

Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3 in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is "2 seconds" which is the same as in the "normal game state", but the unit-side separation is performed after the variable display is started. The total time until the appearance plate 79b3 protrudes and immerses is "2.5 seconds".

Therefore, between the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the time when the ball reaches the position of the left end of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3, the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is in a protruding state and maintains that state. There is a high possibility that it is. As a result, the sphere that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the position of the left end of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 collides with the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and hits the upper surface of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3. It rolls toward the right end and is guided to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, the deceleration unit corresponding to the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is not provided. As a result, the time required for the sphere to roll on the upper surface of the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3 from the right end to the left end is configured to take "0.5 seconds".

Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the time required for the sphere to roll from the left end to the right end of the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3 is "0.5 seconds", and the right path 75 The protruding state of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is maintained until the ball flowing out from the right exit of the unit rolls from the left end to the right end of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3. Therefore, the ball flowing out from the right exit of the right route 75 can win a prize in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a.

As shown in FIG. 45 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is placed on the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 after "1 second". Reach the position of the right end. Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is "0.5 seconds". Further, the winning probability of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is set higher than that in the "normal game state".

As a result, the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time from passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b to reaching the position of the right end of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4, and the winning probability of the normal symbol is high. When the ball that has passed through the normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4, it is highly possible that the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is in a protruding state.

However, while the time required for the right-side separation and appearance plate 79b4 to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds", the time required for rolling the upper surface of the right-side separation and appearance plate 79b4 from the right end to the left end is "2 seconds". It is configured to be "2.5 seconds". As a result, the ball that has rolled from the right end to the left end of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 rolls to the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a side while the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state. Without this, when the right side separation indentation plate 79b4 is displaced in the immersive state, it flows down from the rolling position to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79. Further, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a ball in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can be made to play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "latent probability fluctuation state".

As described above, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the outer special drawing 2 winning opening. In order to win a prize alternately in any of 78a, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed is performed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 43 (c) and 46, the playability in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment will be described. FIG. 43 (c) describes the behavior of the right-side separation infestation plate 79b4 and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the right-side separation infestation plate 79b4 at the time of right-handed striking in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for doing.

Further, FIG. 46A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3, and FIG. 46 (b) shows the inflow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the fifth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the ball (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4.

First, as shown in FIG. 43 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, it reaches the position of the right end portion of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 46 (b), when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 from the timing when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is at the right end of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4. At the timing of reaching the position of the unit, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 protrudes and immerses. Is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a possibility that the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the sphere reaches the position of the right end of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4. Is high. As a result, the sphere that has reached the position of the right end of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 collides with the right end of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4, and from that position, the upper surface of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 rolls toward the left end and is outside. Special figure 2 Begins to be guided to the winning opening 78a side.

Further, the time required for the sphere to roll from the right end portion to the left end portion of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment. Since the time from the start of the variable display until the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds", the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state for the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b. While doing so, the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side.

In addition, the plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 from the balls that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol are outside special figures while the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 maintains the protruding state. It is configured so that the player is guided to the 2 winning opening 78a side and can win a prize in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a. Specifically, in the fifth embodiment, when the firing interval of the spheres is "0.6 seconds" and the right normal symbol gate 76b is passed at each interval, three spheres are additionally outside. Special figure 2 You will be guided to the winning opening 78a side.

That is, in the fifth embodiment, when the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 is in the protruding state once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

Further, by configuring the ball so that the ball does not pass above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b when hitting to the right, the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and the right-side separation and appearance plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state. At this time, it is possible to prevent a ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 from winning the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. Since the first lottery game based on the winning of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b has a lower probability of transitioning to the "probability fluctuation state" than the second lottery game based on the winning of the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, " In the "probability fluctuation state", we do not want to execute the first lottery game that is disadvantageous to the player. Therefore, according to the present invention, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to facilitate the winning of the ball into the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

Further, a unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is closed. It is configured to prevent the ball from winning the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball that has rolled toward the left end of the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 flows down vigorously and rolls to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side. In addition, the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3 can prevent the ball from winning in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and can guide the ball to the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be surely realized.

As shown in FIG. 45 (a), when the left-handed hit is performed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the sphere is routed to the right by the distribution device 73 as in the "latent probability fluctuation state". When it is distributed to 75, it is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 "2 seconds" after the distribution timing. Further, "0.5 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" is performed for "0.5 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the right exit from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the position of the left end of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3. At the timing of reaching, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3 in the "probability fluctuation state" is longer than that in the "normal game state" and protrudes for "5 seconds". Therefore, the total time from the start of the variable display until the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 protrudes and immerses is "5.5 seconds".

Therefore, between the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the time when the ball reaches the arrangement position of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3, the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is in a protruding state, and that state is maintained. There is a high possibility that it is. As a result, the sphere that has reached the arrangement position of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 collides with the left end of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3, and rolls the upper surface of the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 toward the right end from that position. , The outside special figure 2 is guided to the winning opening 78a side.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the fifth embodiment, the balls that have entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game are in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a. While winning alternately, a ball that enters the normal electric service unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b by a right-handed game is configured to easily win the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, and thus wins a prize. It is easier for the player to perform the second lottery game with the second special symbol, which is more advantageous for the player, if the right-handed game with winning assistance is continuously performed rather than the left-handed game without assistance. It is configured.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the fifth embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is reached. The game is played by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the above, and the first lottery game and the outside of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a in the "latent probability fluctuation state". It is possible to play a game with the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78a. Further, in the right-handed game, the game can be performed by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a in the "probability fluctuation state". Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78a that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

Further, the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a is arranged outside the alternating distribution unit 71 so that the ball does not pass above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b even when hitting to the right. When the unit side separation and appearance plate 79b3 and the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 are displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state, a ball rolling on the upper surface of the right side separation and appearance plate 79b4 is placed in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. It is possible to prevent winning a prize. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

Further, a unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 is arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and when the unit-side separation and appearance plate 79b3 maintains the protruding state, the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is closed. It is configured to prevent the ball from winning the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball that has rolled toward the left end of the upper surface of the right side separation infestation plate 79b4 flows down vigorously and rolls to the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b side. In addition, the unit-side separation infestation plate 79b3 can prevent the ball from winning in the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, and can guide the ball to the outer special drawing 2 winning opening 78a side again. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", the ball can be won only in the outer special figure 2 winning opening 78a, which is advantageous for the player, and the above-mentioned playability can be surely realized.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment has the same effect as the first to fourth embodiments.

<Sixth Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is embedded in the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the left end portion of the haunting plate 79b is above the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1. It is configured to be arranged, and the variable display time of the normal symbol is different between the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won are different, so that the game can be played. Variations are provided to improve the interest of the game.

However, when the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is embedded in the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, chattering may occur when the movement of the sphere is not stable in the right path 75.

Further, by embedding the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit in the alternating distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 may increase, and the manufacturing cost may increase.

Further, since the left end portion of the appearance plate 79b must be arranged above the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 It may be difficult to adjust the position of.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining the lottery opportunity of the ordinary symbol, and the alternating distribution unit 71 is provided with the ordinary symbol lottery. It is configured so that switches such as ordinary symbol gates that can obtain an opportunity are not arranged.

Further, the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b is provided at the lower left end of the left end of the haunting plate 79b below the right exit of the right side path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71, and is below the haunting plate 79b and alternates. The outer special drawing 1 winning opening 77d is provided on the right outer side of the distribution unit 71.

Then, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b according to each game state, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and the right side special figure 2 winning. A game that can win a prize alternately with the mouth 78b is executed, a game that can win a prize in the outer special figure 1 winning mouth 77d is executed in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and a right special figure 2 prize is won in the "probability fluctuation state". A game that can win a prize is executed in the mouth 78b.

With this configuration, it is possible to realize game playability in which the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77d, and 78b that can be won for each game state are different, and the ball is not detected in the alternating distribution unit 71. By configuring it, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering. Further, by realizing the game playability only with the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79, it is not necessary to dispose the ordinary symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71, so that the parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 The number of points can be reduced and the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machines 10 in the first to fifth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to fifth embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

Here, with reference to FIGS. 47 to 50, the playability in each game state of the sixth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball and the behavior of the infestation plate 79b accompanying the behavior will be described.

FIG. 47 shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the normal electric service unit 79 when hitting right in each gaming state of the sixth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere entering from the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of a haunting plate 79b. FIG. 47 (a) shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b when hitting left in the “normal game state” of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 47 (b) is a diagram for explaining, and FIG. 47 (b) shows the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b when hitting right in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 47 (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior, and FIG. 47 (c) shows the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere.

Further, FIG. 48A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the balls distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state” of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 48 (b) shows the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit 79 (passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b) and the normal symbol at the time of right-handed hitting in the “normal game state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart which showed the variable display of, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b.

In the configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the sixth embodiment, the differences from the first embodiment are the configuration of the left side path 74 and the right side path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the unit. Whether or not the inner normal symbol gate 76a is arranged, the arrangement position of the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b, the arrangement position of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d, the configuration of the right side integrated deceleration part 79m, and the left side distributed deceleration part. The point is that the configuration of 79n is different. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 47 (a), the balls distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment are distributed from the distribution device 73 for "1 second". After that, the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Further, the balls distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "1 second" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, a prize is won in the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b arranged below the right side exit.

Therefore, by shortening (compacting) the left side path 74 and the right side path 75, the occupied area of the entire alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced, which can contribute to the improvement of the design freedom of the pachinko machine 10. ..

In this case, as shown in FIG. 48A, since the normal symbol gate is not provided on the right side route 75, the lottery opportunity for the normal symbol cannot be obtained, so that the normal symbol is not variably displayed. As a result, the appearance plate 79b cannot also be in a protruding state, but since the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b is not arranged at a position that hinders the winning of the winning opening 78b on the right side, it is distributed to the right path 75. The ball wins the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b as it is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, only the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining the ordinary symbol lottery opportunity, and the alternating distribution unit 71 is provided with the ordinary symbol lottery opportunity. It is configured so that a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can acquire the above is not arranged.

With this configuration, by realizing the game playability only with the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79, it is not necessary to dispose the ordinary symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71, so that they are alternated. The number of parts in the distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

Further, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so as not to detect the sphere.

The right-side integrated deceleration unit 79m of the ordinary electric service unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped back deceleration units (not shown) provided at a base (not shown) where the ordinary electric service unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13. It is composed of a plurality of rib-shaped front side deceleration portions (not shown) provided on the back surface side (base side) of the cover portion (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base portion.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has reached the right end of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b and reaches the central portion of the infestation plate 79b. It is configured to take a time of "5 seconds". As a result, even if the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the infestation plate 79b is switched to the immersive state while the ball is colliding with the right side centralized deceleration unit 79m, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. The ball that had been used is configured to flow out to the lower side of the normal electric service unit 79.

The left-side distributed deceleration unit 79n of the ordinary electric service unit 79 includes a rib-shaped 1 back deceleration unit (not shown) provided at a base portion (not shown) where the ordinary electric service unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13. It is composed of a rib-shaped 1 front deceleration portion (not shown) provided on the back surface side (base side) of a cover portion (not shown) located on the opposite side of the base portion.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has reached the central portion of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b and reaches the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. It is configured to take "seconds" of time.

As shown in FIG. 48 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball passing through the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b is a haunting plate after "1 second". It reaches the rightmost position of 79b. Further, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", it appears before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Further, even when the ball enters continuously, it is configured so that the hit of the normal symbol is unlikely to occur in the "normal game state". Further, the time for the infestation plate 79b to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds", and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rotated from the right end to the left end by the right integrated deceleration section 79m and the left dispersion deceleration section 79n. The time required to move is "2.5 seconds", and the time required to roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the position above the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d by the right integrated deceleration unit 79m is It becomes "1.5 seconds".

As a result, the infestation plate 79b is being rolled while the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is being rolled without rolling to the right side special drawing 2 winning opening 78b side while the infestation plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state. When is displaced to the immersive state, it flows down to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79. On the other hand, while the appearance plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state, the ball can roll up to the upper side of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d, but in the "normal game state", the right side normal symbol gate 76b Is configured to sound an alarm when it detects the passage of a ball. As a result, the player can play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "normal game state".

As described above, in the "normal game state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the right special drawing 2 winning opening 78b. In order to win a prize alternately, the first lottery game of the first special symbol and the second lottery game of the second special symbol are alternately executed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 47 (b) and 49, the game playability in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 47B is for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed striking in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram.

Further, FIG. 49A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. , FIG. 49 (b) shows the flow timing of the ball flowing into the ordinary electric service unit 79 (passing through the right ordinary symbol gate 76b) at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart which showed the variable display of a normal symbol and the protrusion time of a haunting plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 47 (b), in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 goes downstream as it is. It flows down and reaches the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 49 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "latent probability fluctuation state", a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained by passing the ball through the right normal symbol gate 76b. , The variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the timing when the sphere reaches the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b. Then, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "2". It is "0.5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the sphere that has reached the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and moves toward the alternating distribution unit 71 side. Begins to be guided.

Further, the time required for the ball to roll from the right end portion to the left end portion of the appearance plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", and the position above the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d from the right end portion of the appearance plate 79b. The time required for the ball to roll is "1.5 seconds". Further, as described above, since the time from the start of the variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "2.5 seconds", the right side normal symbol gate The ball that has passed through 76b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the position above the outer special drawing 1 winning opening 77d while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, and the infestation plate at that timing. 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state. As a result, the ball that has been rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b falls to the downstream side, and can win a prize in the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is easy to obtain the lottery opportunity of the first lottery game of the first special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

As shown in FIG. 49 (a), the ball that is left-handed in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment and is distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is the distribution device 73. After "1 second" after being sorted from, the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Further, the spheres distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment are also distributed from the distribution device 73 "1 second" from the right exit of the right side path 75. It flows out and wins a prize in the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b arranged below the right side exit.

In the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, when the left-handed game is performed, the winning assistance is not performed by the haunting plate 79b or the like, so that the degree of advantage is the same as that of the "normal game state". ..

Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has entered the normal electric service unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is assisted by the appearance plate 79b to win the outer special figure 1. Since it is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the winning opening 77d, a right-handed game in which the winning assistance is provided by the appearance plate 79b is continuously performed rather than a left-handed game in which the appearance assistance is not provided. The player is configured to play a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 47 (c) and 50, the game playability in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment will be described. FIG. 47 (c) is a schematic for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed striking in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a figure.

Further, FIG. 50A is a timing chart showing the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. FIG. 50 (b) shows the flow timing of the ball flowing into the normal electric service unit 79 (passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b) and the normal symbol at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the sixth embodiment. It is a timing chart which showed the variable display of, and the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 47 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b is reached.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 50 (b), when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b, the timing when the sphere reaches the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b. Then, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than in the "normal game state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5. It is "5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the sphere that has reached the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and is on the alternating distribution unit 71 side ( You will be guided to the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b side).

Then, the sphere that rolls from the right end of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b first collides with the right-side intensive deceleration portion 79m provided on the right side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the infestation plate It reaches the central part of 79b. In the sixth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

Further, the sphere that rolls from the central portion of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b collides with the left side dispersion deceleration portion 79n provided on the left side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the infestation plate 79b. Reach the left edge. The left-side distributed deceleration unit 79n has a smaller number of deceleration units than the right-side centralized deceleration unit 79m (for example, when the number of deceleration units of the right-side centralized deceleration unit 79m is "4", the number of deceleration units of the left-side distributed deceleration unit 79n Since the number is configured as "2"), in the sixth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "1 second".

That is, in the sixth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, and it takes to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". It is configured to take.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the time required for the sphere to roll from the right end portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, it is normal. Since the time from the start of the variable display of the symbol to the protrusion and immersion of the infestation plate 79b is "5.5 seconds", the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state in the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. While it is in the process, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 from the balls that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol won the special figure 2 on the right side while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state. It is configured so that it is guided to the mouth 78b side and can win a prize in the right side special figure 2 winning mouth 78b. Specifically, in the sixth embodiment, when the firing interval of the spheres is "0.6 seconds" and the right normal symbol gate 76b is passed at each interval, three spheres are additionally on the right side. Special figure 2 You will be guided to the winning opening 78b side.

That is, in the sixth embodiment, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

As shown in FIG. 50A, the ball that is left-handed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment and is distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 is released from the distribution device 73. "1 second" after being sorted, the product flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Further, the spheres distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "1 second" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, a prize is won in the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b arranged below the right side exit.

In the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, when the left-handed game is performed, the winning assistance is not performed by the haunting plate 79b or the like, so that the degree of advantage is the same as that of the "latent probability fluctuation state". ..

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the sixth embodiment, the ball that has entered the ordinary electric service unit 79 from the right ordinary symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game can easily win the right special figure 2 winning opening 78b. Because it is configured in, it is easier to execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol if you continuously play the right-handed game with winning assistance than to play the left-handing game without winning assistance. It is configured to be used.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the sixth embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a It is possible to play a game by the first lottery game and the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b. Further, in the right-handed game, the game is performed by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the outer special figure 1 winning opening 77d in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the right side in the "probability fluctuation state". It is possible to play a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78b. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77d, and 78b that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

Further, since the above-mentioned game playability can be realized without arranging the normal symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced and the increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed. it can.

Further, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so as not to detect the sphere.

Further, since it is not necessary to dispose the left end portion of the appearance plate 79b above the winning opening (right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b) provided in the alternating distribution unit 71, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit It is not necessary to perform complicated work for adjusting the position with 79, and the manufacturing burden on the pachinko machine 10 can be reduced.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment has the same effect as the first to fifth embodiments.

<7th Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 51 to 53. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is set to a low probability (that is, 1/10) in the "normal game state", and is high in the "latent probability fluctuation state" and the "probability fluctuation state". Set to probability (ie, 9/10). Further, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to a long time (that is, "3 seconds") in the "normal game state", and a short time (that is, "0") in the "latent probability fluctuation state" and the "probability fluctuation state". Set to ".5 seconds"). Further, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b is set to a short time (that is, "2 seconds") in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", and a long time (that is, "5") in the "probability fluctuation state". It is set to be "seconds").

That is, the winning probability of the normal symbol and the variable display time of the normal symbol have the same settings for the "latent probability fluctuation state" and the "probability fluctuation state", and only the "normal game state" has different settings. The protrusion time of 79b is set to be the same for the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", and is different only for the "probability fluctuation state".

Therefore, regarding the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", advantageous settings (that is, the winning probability is high) regarding various behaviors related to the normal symbol. Probability, variable display time is short, or protrusion time is long) or disadvantageous setting (that is, winning probability is low, variable display time is long, or protrusion time is short). It is difficult for the player to understand the game specifications due to the disparity, and there is a risk that the game of the pachinko machine 10 having the game specifications will be avoided and the operation of the pachinko machine 10 will be reduced.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b are set. It is a disadvantageous setting, and only in the "probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b are set as advantageous settings. Then, based on the above settings, it is configured to realize game playability in which the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state are different.

With this configuration, the pachinko machines 10 that are hard to be shunned by the players are provided by making the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state different and making the game specifications easy for the player to understand. , It is possible to prevent the operation of the pachinko machine 10 from decreasing.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machines 10 in the first to sixth embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to sixth embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 51, the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b for each game state in the seventh embodiment will be described. FIG. 51 (a) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a random number table 202f per normal figure stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment. Further, FIG. 51 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure fluctuation time table 202 g stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment. Further, FIG. 51 (c) is a schematic view schematically showing an example of the ordinary electric service control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the seventh embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 51 (a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal figure, which is a hit in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", is 50. Then, the value "50 to 99" is stored in the random number table 202f per pachinko machine. That is, the hit probability of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" is set to be 50/100 = 1/2.

On the other hand, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal figure, which is a hit in the "probability fluctuation state", is 90, and the values "10 to 99" are stored in the random number table 202f per normal figure. That is, the hit probability of the normal symbol in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be 90/100 = 9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51 (b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" is "3 seconds". It is specified in the general map fluctuation time table 202g so as to be. That is, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "3 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the case of the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the normal symbol fluctuation time table 202g so as to be "0.5 seconds". That is, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stopped symbol in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be "0.5 seconds" without exception.

Next, as shown in FIG. 51 (c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the protrusion of the haunting plate 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state". The time is specified in the ordinary electric service control table 202h so as to be "2 seconds". That is, in the game state other than the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the normal electric service control table 202h so as to be "5 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be "5 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, the variation of the hit / fail probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be the same in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state". It is configured so that only the "probability fluctuation state" is different. Specifically, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the probability of winning or failing the normal symbol is low, the variable display time of the normal symbol is long, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is long. It is set to be a short time. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the probability of success or failure of the normal symbol is high, the variable display time of the normal symbol is short, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be long. ..

Then, in the seventh embodiment, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" in which the setting related to the normal symbol is a disadvantageous setting, in the "normal game state", the left-handed game is performed to perform a special figure. 1 The first winning opening 77a or the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b is set as a gaming state, and in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the right-handed game is performed to win the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b. Make it easy to play. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" in which the setting related to the normal symbol is advantageous, the right-handed game is performed to make the game state in which it is easy to win the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Therefore, by making the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state different and making the game specifications easy for the player to understand, the pachinko machine 10 that is hard to be shunned by the player is provided. It is possible to prevent a decrease in operation.

Next, with reference to FIG. 52, a normal figure variation process (S111), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 17) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 in the seventh embodiment, will be described. .. FIG. 52 is a flowchart showing the normal map variation processing (S111) of the seventh embodiment. In the normal figure variation processing (S111) of the seventh embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to be a long time (that is, "3 seconds") in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state". However, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is set to be a short time (that is, "0.5 seconds").

Specifically, in S451 of the normal map variation processing (S111) of the seventh embodiment, it is determined whether or not it is a "normal game state" or a "latent probability variation state" (S451), and as a result of the determination, " If it is determined to be in the "normal game state" or "latent probability fluctuation state" (S451: Yes), the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "3 seconds" (S408), and the process shifts to S410. .. On the other hand, when it is determined that the game is not in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state" (S451: No), that is, in the "probability fluctuation state", the variable display time of the normal symbol is set to "0.5 seconds". (S409), the process shifts to S410.

Then, in the process of S410, the stop symbol in the variable display of the normal symbol, that is, the propriety of the variable display of the normal symbol is determined by referring to the random number table 202f per normal symbol according to the game state (S410). Specifically, in the "normal game state" or "latent probability fluctuation state", the normal game state and the group for the "latent probability fluctuation state" in the random number table 202f per normal figure are referred to, and the normal figure hold ball. The value of the random number counter C4 per normal symbol stored in the execution area 203i is determined, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol (that is, whether the normal symbol is correct or not) is determined. Further, in the "probability fluctuation state", the value of the random number counter C4 per normal figure stored in the normal figure holding ball execution area 203i is referred to by referring to the group for the "probability fluctuation state" in the random number table 202f per normal figure. Judgment is made, and the stop symbol of the variable display of the normal symbol (that is, whether the normal symbol is correct or not) is determined. After the processing of S410, the normal map variation processing (S111) is terminated, and the process returns to the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 17).

The protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b based on the winning of the normal symbol is "2 seconds" in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" in the normal electric service control process (S104) as in the first embodiment. Is set to, and in the "probability fluctuation state", it is set to "5 seconds" (see FIG. 51 (c)).

With this configuration, various lottery and behavior related to ordinary symbols are set uniformly for each game state, and the game specifications are easy for the player to understand, thereby providing the pachinko machine 10 that is hard to be shunned by the player. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the operation of the pachinko machine 10 from deteriorating.

Next, with reference to FIG. 53, the playability in each game state of the seventh embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball and the behavior of the infestation plate 79b accompanying the behavior of the ball will be described.

FIG. 53 shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the normal electric service unit 79 when hitting right in each gaming state of the seventh embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere entering from the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of a haunting plate 79b. FIG. 53 (a) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of a ball that has entered the ball from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state” of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 53 (b) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the seventh embodiment. FIG. 53 (c) is for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the seventh embodiment. It is a figure of.

In the configuration of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the seventh embodiment, the differences from the first embodiment are the presence or absence of the arrangement of the ordinary symbol gate 76a in the unit and the special drawing 1 expansion guide unit. The configuration of 77e, the arrangement position of the ordinary electric service unit 79 (appearance plate 79b) with respect to the alternating distribution unit 71, and the arrangement position of the deceleration portions 79d and 79e in the ordinary electric service unit 79 are different. .. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

First, as shown in FIG. 53A, the spheres distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “normal game state” of the seventh embodiment are distributed from the distribution device 73 for “2 seconds”. After that, the player flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Further, the balls distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "2 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, a prize is won in the right side special figure 2 winning opening 78b arranged below the right side exit.

In this case, since the normal symbol gate that triggers the lottery of the normal symbol is not provided on the right route 75, the lottery trigger of the normal symbol cannot be obtained even if the ball passes through the right route 75, so that the normal symbol is variable. No display is made. As a result, the haunting plate 79b cannot be in a protruding state, and the ball distributed to the right route 75 wins the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b as it is.

Here, in the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, only the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is provided as a device for obtaining the ordinary symbol lottery opportunity, and the alternating distribution unit 71 is provided with the ordinary symbol lottery opportunity. It is configured so that a switch such as a normal symbol gate that can acquire the above is not arranged.

With this configuration, by realizing the game playability only with the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79, it is not necessary to dispose the ordinary symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71, so that they are alternated. The number of parts in the distribution unit 71 can be reduced, and the manufacturing cost can be suppressed.

Further, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so as not to detect the sphere.

When the right-handed ball is hit in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball passing through the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b after "1 second". Further, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", it appears before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Further, even when the ball enters continuously, the hit of the normal symbol is less likely to occur in the "normal game state" than in the "probability fluctuation state". Further, the time for the infestation plate 79b to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds", and the outer deceleration portion 79d and the inner deceleration portion 79e roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end to the left end. The time required for this is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for the outer deceleration portion 79d to roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end portion to the position above the second winning opening 77b in Special Figure 1 is "1". It will be "0.5 seconds".

As a result, the infestation plate 79b does not roll to the winning opening 78 side in FIG. 2 while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled in the left end direction. When the plate 79b is displaced in an immersive state, it flows down to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79. On the other hand, while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball can roll up to the upper part of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, but in the "normal game state", the right normal symbol gate When 76b detects the passage of a ball, it is configured to sound an alarm. As a result, the player can play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "normal game state".

As described above, in the "normal game state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that has entered the alternating distribution unit 71 by the left-handed game is either the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening. In order to win a prize alternately in any of 77b, a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed is configured to be performed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53 (b), in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 goes downstream as it is. It flows down and reaches the position at the right end of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b. In this case, the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b after "1 second".

Further, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "latent probability fluctuation state" is "3 seconds", the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, based on the variable display. Before the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

In addition, when the ball enters continuously, it is configured so that the hit of the normal symbol is unlikely to occur in the "latent probability fluctuation state". Further, the time for the infestation plate 79b to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds", and the outer deceleration portion 79d and the inner deceleration portion 79e roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end portion to the left end portion. The time required for this is "2.5 seconds", and the time required for the outer deceleration portion 79d to roll the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end portion to the position above the second winning opening 77b in Special Figure 1 is "1". It will be "0.5 seconds".

As a result, the infestation plate 79b does not roll to the winning opening 78 side in FIG. 2 while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled in the left end direction. When the plate 79b is displaced in an immersive state, it flows down to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

On the other hand, while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that has continuously passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b is configured to be able to roll up to the upper side of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. In addition, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of a sphere in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the alarm sound is not sounded. Further, as described above, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol is lower than that in the "probability fluctuation state", but the probability of winning is 1/2 so that the infestation plate 79b is displaced to the protruding state. It is configured.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latent probability fluctuation state", it is easy to obtain the lottery opportunity of the first lottery game of the first special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the left-handed game is performed, and the ball distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 is "2 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Further, the spheres distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment are also distributed from the distribution device 73 to the right exit of the right route 75 "2 seconds" later. It flows out and wins a prize in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b arranged below the right exit.

In the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, when the left-handed game is performed, the winning assistance is not performed by the haunting plate 79b or the like, so that the degree of advantage is the same as that of the "normal game state". ..

Therefore, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that has entered the normal electric service unit 79 from the right side normal symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game is assisted by the infestation plate 79b to win the special figure 1. 2 Since it is configured so that it is easy to win a prize in the winning opening 77b, a right-handed game in which the winning assistance is provided by the appearance plate 79b is continuously performed rather than a left-handed game in which the winning assistance is not provided by the appearance plate 79b. The player is configured to play a game in which the first lottery game of the first special symbol can be executed.

Next, as shown in FIG. 53 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b is reached.

In this case, when the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right end normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b. At the time of arrival, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easier to win than the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state". Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment is "5 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "5. It is "5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the sphere that has reached the right end position of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and is on the alternating distribution unit 71 side (special). Fig. 2 Begins to be guided to the winning opening 78 side).

Then, the sphere that rolls from the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end direction on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b first collides with the outer deceleration portion 79d provided on the outside of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the infestation plate 79b Reach the central part of. In the seventh embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

Further, the sphere that rolls from the central portion of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b collides with the inner deceleration portion 79e provided inside the normal electric service unit 79, and the left end of the infestation plate 79b. Reach the department. The inner deceleration unit 79e has a smaller number of deceleration units than the outer deceleration unit 79d (for example, when the number of deceleration units of the outer deceleration unit 79d is "4", the number of deceleration units of the inner deceleration unit 79e is "2". ”) Therefore, in the seventh embodiment, the time required for rolling from the central portion to the left end portion of the haunting plate 79b is configured to take“ 1 second ”.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, and it takes to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". It is configured to take.

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the time required for the sphere to roll from the right end portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, it is normal. Since the time from the start of the variable display of the symbol to the protrusion and immersion of the infestation plate 79b is "5.5 seconds", the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state in the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. During that time, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is completely rolled from the right end to the left end, and is guided to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side.

In addition, a plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 from the balls that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol are the special figure 2 winning openings while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state. It is configured so that it can be guided to the 78 side and can win a prize in the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Specifically, in the seventh embodiment, when the firing interval of the balls is an interval of "0.6 seconds" and the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, three balls are additionally special. Fig. 2 Guided to the winning opening 78 side.

That is, in the seventh embodiment, when the haunting plate 79b is in the protruding state once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained four times. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state" in which the winning assistance to the special figure 2 winning opening 78 is performed, it is easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol. A predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize) can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In the seventh embodiment, the fifth and subsequent balls after the first ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b have the appearance plate 79b protruding while rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b. In order to displace from the state to the immersive state, a special figure provided above the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1 and guiding the ball above the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1 to the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1 1 In combination with the configuration of the enlarged guide unit 77e, there is a case where a prize is won in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to create a game playability that requires the skill of always performing the game with the number of right-handed shot balls of 4 or less, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

In addition, the left-handed game is performed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, and the ball distributed to the left side path 74 by the distribution device 73 is distributed to the left side "2 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left exit of the route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

Further, the spheres distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment also flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 "2 seconds" after being distributed from the distribution device 73. Then, a prize is won in the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b arranged below the right exit.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, when the left-handed game is performed, the winning assistance is not performed by the haunting plate 79b or the like, so that the degree of advantage is the same as that of the "latent probability fluctuation state". ..

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the seventh embodiment, the ball that has entered the ordinary electric service unit 79 from the right ordinary symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game can easily win the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Because it is configured, it is easier to execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol if the right-handed game with winning assistance is continuously performed rather than the left-handing game without winning assistance. Is configured to be done.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the seventh embodiment, in the left-handed game, in the "normal game state", the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b is reached. It is possible to play a game by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of. Further, in the right-handed game, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the game is performed by the first lottery game of the first special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b, and in the "probability fluctuation state". It is possible to play a game by the second lottery game of the second special symbol based on the winning of the special figure 2 winning opening 78. Therefore, by making the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77b, and 78 that can be won in each of the three game states different, it is possible to provide variations in the game and improve the interest of the game.

Further, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b are set to be disadvantageous, and only the "probability fluctuation state" is normal. The winning probability of the symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b are set to be advantageous settings. With this configuration, the winning openings 77a, 77b, and 78 that can be won for each gaming state are different, and various lottery and behavior related to ordinary symbols are set uniformly for each gaming state so that the player can understand them. By making the game specifications easy, it is possible to provide the pachinko machine 10 which is hard to be shunned by the players and prevent the operation of the pachinko machine 10 from deteriorating.

Further, since the above-mentioned game playability can be realized without arranging the normal symbol gate in the alternating distribution unit 71, the number of parts in the alternating distribution unit 71 can be reduced and the increase in manufacturing cost can be suppressed. it can.

Further, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering by configuring the alternating distribution unit 71 so as not to detect the sphere.

In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment has the same effect as the first to sixth embodiments.

<8th Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 54 to 58. In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, a left-handed game is recommended in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", and a right-handed game is recommended in the "probability fluctuation state". Since the launch mode of the ball is fixed for each, and the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state are different, but the launch mode is fixed, the game becomes monotonous and the above-mentioned effect of improving the interest is effective. It can be difficult to make it work.

On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the launch mode can be selected by the player. At the same time, by making the variations of the winning openings 63a, 77a, 77f, 78c that can be won for each game state different, the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can be won can be changed according to the player's intention. It is possible to improve the interest of the game by imparting playability.

Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment will be described focusing on the differences from the pachinko machines 10 in the first to seventh embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to seventh embodiments are designated by the same reference numerals, and the illustration and description thereof will be omitted.

First, with reference to FIG. 54, the winning probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b for each game state in the eighth embodiment will be described. FIG. 54A is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a random number table 202f per normal figure stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment. Further, FIG. 54 (b) is a schematic diagram schematically showing an example of a normal figure fluctuation time table 202 g stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment. Further, FIG. 54 (c) is a schematic view schematically showing an example of the ordinary electric service control table 202h stored in the ROM 202 of the eighth embodiment.

As shown in FIG. 54 (a), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the number of values of the random number counter C4 per normal figure, which is a hit in all the gaming states, is 90, and the value is "10 to 99". Is stored in the random number table 202f per figure. That is, in any of the gaming states, the hit probability of the normal symbol is set to be 90/100 = 9/10.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54 (b), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state" is "3 seconds". It is specified in the general map fluctuation time table 202g so as to be. That is, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stop symbol is set to be "3 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol set in the case of the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the normal symbol fluctuation time table 202g so as to be "0.5 seconds". That is, the time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the derivation of the stopped symbol in the "probability fluctuation state" is set to be "0.5 seconds" without exception.

Next, as shown in FIG. 54 (c), in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the protrusion of the haunting plate 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the "normal game state" or the "latent probability fluctuation state". The time is specified in the ordinary electric service control table 202h so as to be "2 seconds". That is, in the game state other than the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b is set to be "2 seconds" without exception.

On the other hand, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b set when the normal symbol is won in the "probability fluctuation state" is defined in the normal electric service control table 202h so as to be "3 seconds". That is, in the "probability fluctuation state", when the normal symbol is won, the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is set to be "3 seconds" without exception.

Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the variations of the hit / fail probability of the normal symbol, the variable display time of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b are "normal game state", "latent probability fluctuation state", and "probability". It is configured differently from the "variable state", and in particular, the winning probability of the normal symbol is common in all the gaming states, and in the "probability fluctuation state", from the "normal gaming state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state". The protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b is set to be slightly longer (that is, from "2 seconds" to "3 seconds").

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55 to 58, the playability in each game state of the eighth embodiment, that is, the behavior of the ball based on the launch mode of the ball and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b accompanying the behavior will be described.

FIG. 55 shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 when hitting left, or the normal electric service unit 79 when hitting right in each gaming state of the eighth embodiment. It is a schematic diagram for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere entering from the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b, and the behavior of a haunting plate 79b. FIG. 55 (a) describes the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the behavior of the haunting plate 79b when hitting left in the “normal game state” of the eighth embodiment. FIG. 55 (b) shows a ball entered from the distribution ball opening 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 at the time of left-handed or right-handed in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of a sphere, the behavior of a sphere entering a normal electric service unit 79, the behavior of a haunting plate 79b, and the behavior of a sphere rolling on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b. FIG. 55 (c) is a diagram for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b when hitting right in the “probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. Yes, FIG. 55 (d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in line BB of FIG. 55 (a).

Further, FIG. 56A shows the flow timing of the ball distributed to the right path 75 of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed hitting in the “normal game state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 56 (b) shows the inflow into the normal electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the "normal gaming state" of the eighth embodiment (right side). It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through a normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b.

The configurations of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 in the eighth embodiment differ from the first embodiment in the configuration of the left side path 74 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the alternating distribution unit 71. The configuration of the right side depth second passage 75b of the right side path 75, the configuration of the general winning opening 63a in the unit of the alternating distribution unit 71, and the arrangement position of the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c of the alternating distribution unit 71. The configuration of the special figure 2 guide unit 78d of the alternating distribution unit 71, the configuration of the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f, and the configuration of the right-side intensive deceleration unit 79m and the left-side distributed deceleration unit 79n in the ordinary electric service unit 79. Is different from. Since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the description thereof will be omitted.

As shown in FIG. 55 (a), the left side path 74 of the eighth embodiment is a path through which the ball guided to the left side in the alternating distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flows down. A left side exit through which a ball flowing down the left side path 74 flows out is provided on the lower left side of the left side path 74, and a special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a is arranged below the left side exit. .. Therefore, the ball guided by the left side route 74 is configured to flow down the left side route 74 and then win a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

Further, the left side path 74 has a predetermined length as a flow path of the ball, and in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the ball distributed to the left side path 74 by the sorting device 73 is the left side path. It is configured so that it takes "1 second" from the inflow to the 74 to the arrival at the left exit. That is, the ball distributed to the left side by the distribution device 73 flows out from the left side exit "1 second" after the timing, and wins the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a.

As shown in FIG. 55 (a), the right side path 75 of the eighth embodiment is a path through which the ball guided to the right side in the alternating distribution unit 71 by the distribution device 73 flows down. A right exit through which a ball flowing down the right path 75 flows out is provided below the right side of the right path 75, and a right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c is provided below the right exit. There is. Further, the left end portion of the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is located below the right exit.

In the right side passage 75, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is arranged, and the time required for the ball flowing into the right side passage 75 to be discharged from the right exit of the right side passage 75 becomes long. The right side depth second passage 75b is formed in the right side. The ball distributed to the right side path 75 by the right side depth second passage 75b is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "4.4 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit. ing.

A special figure 2 guide portion 78d is provided on the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. The special figure 2 guide unit 78d is wider than the winning opening width of the right special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c so that the ball flowing down from the haunting plate 79b can be easily guided to the right special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c. (For example, the size is 1.5 times the width of the winning opening of the second winning opening 78c in the right side special figure 2). As a result, even if the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the infestation plate 79b is switched to the immersive state while the ball is colliding with the left dispersion deceleration portion 79n, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. The ball that had been there is configured to flow down to the special figure 2 guide unit 78d and to be able to win a prize in the special figure 2 second winning opening 78c on the right side.

Right side A general winning opening 63a in the unit is arranged on the left side of the special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c (on the right side of the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a). When a ball wins in the general winning opening 63a in this unit, only a predetermined number (for example, 3) of prize balls are paid out, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game are not executed. Has been done. The general winning opening 63a in the unit is configured so that a ball that rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b and flows down from the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b can win a prize.

The right-side integrated deceleration unit 79m of the ordinary electric service unit 79 includes a plurality of rib-shaped rear deceleration portions 79m1, 79m3 provided on the base portion 79y where the ordinary electric service unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13, and the facing side of the base portion 79y. It is composed of a plurality of rib-shaped front side deceleration portions 79m2 and 79m4 provided on the back surface side (base portion 79y side) of the cover portion 79x located at.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the ball reaching the right end of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, and the central right side portion of the infestation plate 79b (outer special drawing 1 second). It is configured so that it takes "1.5 seconds" to reach the winning opening 77f). As a result, even if the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, if the infestation plate 79b is switched to the immersive state while the ball collides with the right-side integrated deceleration unit 79m, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. The ball that had been used is configured to win a prize in the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f.

The left-side distributed deceleration unit 79n of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is located on the opposite side of the rib-shaped 1 back side deceleration unit 79n1 provided on the base portion 79y where the ordinary electric service unit 79 is in contact with the game board 13. It is composed of a rib-shaped 1 front deceleration portion 79n2 provided on the back surface side (base portion 79y side) of the cover portion 79x.

As a result, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, until the ball that has reached the central portion of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end and reaches the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. It is configured to take a time of "1 second".

As shown in FIG. 55 (a), in the "normal gaming state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 are distributed "1 second" from the distribution device 73. It flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 are first distributed from the distribution device 73 after "0.1 seconds" and then the normal symbol gate in the unit. A predetermined length (for example, omitted in the drawing) that passes through 76a, passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, and then inclines slightly downhill in the direction toward the back with the alternating distribution unit 71 viewed from the front. A predetermined length (for example, 4 cm) that is slightly downhill (omitted in the drawing) by turning back toward you from the second back passage (not shown) and the second back passage (4 cm). ) Passes through the right-side depth second passage 75b, which is composed of the second front passage (not shown), and "4.4 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, on the right side of the right route 75. It flows out from the exit. That is, it flows out from the right exit of the right route 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing of distribution from the distribution device 73 to the right route 75.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 56A, when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured to do. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that the reserved ball of the normal symbol does not exist.

The variable display in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "3 seconds". Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time required for the sphere to flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the sphere separates and appears on the unit side 79b3. At the timing of reaching the leftmost position of, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win as in the other game states. Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the protrusion and immersion of the appearance plate 79b is It is "5 seconds".

Therefore, it is highly possible that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit and the time when the sphere reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the ball that flows out from the right exit of the right path 75 and reaches the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end and is guided to the general winning opening 63a in the unit. ..

As shown in FIG. 56 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "normal game state", the ball that has passed through the right-hand normal symbol gate 76b is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b after "1 second". Reach the position. Further, since the variable display time of the normal symbol in the "normal game state" is "3 seconds", it appears before the variable display of the normal symbol based on the passage of the right normal symbol gate 76b is completed, that is, based on the variable display. Before the plate 79b is in the protruding state, it flows out to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

Further, even when the ball enters continuously, the time for the infestation plate 79b to maintain the protruding state as a hit is "2 seconds" (see FIG. 54 (c)), and the infestation plate 79b The time required to roll the upper surface of the above surface from the right end to the left end is "2.5 seconds".

As a result, the infestation plate 79b does not roll up to the upper side of the second winning opening 78c in FIG. When the plate 79b is displaced in an immersive state, it flows down to the downstream side of the ordinary electric service unit 79.

On the other hand, while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball that has continuously passed through the right side normal symbol gate 76b can roll up to the upper side of the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f. However, when the right side normal symbol gate 76b detects the passage of the ball in the "normal game state", it is configured to sound an alarm sound. As a result, the player can play the left-handed game without playing the right-handed game in the "normal game state".

As described above, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls entering the alternating distribution unit 71 alternate with either the first winning opening 77a in FIG. 1 or the general winning opening 63a in the unit. In order to win a prize, a first lottery game with a first special symbol and a game in which a predetermined number of prize balls are obtained are performed. The general winning opening 63a in the unit only pays out a predetermined number of prize balls, and obtains a lottery opportunity for a special symbol such as the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f or the right special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c. Never. In other words, it is not possible to give a big hit or the like based on a lottery opportunity of a special symbol, but it is configured so that a certain game value of a prize ball can be obtained. Therefore, in the "normal game state", even if the appearance plate 79b is in a protruding state and the winning of the ball to the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c is hindered, the ball is won to the general winning opening 63a in the unit. Let the player give a predetermined prize ball to the player, suppress the player's dissatisfaction based on the fact that the winning of the ball to the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c is hindered, and do not awaken to the game. can do.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55 (b) and 57, the game playability in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 55 (b) shows the behavior of a ball that has entered from the distribution slot 72 of the alternate distribution unit 71 during a left-handed or right-handed hit in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment, and a normal electric power. It is a figure for demonstrating the behavior of the ball which entered into the role unit 79, the behavior of the appearance plate 79b, and the behavior of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b.

Further, FIG. 57A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 57B shows the flow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a timing chart which shows the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 55 (b), the spheres distributed to the left path 74 by the distribution device 73 in the “latent probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment are distributed from the distribution device 73 and then “1”. After "seconds", it flows out from the left exit of the left route 74 and wins a prize in the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a arranged below the left exit.

On the other hand, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the balls distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 by the left-handed game are distributed from the distribution device 73 as in the "normal game state". After "0.1 seconds", it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, passes through the second passage 75b in the right depth, and "4.4 seconds" after passing through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the right exit of the right route 75. Outflow from. That is, it flows out from the right exit of the right route 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing of distribution from the distribution device 73 to the right route 75.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 57 (a), when the sphere is distributed to the right side path 75 by the distribution device 73, it flows out from the right exit of the right side path 75 "4.5 seconds" after the distribution timing. It is configured to do. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started on the condition that the reserved ball of the normal symbol does not exist.

The variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, when the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the haunting plate 79b is configured to protrude for "2 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the right infestation plate 79b2 is larger than the time required from the timing when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the time when the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the sphere is short, the sphere distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the appearance plate 79b protrudes and then immerses. As it is, the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c is won.

On the other hand, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the alarm sound is not output even when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b by performing the right-handed game. That is, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed.

Here, as shown in FIG. 57 (b), when a right-handed hit is made in the "latent probability fluctuation state", a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained by passing the ball through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Variable display of normal symbols is started. Then, the variable display in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right end normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b. At the time of arrival, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win as in the other gaming states. Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is "2 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display of the normal symbol to the protrusion and immersion of the appearance plate 79b. Is "2.5 seconds".

Here, the configurations of the speed reduction units 79m and 79n of the ordinary electric service unit 79 of the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 55 (d). FIG. 55 (d) is a schematic cross-sectional view of the ordinary electric service unit 79 in line BB of FIG. 55 (a).

As shown in FIG. 55 (d), when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the sphere that has flowed into the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 collides with the left side portion of the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state. Due to the inclination of the appearance plate 79b, the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b is rolled to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, to the side of the general winning opening 63a in the unit.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the left side portion of the infestation plate 79b rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b without colliding with the deceleration portion or the like, and the infestation plate 79b. It flows out from the left end. In the eighth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the left side portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "0.5 seconds".

Further, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 collides with the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b in the protruding state, and the inclination of the infestation plate 79b The upper surface of the haunting plate 79b is rolled to the left side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) when viewed from the front, that is, to the alternating distribution unit 71 side.

Specifically, the sphere that rolls from the right end of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is first a first back right integrated deceleration unit provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79. It collides with 79m1, and the traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled toward the cover portion 79x. Then, it collides with the first front right integrated deceleration unit 79m2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is set on the base portion 79y. Roll to the side. After that, it collides with the second back right integrated deceleration unit 79m3 provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is moved to the cover portion 79x side. Roll. Then, it collides with the second front right integrated deceleration unit 79m4 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is set on the base portion 79y. While rolling to the side, it reaches the central portion of the haunting plate 79b. In the eighth embodiment, the time required for rolling from the right end to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b is configured to take "1.5 seconds".

Then, the ball that has passed through the central portion of the infestation plate 79b collides with the back left distributed deceleration portion 79n1 provided on the base 79y side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed by the collision, and the infestation plate 79b The upper surface of the cover is rolled toward the cover portion 79x. Then, the vehicle collides with the front left distributed deceleration unit 79n2 provided on the cover portion 79x side of the ordinary electric service unit 79, and the traveling direction is changed again by the collision, and the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is moved to the base portion 79y side. While rolling, it flows out from the left end of the haunting plate 79b.

That is, in the eighth embodiment, it takes "1.5 seconds" to roll from the right end portion to the central portion of the infestation plate 79b, and it takes to roll from the central portion to the left end portion of the infestation plate 79b. Since the time is configured to take "1 second", the time required to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "1.5 seconds" + "1 second" = "2.5 seconds". It is configured to take.

As a result, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is directed toward the left end without rolling to the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c side while the infestation plate 79b is maintaining the protruding state. If the infestation plate 79b is displaced in an immersive state during rolling to, it flows down to the downstream side of the normal electric service unit 79. However, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b does not roll up to the upper side of the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state. On the other hand, since it is configured to be able to roll up to the upper side of the outer special drawing 1 second winning opening 77f, when the infestation plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. The ball that had been there can win a prize in the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f.

Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, it is easy to obtain the lottery opportunity of the first lottery game of the first special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2). (One piece / one prize) can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In this way, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed, and the launch mode can be selected by the player, while the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed. By different variations of the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can be won, a new game property that the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c that can be won can be changed according to the player's intention is given, and the game You can improve your interest.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", in the left-handed game, the game is executed without the winning assistance by the haunting plate 79b, while in the right-handed game, the haunting plate 79b outside. Special Figure 1 The second winning opening 77f is made to execute a game that is easy to win. With this configuration, it is difficult to win a prize in the winning openings (special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and right side special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c) as in the "normal gaming state", but the game It is easier to win a prize than in the "normal game state" under the condition that the player can get a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, which has a large game value, or can win a prize in the winning opening (outer special drawing 1 second winning opening 77f). However, it is possible to select a game mode including an acquireable game value, such as whether to obtain a lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special symbol, which is not advantageous for the player. Therefore, the playability (gambling) required by the player in the "latent probability fluctuation state" can be appropriately selected, and the interest of the game can be improved.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 55 (c) and 58, the playability in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment will be described.

FIG. 55 (c) is a schematic for explaining the behavior of the infestation plate 79b and the behavior of the sphere rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the time of right-handed striking in the “probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a figure.

Further, FIG. 58A shows the flow timing of the spheres distributed to the right path 75 of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the variable display of the normal symbol at the time of left-handed in the “probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment. It is a timing chart showing the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b, and FIG. 58 (b) shows the inflow into the ordinary electric service unit 79 at the time of right-handed hitting in the “probability fluctuation state” of the eighth embodiment (right side). It is a timing chart which showed the flow-down timing of a sphere (passing through a normal symbol gate 76b), the variable display of a normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b.

First, as shown in FIG. 55 (c), in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b and has flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 flows down to the downstream side as it is. Then, "1 second" after passing through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b is reached.

In this case, as shown in FIG. 58 (b), when the sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b, a lottery opportunity for the normal symbol is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started. Then, the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". The sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b is configured to reach the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b "1 second" after the timing of passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b. Therefore, since the variable display time of the normal symbol is shorter than the time when the sphere reaches the right end of the infestation plate 79b from the timing when the sphere passes through the right end normal symbol gate 76b, the sphere is located at the right end of the infestation plate 79b. At the time of arrival, the result of variable display is derived.

Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the winning probability of the normal symbol is configured to be easy to win as in the other gaming states. Further, the protrusion time of the appearance plate 79b in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is "3 seconds", and the total time from the start of the variable display until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "3. It is "5 seconds".

Therefore, there is a high possibility that the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state and maintains that state between the time when the ball passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b and the time when the ball reaches the position of the right end portion of the infestation plate 79b. As a result, the ball that has reached the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b collides with the right end of the infestation plate 79b, rolls the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the left end from that position, and wins the second prize in Special Figure 2 on the right side. It begins to be guided to the mouth 78c side.

Further, the time required for the sphere to roll from the right end to the left end of the haunting plate 79b is "2.5 seconds", but as described above, the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment. Since the time required for the infestation plate 79b to protrude and immerse in is "3.5 seconds", the ball that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b has the infestation plate 79b while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state. The upper surface of 79b is rolled from the right end to the left end. However, since the time for the ball that first passes through the right normal symbol gate 76b to roll to the left end of the infestation plate 79b is "3.5 seconds", the timing at which the ball reaches the left end of the infestation plate 79b The infestation plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state. Therefore, the ball that has been rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b at the timing of displacement from the protruding state to the immersive state flows down to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the infestation plate 79b.

As described above, the time from the start of the variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment until the appearance plate 79b protrudes and immerses is "3.5 seconds". Therefore, the sphere that has passed through the right normal symbol gate 76b starts rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end while the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, but is above the special figure 2 guide portion 78d. Since the infestation plate 79b can change from the protruding state to the immersive state while rolling the position (that is, the position of the left end portion from the position of the central portion of the infestation plate 79b), it is arranged on the downstream side from the rolling position. It can flow down to the special figure 2 guide unit 78d and win a prize in the special figure 2 second winning opening 78c on the right side.

In addition, the plurality of balls that have continuously flowed into the normal electric service unit 79 from the balls that triggered the execution of the variable display of the normal symbol are displayed on the right side of the special figure 2 while the infestation plate 79b is maintained in the protruding state. 2 It is configured so that it can be guided to the winning opening 78c side and can win a prize in the right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. Specifically, in the eighth embodiment, when the firing interval of the spheres is an interval of "0.6 seconds" and the ball passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b at each interval, one sphere is additionally characterized. FIG. 2 The guide unit 78d is guided upward. That is, in the eighth embodiment, when the haunting plate 79b is in the protruding state once, the lottery opportunity of the second lottery game of the second special symbol can be obtained twice. Therefore, by executing the right-handed game in the "probability fluctuation state", it is easy to acquire a plurality of lottery opportunities for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, and a predetermined prize ball (that is, 2 pieces / 1 prize). Can be given to allow the player to play the game without significantly damaging the ball possessed by the player.

In the eighth embodiment, the third and subsequent spheres after the first sphere passes through the right side normal symbol gate 76b have the appearance plate 79b protruding while rolling on the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b. Since the ball is displaced from the state to the immersive state, a ball rolling on the appearance plate 79b in the upper part of the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f may win a prize in the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f. is there. Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state", it is possible to create a game playability that requires the skill of always performing the game with the number of right-handed shot balls of 2 or less, and it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

As shown in FIG. 58 (a), when the ball is left-handed in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball is distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73. It is configured to flow out from the right exit of the right route 75 "4.5 seconds" after the timing. Further, "0.1 seconds" after the sphere is distributed to the right path 75, it passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit embedded in the right path 75, and passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, so that the normal symbol is passed. The lottery opportunity is obtained, and the variable display of the normal symbol is started.

The variable display in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment is performed for "0.5 seconds". Further, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, when the variable display of the normal symbol is won, the haunting plate 79b is configured to protrude for "3 seconds". Therefore, the total time of the variable display time of the normal symbol and the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b is longer than the time required from the timing when the sphere passes through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit to the time when the ball flows out from the right exit of the right path 75. Since the sphere is short, the sphere distributed to the right path 75 by the distribution device 73 passes through the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b after the result of the variable display is derived and the appearance plate 79b protrudes and then immerses, and then passes through the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b to the right. Special figure 2 Win a prize in the second winning opening 78c.

In the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, when the left-handed game is performed, the winning assistance is not performed by the haunting plate 79b or the like, so that the degree of advantage is the same as that of the "latent probability fluctuation state". ..

Therefore, in the "probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment, the ball that has entered the ordinary electric service unit 79 from the right ordinary symbol gate 76b by the right-handed game wins the right special figure 2 second winning opening 78c. Since it is configured to be easy, it is easier to execute the second lottery game of the second special symbol if the right-handed game in which the winning assistance is performed is continuously performed than in the left-handing game in which the winning assistance is not performed. It is configured so that the game is played.

As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, both the left-handed game and the right-handed game can be executed in the "latent probability fluctuation state", and the launch mode is selected by the player. By making the variations of the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c, which can be won in the left-handed game and the right-handed game different, different from each other, the winning openings 77a, 77f, 78c can be won according to the player's intention. It is possible to improve the interest of the game by giving a new game property that the game can be changed.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the eighth embodiment, the game is executed in the left-handed game without the winning assistance by the haunting plate 79b, while in the right-handed game, the haunting plate 79b is used to perform the outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f. To execute a game that is easy to win. With this configuration, it is difficult to win a prize in the winning openings (special figure 1 first winning opening 77a and right side special drawing 2 second winning opening 78c) as in the "normal gaming state", but the game It is easier to win a prize than in the "normal game state" under the condition that the player can get a lottery opportunity for the second lottery game of the second special symbol, which has a large game value, or can win a prize in the winning opening (outer special drawing 1 second winning opening 77f). However, it is possible to select a game mode including an acquireable game value, such as whether to obtain a lottery opportunity for the first lottery game of the first special symbol, which is not advantageous for the player. Therefore, the playability (gambling) required by the player in the "latent probability fluctuation state" can be appropriately selected, and the interest of the game can be improved.

Although the present invention has been described above based on the above-described embodiment, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment, and it is easy that various modifications and improvements can be made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be inferred from. For example, the numerical values given in the above embodiment are examples, and it is naturally possible to adopt other numerical values.

In addition, it is naturally possible to combine each configuration of the above-described embodiment with respect to any of the configurations of the following modifications. Further, it is naturally possible to combine each configuration of the other one or a plurality of modifications with respect to the configuration of any of the modifications shown below. In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration. Hereinafter, the description will be made based on the part numbers used in the description in the first embodiment, but it is naturally possible to replace them with the part numbers of the same type or similar parts in other embodiments.

<Modification example 1>
In each of the above embodiments, regarding the alternating distribution unit 71, the distribution ball opening 72, the distribution device 73, the left side path 74, the right side path 75, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit, the special drawing 1 winning opening 77 and the special drawing 2 The winning openings 78 and the like were unitized into the alternating distribution unit 71 of 1. On the other hand, each of the members 72 to 78 may be composed of separate members, or each member 72 to 78 may be unitized so as to be different from the alternating distribution unit 71. With this configuration, the number of parts increases, but the replacement of each member 72 to 78 in the event of a failure becomes easy, and the efficiency of maintenance work of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification 2>
In each of the above embodiments, the normal electric service unit 79 is configured by unitizing the right side normal symbol gate 76b, the infestation plate 79b, the deceleration unit 79c, and the like into one ordinary electric service unit 79. On the other hand, each of the above members 76b, 79b, 79c may be composed of separate members, or each member 76b, 79b, 79c may be unitized so as to be different from the ordinary electric service unit 79. Good. With this configuration, the number of parts increases, but the replacement of each member 76b, 79b, 79c at the time of failure becomes easy, and the efficiency of maintenance work of the pachinko machine 10 can be improved.

<Modification example 3>
In each of the above embodiments, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 are configured as separate units. On the other hand, the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 may be integrated. When changing the variations of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each gaming state of the present invention, the arrangement position of the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 The relationship with the arrangement position of the appearance plate 79b is important, but if a mistake (for example, a deviation of the installation position) occurs in the screw fixing work in the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, the playability of the present invention is improved. It may not be possible. Therefore, by unitizing the alternating distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79, the arrangement position of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b of the alternate distribution unit 71 and the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 It is not necessary to adjust with the arrangement position of the above, and the playability of the present invention can be surely realized.

<Modification example 4>
In each of the above embodiments, the protrusion pattern (time) of the haunting plate 79b in each gaming state is composed of one pattern or two patterns. On the other hand, the protrusion pattern (time) of the appearance plate 79b in each game state may be selected from three or more patterns by lottery. With this configuration, it is possible to diversify the inflow destinations of the balls that roll on the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b, and by further increasing the variation of the winning openings 77 and 78 that can be won for each game state. By realizing a variety of playability, it is possible to improve the interest of the game.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbol in each game state is fixed (for example, "3 seconds" in the "normal game state", "0. It was composed of "5 seconds" etc.). On the other hand, a plurality of patterns may be provided for the variable display time of the normal symbol in each game state, and the pattern may be selected by lottery. Specifically, for example, in the "latent probability fluctuation state", patterns such as "0.5 seconds", "1 second", and "3 seconds" are provided as the variable display time pattern of the normal symbol, and the pattern is determined by lottery. Configure to select a pattern. With this configuration, the end timing of the variable display time of the normal symbol differs in each game state, and the timing at which the appearance plate 79b is in the protruding state also changes. It is possible to improve the interest of the game by further enriching the variations of the game and realizing various game features.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, in the lottery of each special symbol, only one of "15R probability variation jackpot" and "7R latent probability variation jackpot" is given. On the other hand, a jackpot different from the above jackpot (for example, "non-probability jackpot" or so-called "sudden probability variable jackpot (2R probability variable jackpot)") and a "small hit" different from the jackpot are drawn. You may. With this configuration, when a big hit is won, the game value given to the player is different, so that the game can be varied and various game characteristics can be realized to improve the interest of the game. be able to.

In particular, when a "small hit" is provided in the special symbol lottery, when the small hit is won, the opening / closing mode of the central prize opening 65a or the like (that is, similar to or similar to the big hit to which the "latent probability fluctuation state" is given (that is,) , In the case of "7R latent probability variation jackpot", the player is given a "7R small hit", etc., which executes the opening and closing operation of the central prize opening 65a seven times in the same manner as the "7R latent probability variation jackpot". It is difficult to distinguish between the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state". With such a configuration, a game property that allows the player to guess which game state is created can be created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

The "small hit" is a lottery result in which the central prize opening 65a and the like are opened and closed, but unlike the "15R probability variation jackpot" and the "7R latent probability variation jackpot", the transition of the gaming state is not executed.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above embodiments, the speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is controlled by the speed reduction unit 79c provided in the ordinary electric service unit 79 while the ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. By decelerating, the above playability was realized. On the other hand, the speed reduction section 79c or the like is not provided, and a flow groove or the like in which the ball meanders and flows down is provided on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b so as to reduce the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. You may. With such a configuration, it is not necessary to provide a speed reducing unit 79c or the like in the ordinary electric service unit 79, so that the configuration of the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be simplified and the mold for parts can be simplified. The manufacturing cost of the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be reduced.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, the playability of the present invention is realized by using the protruding plate 79b that is displaced between the protruding state and the immersive state and changing the protruding timing and the protruding time of the protruding plate 79b in each gaming state. It was configured. On the other hand, the gameability of the present invention may be realized by using a rotary blade member and changing the operation timing and operation time of the blade member in each gaming state. Specifically, for example, when the blade member is arranged on the downstream side of the right normal symbol gate 76b and the blade member is inactive (for example, upright), the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b is the blade member. It is configured to collide with the outside (non-rolling side) and flow down to the downstream side as it is. On the other hand, in the operating state in which the blade member is rotated (in a state of being tilted 120 degrees to the right from the upright state), the ball passing through the right normal symbol gate 76b collides with the inside (rolling side) of the blade member, and the blade member Is configured to roll toward the alternating distribution unit 71 side. With this configuration, the rotation mode of the blade member is easier to recognize whether or not the region in which the blade member itself operates is driven larger than the drive mode due to the appearance of the infestation plate 79b, so that the normal symbol is variable. It is possible to make it easier for the player to recognize whether or not the player has won the prize on the display.

<Modification example 9>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of speed reducing portions 79c and the like that collide with a rolling ball are provided on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, and flow down (roll) from the right end position where the infestation plate 79b is arranged to the left end position. By colliding the ball with the deceleration unit 79c or the like, the flow speed of the rolling ball is reduced, and even when the ball rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b in a "normal game state" or the like, the right end of the infestation plate 79b It was configured so that the ball would not roll completely from the position of to the leftmost position. On the other hand, by using another configuration that delays the flow speed of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, from the right end position to the left end position where the infestation plate 79b is arranged in the "normal game state" or the like. It may be configured so that the sphere does not flow down (roll) completely.

Specifically, for example, a game board 13 (see FIG. 3) at the right end position of the infestation plate 79b, a back passage in which a ball can flow down in the depth direction of the front view, and a game board 13 from the back side of the back passage. A front passage is provided at the left end position of the infestation plate 79b by folding back to the front side, and when the ball flows down to the left end position of the infestation plate 79b, the ball depends on whether or not the infestation plate 79b protrudes. It may be configured to change the flow direction of. Further, for example, by using a rotating member that rotates and drives the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b from the right end portion to the left end portion at a predetermined interval longer than the time for the sphere to roll, the sphere is rotated in a state of being stored in the storage portion of the rotating member. The member rotates so that the sphere stored in the storage unit is released at a predetermined release position. With this configuration, when the ball moves from the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b to the position of the left end in the "normal game state" or the like, it takes more time than the protrusion time of the infestation plate 79b. It may be configured.

<Modification example 10>
In each of the above embodiments, when the infestation plate 79b is displaced to the protruding state, the entire infestation plate 79b is projected at once, and when the infestation plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state, the entire infestation plate 79b is immersed at once. Was. On the other hand, when the infestation plate 79b is projected, a part of the infestation plate 79b is projected first, and then the other portion is projected, and when the infestation plate 79b is immersed, a part of the infestation plate 79b is also projected. It may be configured to immerse first and then immerse other parts.

Specifically, for example, a right end side drive mechanism (for example, a solenoid) connected to the right end portion of the appearance plate 79b and a left end side drive mechanism (for example, a solenoid) connected to the left end portion of the appearance plate 79b are provided. , When the variable display of the normal symbol is won and the infestation plate 79b is displaced from the immersive state to the protruding state, the right end side drive mechanism is driven first, so that the right end side of the infestation plate 79b is displaced to the protruding state first. Let me. After that (for example, after "1 second"), the left end side drive mechanism is driven so that the left end side of the infestation plate 79b is also displaced to the protruding state, and the entire infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state.

Then, when the protruding protruding plate 79b is displaced to the immersive state, the right end side drive mechanism is driven first to displace the right end side of the protruding plate 79b to the immersive state first. After that (for example, after "1 second"), the left end side drive mechanism is driven so that the left end side of the infestation plate 79b is also displaced to the immersive state, and the entire infestation plate 79b is in the immersive state.

With this configuration, after the infestation plate 79b starts to be displaced in the immersed state, the sphere cannot roll from the position of the right end of the infestation plate 79b, but at that timing, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is rolled. Since the left end side of the infestation plate 79b maintains the protruding state, the ball can continue to roll on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b as it is, and can be rolled to the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 side. Therefore, when the infestation plate 79b is displaced from the protruding state to the immersive state, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b completely rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b toward the right end, and rolls on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. By making it difficult for the moving ball to flow down to the downstream side (lower side of the game board 13) of the displacement plate 79b, the ball rolling on the upper surface of the displacement plate 79b is prevented from winning the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b. Can be done. Therefore, it is possible to reliably win the ball in the winning openings 77 and 78 assumed in each gaming state.

<Modification 11>
In each of the above embodiments, when a ball wins in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78, the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 or the like is acquired based on the winning timing and the jackpot lottery is performed. It was composed. On the other hand, instead of the winning openings 77 and 78, a plurality of predetermined winning areas may be provided, and when a ball flows into the winning area, a game value corresponding to the winning area may be imparted. Good. Specifically, for example, the first winning area in which the first game value (for example, "7R time saving jackpot") is given by the inflow of the ball and the first game value higher than the first game value by the inflow of the ball. A second winning area is provided to which a second game value (for example, "15R probability variation jackpot") is given. Then, the driving mode of the infestation plate 79b may be changed according to the game state so that whether or not the ball flows down to each winning region may be different. The winning openings 77 and 78 and the winning areas may be used in combination. With such a configuration, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and contribute to the improvement of the interest of the game.

<Modification example 12>
In the second embodiment, the central portion of the appearance plate 79b of the ordinary electric service unit 79 is configured to be located between the right exit of the right side path 75 and the second winning opening 77b of the special figure 1, and the appearance plate 79b. The length from the right end to the center part (flowing position from the right side path 75) and from the center part (flowing position from the right side path 75) to the left end are the same length, and the outer deceleration part 79d and the inner deceleration part 79e The configurations were different from each other so that the flow velocity of the ball rolling on the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b was changed. On the other hand, the arrangement position of the infestation plate 79b is set so that the length from the flow-down position of the right-side path 75 to the left end of the infestation plate 79b is longer than the length from the right end of the infestation plate 79b to the down-flow position of the right-side route 75 (for example). It may be configured (twice or more). With this configuration, the arrangement position of the haunting plate 79b can be set closer to the alternating distribution unit 71 side, and the lateral overlap portion of the ordinary electric service unit 79 with respect to the alternating distribution unit 71 increases, so that the alternating distribution plate 79b is alternately arranged. The installation area of the distribution unit 71 and the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be further reduced, and the degree of freedom in board design in the game area can be increased.

<Modification example 13>
Each of the above embodiments is configured with a so-called ST type game specification in which a predetermined number of "probability fluctuation states" are given without exception after the end of the jackpot, regardless of which jackpot is won. On the other hand, after the end of the big hit, a so-called loop type game specification that maintains the "probability fluctuation state" until the next big hit occurs may be configured. By configuring in this way, even with a loop-type pachinko machine with game specifications, by making the winning pattern of the winning opening that can win a prize different depending on the playing state, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest of the game is improved. Can contribute.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above embodiments, the normal symbol is variably displayed based on the passage of the sphere through the normal symbol gate 76, and when the hit result is derived by the variable display, the appearance plate 79b is in a protruding state for a predetermined time. It was composed. On the other hand, the infestation plate 79b may be configured to be displaced in a protruding state based on the entry of the ball into a predetermined entry means. With this configuration, the playability of how to allow the ball to enter the ball entry means in order to bring the infestation plate 79b into the protruding state is created, and the interest of the game can be improved. Then, when the infestation plate 79b is in the protruding state, the infestation plate 79b may be displaced to the infiltration state based on a predetermined number (for example, two) of balls entering the ball entry means. With such a configuration, the playability of how to prevent the ball from entering the ball entry means is created so that the protruding infestation plate 79b is not in the immersive state, and the interest of the game can be improved. ..

<Modification 15>
In each of the above embodiments, the variable display time of the normal symbol, the winning probability of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b are changed according to the game state, and the ball enters each of the winning openings 77 and 78. It was configured to change the pattern. On the other hand, as a condition for changing the variable display time of the normal symbol, the winning probability of the normal symbol, and the protrusion time of the haunting plate 79b, it is an event that can occur when the game is being executed and is set in advance. It may be configured to change based on the fact that only one event is established. For example, when a ball wins (balls) in a predetermined winning opening (ball entry), or when a special symbol variation effect is executed a predetermined number of times, a predetermined number of balls are placed in the predetermined winning opening (ball entry). An example is the case where a prize (for example, two balls) is won (balls are won).

<Modification 16>
In each of the above embodiments, the passage wall of the alternating distribution unit 71 is configured so that the behavior of the sphere is constant, and chattering due to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit is prevented. On the other hand, the passage wall of the alternating distribution unit 71 is made of rubber or a resin member having elastic force to absorb the impact of the sphere (reduce the kinetic energy of the sphere) and stabilize the behavior of the sphere. It may be configured to pass through the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit after being allowed to pass. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of chattering.

<Modification example 17>
In each of the above embodiments, the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b is configured so that the sphere can roll, and the speed reducing portion 79c provided in the ordinary electric service unit 79 rolls from the upstream side to the downstream side of the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b. The above-mentioned playability was realized by slowing down the flow speed of the ball. On the other hand, a speed reducing portion 79c or the like is not provided, and a depth passage extending in the depth direction of the game board 13 is provided at a predetermined position on the upstream side of the upper surface of the infestation plate 79b, and a folding passage that folds back from the depth direction to the front side of the game board 13. The outlet is provided at a specific position on the downstream side of the upper surface of the infestation plate, and the downflow time for flowing down from a predetermined position on the infestation plate 79b to a specific position is a predetermined time required for realizing the game specification of the present invention (for example, It may be configured to be "2.5 seconds").

With such a configuration, it is not necessary to provide a fine deceleration unit 79c or the like in the ordinary electric service unit 79, so that the configuration of the ordinary electric service unit 79 can be simplified. Further, since the movement time of the ball can be secured depending on the depth direction of the pachinko machine 10 by the depth passage and the turn-back passage, the longer the depth passage and the turn-back passage, the longer the length of the infestation plate 79b in the lateral direction. Can be shortened, and the appearance plate 79b can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, by reducing the area occupied in the lateral direction of the infestation plate 79b, it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the pachinko machine 10 having a large restriction in the lateral direction.

<Modification 18>
In each of the above embodiments, the infestation plate 79b is in a protruding state (operating state) so that the ball enters the winning opening 78 or the like, which is advantageous for the player. On the other hand, when the appearance plate 79b is in the immersive state (non-operating state), the ball enters the winning opening 78 or the like which is advantageous for the player, and when the appearance plate 79b is in the protruding state (operating state), it is advantageous for the player. It may be configured so that the ball does not enter the winning opening 78 or the like.

<Modification 19>
In the fourth embodiment, the left-side infestation plate 79b1 and the right-side infestation plate 79b2 are arranged so as to project outward from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71. On the other hand, the left-side infestation plate 79b1 and the right-side infestation plate 79b2 may be configured so as not to protrude outward from the outer shape of the alternating distribution unit 71.

<Modification example 20>
In each of the above embodiments, by changing the variable display time of the normal symbol and the drive pattern of the haunting plate 79b for each game state, a lottery opportunity for each special symbol or a winning opening 77 or the like capable of obtaining a predetermined number of prize balls can be obtained. It was configured so that the ball entry pattern was different depending on the game state. On the other hand, the variable display time of the normal symbol and the drive pattern of the haunting plate 79b may be changed for each game state to change the inflow pattern to the symbol gate or the out port other than the winning opening. With this configuration, a variety of games can be achieved by combining a wide variety of inflow patterns into the symbol gates and out openings that cannot necessarily win prizes and inflow patterns into winning openings that can win prizes. Sex can be realized.

In the above embodiment, each command is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113, and the voice lamp control device 113 gives a display instruction to the display control device 114. A command may be transmitted directly from the control device 110 to the display control device 114. Further, the voice lamp control device 113 may be connected to the display control device 114, and a command for instructing the output of each voice and the lighting of the lamp may be transmitted from the display control device 114 to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 may be configured as one control device. By using these as one control device, the number of parts can be reduced and the cost increase of the pachinko machine can be suppressed.

In the above embodiment, the variation of the third symbol (special symbol) that is suspended and executed when the ball is entered into the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 (starting winning) is changed to become a big hit during the production. The case where "holding change notice" is performed in the execution symbol and the holding symbol has been described as to whether or not there is an effect. On the other hand, whether or not there is a hit (stop at the symbol "○") in the variable display of the normal symbol that is suspended and executed when the ball passes through the normal symbol gate 76 (starting prize). Whether or not there is a big hit variation effect during the variation effect of the third symbol by using the normal symbol hold lamp 84, the third symbol display device 81, etc., or instead, the player is asked. It may be notified. As a result, the player can grasp whether or not there is a winning variable display in the variable display of the pending normal symbol or in the variable display of the running and pending ordinary symbols. Therefore, it can be inferred whether or not the normal symbol is a hit before the variable display of the normal symbol is executed. Among the game machines, there are some that enhance the game playability by the presence or absence of hitting a normal symbol, and it is particularly effective in such a game machine.

In the above embodiment, the case where the demonstration effect is to stop and display the third symbol consisting of the main symbols not given the numbers "0" to "9" has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this. , The third symbol consisting of the main symbol with a number or the main symbol without a number may be stopped and displayed in a semi-transparent state. Further, only the back image may be changed without displaying the third symbol. Further, a character or a back image completely different from the third symbol or the back image used in the variation effect may be displayed.

In the above embodiment, the case where the "hold change notice", which is one form of the continuous notice effect, is executed on the third symbol display device 81 on which the variation effect is performed has been described, but the present invention is not necessarily limited to this, and pachinko. A fourth symbol display device different from the third symbol display device 81 is provided in the machine 10, and the fourth symbol is displayed on the fourth symbol display device together with the variation effect executed by the third symbol display device 81. (Hereinafter, "continuous notice effect" including "hold change notice") is executed, which is different from "hold change notice" or "hold change notice" and is executed over a plurality of variable effects. You may. In this case, the control of the fourth symbol display device may be performed by the display control device 114 or the voice lamp control device 113. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with an accessory different from each movable accessory that operates according to various effects, and the accessory is operated in a predetermined manner together with the variable effect to execute a continuous advance notice effect. May be good. Further, the continuous advance notice effect may be executed by outputting the sound for the continuous advance notice effect from the audio output device 226 of the pachinko machine 10 under the control of the voice lamp control device 113, or the illumination unit of the pachinko machine 10 may be executed. The continuous advance notice effect may be executed by lighting or blinking 29 to 33 together with the variable effect.

As a result, every time the third symbol display device 81 (and the special symbol display device 37) performs the variation effect (dynamic display), the symbol is continuously displayed on the fourth symbol display device, or the accessory is predetermined. It is possible to give the player a feeling of expectation of a big hit by operating in this mode, outputting sound from the sound output device 226, or lighting or blinking the illumination units 29 to 33. Further, the player usually keeps an eye on the third symbol display device 81 on which the variation effect is performed and continues the game, but displays the symbols by the fourth symbol display device different from the third symbol display device 81. , The operation of the accessory, the voice output from the voice output device 226, or the lighting / blinking of the illumination units 29 to 33 causes the continuous advance notice effect, so that the player is given an unusual effect. It can be easily recognized. In addition, continuous notice effect can be easily continuously performed by simple control such as display of symbols by the fourth symbol display device, operation of accessories, voice output from voice output device 226, or lighting / blinking of illumination units 29 to 33. It is possible to make a notice production.

Further, if the continuous notice effect is performed by the voice output from the voice output device 226 or the lighting or blinking of the illumination units 29 to 33, the continuous notice effect is controlled by the voice lamp control device 113, so that the start winning prize is obtained. The pachinko machine 10 continuously performs the winning / failing determination and the lottery process at the start of the fluctuation in the main control device 110, causes the voice lamp control device 113 to perform the continuous advance notice effect, and causes the display control device 114 to perform the fluctuation effect. When performing the advance notice effect, each control device can share each process. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the load from being concentrated on one control device, so that the performance required for the MPU of each control device can be suppressed to a low level.

It should be noted that the display of the symbol for continuous advance notice effect on the third symbol display device 81, the display of the symbol for continuous advance notice effect on the fourth symbol display device, the operation of the accessory in a predetermined mode, and the sound from the audio output device 226. A continuous advance notice effect may be executed by combining at least two or more of the output and the lighting or blinking of the illumination units 29 to 33 and controlling each of them in conjunction with each other. As a result, a wider variety of continuous notice effects can be executed. Further, a method of executing the continuous notice effect (display by the third symbol display device 81, display by the fourth symbol display device, operation of the accessory, voice output from the voice output device 226, lighting or blinking of the illumination units 29 to 33). Or, by changing the combination of them), a plurality of continuous notice production modes selected according to the game state (“15R probability variation jackpot”, “7R latent probability variation jackpot”, loss) after the end of the continuous advance notice production are prepared. You may.

In the above embodiment, the main control device 110 controls the number of reserved balls to which "1" is added by voice lamp control when there is a prize (starting prize) in the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78. A case has been described in which each of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer 203c in connection with the start winning is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113 in response to the hold ball number command to be notified to the device 113. However, the type of the counter included in the reserved ball count command may be a part of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1, or may include the values of other counters. Further, when the main control device 110 notifies the voice lamp control device 113 of the value of each counter acquired in connection with the start winning, the information indicating the value of each of these counters is included in the hold ball number command and notified. Instead, the voice lamp control device 113 may be notified of these values by including information indicating the values of each counter in a command other than the reserved ball count command. As another command, it may be a dedicated command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the value of each counter acquired with the start winning, or another information such as a fluctuation pattern command or a stop symbol command may be voiced. The value of each counter acquired with the start winning may be added to the command for notifying the lamp control device 113. As another command, when the value of each counter acquired in connection with the start winning is notified to the voice lamp control device 113, the value of each counter to be notified is changed to the variable effect corresponding to any number of holdings. Information indicating whether this is the case may be included. As a result, the voice lamp control device 113 includes the hold information included in the command in any of the hold information first to fourth areas corresponding to the hold count based on the information regarding the hold count included in the command. The value of the counter can be stored.

In the above embodiment, the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening 77 and the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 and the passage of the normal symbol gate 76 are each held up to 4 times, but the maximum holding ball The number is not limited to 4, and may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). Further, the number of reserved balls for the variable effect based on the winning of the special figure 1 winning opening 77 or the special drawing 2 winning opening 78 is divided into four numbers or four in a part of the third symbol display device 81. The area may be displayed in a mode (for example, a color or a lighting pattern) different by the number of reserved balls, and a light emitting member such as a lamp is provided separately from the special symbol display device 37 and reserved by the light emitting member. It may be configured to notify the number of balls.

Further, as shown in the above embodiment, the variation effect which is the variation display of the third symbol is not limited to the one in which the symbol as the identification information is scrolled in the vertical direction on the display screen of the third symbol display device 81. The symbol may be moved and displayed along a predetermined path such as a horizontal direction or an L-shape. Further, the variation display of the symbol is not limited to the variation effect of the symbol, and for example, an effect performed by displaying one or a plurality of characters together with the symbol or by displaying a wide variety of movements or changes separately from the symbol. Display etc. are also included. In this case, one or more characters are used as the third symbol.

In each of the above embodiments, when the variation effect is executed, the case where the high-speed variation in which all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are scrolled at a high speed to the extent that the player cannot see is displayed has been described. Instead, all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are reduced to an invisible degree and displayed, or all the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 are displayed as a snow noise-like image in which a large number of white dots are randomly displayed. May be good.

The present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine or the like of a type different from the above-described embodiment. For example, once a jackpot is hit, a pachinko machine (commonly known as a two-time right item, a three-time right item) that raises the expected value of the jackpot until multiple times (for example, two or three times) a big hit state occurs including that. It may be carried out as). Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, it may be carried out on a pachinko machine that has a winning device having a special area such as a V zone and is in a special gaming state on the condition that a ball is won in the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, it may be implemented as various game machines such as a pachinko machine, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine.

In the slot machine, for example, the symbol is changed by operating the operation lever in a state where a coin is inserted to determine the symbol effective line, and the symbol is stopped and confirmed by operating the stop button. It is a thing. Therefore, the basic concept of the slot machine is "provided with a display device that displays the identification information in a variable manner after displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information in a variable manner, and is caused by the operation of the starting operation means (for example, the operation lever). The variable display of the identification information is started, and the variable display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed and displayed due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and the stop is stopped. It becomes a "slot machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that the combination of time identification information is specific". In this case, the game medium is represented by coins, medals, etc. Take as an example.

Further, as a specific example of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, a display device for variably displaying a symbol sequence consisting of a plurality of symbols and then confirming the symbol is provided, and a handle for launching a ball is provided. Some are not. In this case, after a predetermined amount of balls are thrown in based on a predetermined operation (button operation), the symbol variation is started due to, for example, the operation of the operation lever, and for example, due to the operation of the stop button or a predetermined amount. As time elapses, the fluctuation of the symbol is stopped, and a special game is generated that gives the player a predetermined game value on the condition that the confirmed symbol at the time of the stop is a so-called jackpot symbol, and the player is given a predetermined game value. Is for paying out a large amount of balls to the lower saucer. If such a game machine is used instead of a slot machine, only the ball can be treated as a game value in the game hall, which is a game value seen in the current game hall where pachinko machines and slot machines are mixed. Problems such as the burden on equipment due to the separate handling of medals and balls and restrictions on the locations where game machines are installed can be solved.

The concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention are shown below.
<Group A: Change the ball entry pattern for each game state>
Conventionally, a game machine such as a pachinko machine launches a game medium such as a ball toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is directed to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. There is a case in which a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1). (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, the winning of a plurality of entrances is fixed according to the game situation, and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group A have been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

A launching means for launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) and
A first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) in which a game ball launched by the launching means can enter.
A first information acquisition means (for example, a first reserved ball storage area 203d) that acquires first information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means.
A second ball entering means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78), which is capable of entering a game ball launched by the launching means and is different from the first ball entering means,
A second information acquisition means (for example, a second reserved ball storage area 203e) that acquires second information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the second ball entry means.
A determination means for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310)).
In a game machine provided with a game value giving means (for example, a central winning opening 65a or a right side winning opening 67a) that gives a predetermined game value to a player based on a determination result by the determination means.
A game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means, and
A movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) that changes the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means, and
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) and
The first entry in which a game ball launched from the launching means can enter by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. A ball entry pattern changing means (for example, an alternating distribution unit 71) that changes the entry pattern of the ball means or the second entry means.
A game machine A0 characterized by being equipped with.

According to the game machine A0, a game ball is launched by the launching means, and the game ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball enters the first entry means. The first information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the ball. Further, the game ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter a second ball entering means different from the first entering means, and the second ball is based on the fact that the game ball enters the second entering means. 2 The second information is acquired by the information acquisition means. Then, the determination means determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means or the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means, and the game value adding means is determined based on the determination result by the determination means. Gives the player a predetermined game value. Here, the game state setting means is configured to be able to set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Further, the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entering pattern changing means, the game ball launched from the launching means can enter the ball. The ball entry pattern of the 1 ball entry means or the second ball entry means is changed. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means that the game ball can enter is different, so that the variation of the game can be changed. It has the effect of making it abundant and improving its interest.

It should be noted that the "first information" and the "second information" have the same information in the predetermined portion to be acquired, but the information in the portion other than the predetermined portion is different, or the information to be acquired is different. They are completely different and are included. Specifically, for example, when acquiring A information (for example, jackpot random number information), B information (for example, jackpot type information) and C information (for example, special figure 1 winning opening winning information) as the first information. , The second information includes a case where A information, B information and D information (for example, special figure 2 winning information) are acquired. Further, for example, when the A information, the B information and the C information are acquired as the first information, the case where the E information, the F information and the G information are acquired as the second information is included.

Further, the "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" is, for example, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means or the second entry. A ball entry pattern that can enter only the ball means, a ball entry pattern that can enter any of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, or a first ball entry means and a second ball entry means. An example is an entry pattern in which balls can be entered alternately.

In the game machine A0
A third ball entry means (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball launched by the launching means, and
A third information acquisition means (for example, a normal figure holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires third information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the third ball entry means.
A third determination means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is provided.
The driving means is
Based on the determination result of the third determination means, the movable means is driven.
The movable means
A first ball-entry state in which a game ball can enter the first ball-entry means by being driven by the drive means in the first drive mode.
By being driven by the driving means in a second driving mode different from the first driving mode, the second ball entering means makes it difficult (impossible) to enter the game ball into the first ball entering means. It can be displaced to the second ball entry state that guides the game ball to
The ball entry pattern changing means
A second ball-entry period changing means (for example, S704 of the ordinary electric service control process (S104)) that changes the period of the second ball-entry state based on the game state set by the game state setting means. A game machine A1 characterized by being equipped with.

According to the game machine A1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A0, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and the third information is obtained by the third information acquisition means based on the fact that the game ball enters the third entry means. Is obtained. Then, the third determination means determines the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means. Further, the movable means is driven by the driving means based on the determination result of the third determination means. Here, a first ball-entry state in which the movable means is driven by the drive means in the first drive mode so that the game ball can enter the first ball-entry means, and a first drive mode by the drive means. By being driven in a second driving mode different from that of the above, it is possible to guide the game ball to the second ball entry means while making it difficult (impossible) to enter the game ball into the first ball entry means. It is configured to be displaceable with the state. Then, the second ball-entry possible period changing means provided in the ball-entry pattern changing means changes the period of the second ball-entry possible state based on the game state set by the game state setting means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state. For example, the period of the first ball-entry state can be shortened by lengthening the period of the second ball-entry state, or the period of the first ball-entry state can be shortened. By shortening the period of the state, the period of the first ball-entry state is lengthened, and by making the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means, which the game ball can enter, different, the game is played. There is an effect that it is possible to improve the interest by enriching the variations of.

In the game machine A1
The ball entry pattern changing means
The gaming machine A2 is provided with a first ball-entry period changing means for changing the period of the first ball-entry state based on the game state set by the game state setting means.

According to the game machine A2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A1, the following effects are played. That is, the first ball-entry period changing means provided in the ball-entry pattern changing means changes the period of the first ball-entry state based on the game state set by the game state setting means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state. For example, the period of the first ball-entry state is lengthened to shorten the period of the second ball-possible state, or the first ball-entry state is possible. By shortening the period of the state, the period of the second ball-entry state is lengthened, and the ball-entry pattern of the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means, which the game ball can enter, is different. There is an effect that it is possible to improve the interest by enriching the variations of.

In the game machine A1 or A2
A variable display executing means (for example, a normal symbol) that executes a variable display of identification information (for example, a variable display of a normal symbol) in a display means (for example, a normal symbol display device 83) based on a determination result of the third determination means. Fluctuation processing (S111)) and
A variable time changing means (for example, a normal figure variation time table 202 g) for changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable display executing means based on the gaming state set by the game state setting means is provided.
The second means for changing the ball entry period is
By changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means, a timing changing means (for example, for example, changing the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the first ball-entry state to the second ball-possible state (for example). The gaming machine A3, which comprises S407) of the normal map variation processing (S111).

According to the game machine A3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A1 or A2, the following effects are played. That is, based on the determination result by the third determination means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the identification information in the display means, and the variable time changing means is based on the game state set by the game state setting means. , The execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed. Then, by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the timing changing means provided in the second ball entering possible period changing means, the movable means can enter the second ball from the first ball entering possible state. The timing of displacement to the state is changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of the second ball entry enable state is changed, and the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball entry pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine A3
The first means for changing the ball entry period is
A second timing changing means for changing the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the second ball-entry state to the first ball-possible state by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. A4 game machine characterized by being equipped with.

According to the game machine A4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A3, the following effects are played. That is, by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the second timing changing means provided in the first ball entering possible period changing means, the movable means first enters from the second ball entering possible state. The timing of displacement to the ball-capable state is changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of the first ball entry enable state is changed, and the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball entry pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines A1 to A4
The movable means
When the second ball-entry state is reached, the first ball-entry means is closed by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means at the time of closure (for example, a protruding state). The upper surface of the haunting plate 79b),
The game machine A5 is characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine A5, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A1 to A4, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is in a state where the second ball can be entered by the rolling means at the time of blockage provided in the movable means, the game ball is placed on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the first ball entering means by the movable means. It is configured to be rollable. Then, a second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of blockage flows down. As a result, when the movable means becomes the second ball-entry state, the upper surface of the movable means is covered while blocking the first ball-entry means by the movable means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball-entry means. The game ball rolls and causes the game ball to enter the second ball entry means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means that the game ball can enter different. ..

In the game machine A5
The first ball entry means
Predetermined predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) and
A specific first ball-entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) different from the predetermined first ball-entry means is provided.
The ball entry pattern changing means
A sorting means (for example, a sorting device 73) that sequentially distributes the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means in at least two directions.
The first path (for example, the left side path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass, and
A second path (for example, right-hand path 75) through which the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes after the game ball distributed to the first path is provided.
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path.
The specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path.
The gaming machine A6, which is on the downstream side of the second path and is characterized in that the movable means is provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means.

According to the game machine A6, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A5, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined predetermined first ball entry means and a specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means are provided in the first ball entry means. Here, the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means, and the game ball distributed by the distribution means is the first. The game ball that passes through one route and is distributed by the distribution means next to the game ball distributed to the first route passes through the second route. Further, a predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. Then, a movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means without the rolling means at the time of obstruction functioning (that is, the first ball). A state in which a game ball can enter the second ball entry means while it is difficult to enter the game ball into the specific first ball entry means due to the functioning of the rolling means at the time of blockage (a state in which the ball can enter). That is, it is possible to generate a second ball-entry state). Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the game balls are sequentially distributed to the predetermined first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means by the distribution means, while in other game states, the predetermined first ball is distributed by the distribution means. The game balls can be distributed in order to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, by making the entry patterns of the predetermined first entry means, the specific first entry means, or the second entry means into which the game ball can enter are different, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest is improved. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In the game machine A6
The game machine A7 is characterized in that the third ball entry means (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path.

According to the game machine A7, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A6, the following effects are played. That is, a third ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided by the second path is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. As a result, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the determination result of the third determination means by passing the game ball through the third entry means after entering the third entry means. It is configured so that whether the ball enters the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means differs depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the specific first ball entering means or the first ball entering means or the first ball can be entered by a game ball flowing down the second path. 2 There is an effect that the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means can be made different, the variation of the game can be enriched, and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine A7
The second route is
It is configured so that it takes a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the third ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means is
The variable is at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). The display is executable and
The game state setting means
A predetermined first gaming state (for example, "normal gaming state") and
A second gaming state different from the first gaming state (for example, "latent probability fluctuation state") and
A game state of any one of the first game state and the third game state different from the second game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") can be set.
The ball entry pattern changing means
In the first game state, the first ball entry pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "3 seconds") that performs the variable display in the first execution time, and
In the second game state, the second ball entry pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time, and
A game characterized in that it includes a third ball entry pattern means (for example, variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. Machine A8.

According to the game machine A8, in addition to the effect of the game machine A7, the following effects are played. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time from when the game ball enters the third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, the variable display is performed in the first execution time longer than the predetermined time by the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display in the predetermined time. Variable display is performed with a shorter second execution time. Here, depending on the game state setting means, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state 1 The game state of is configured to be configurable. Then, the first ball entry pattern means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means performs variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second ball entry pattern also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. By means, the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the second game state, and the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the third game state by the third ball entry pattern means also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. Will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of the second ball entry enable state is changed, and the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball entry pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine A8
The launching means
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode (for example, control related to a left-handed game), and
A second launch mode means (for example, control related to a right-handed game) for launching a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means is provided.
In the first game state and the second game state, in the game regulation means for regulating the game according to the second launch mode (for example, in the "normal game state" and the "latent probability fluctuation state", the alarm sound is not heard in the left-handed game. Output, alarm sound output in right-handed games),
In the third game state, a game non-regulatory means that does not regulate the game according to the second launch mode (for example, in the "probability fluctuation state", the alarm sound is not output for both the left-handed game and the right-handed game). A game machine A9 characterized by this.

According to the game machine A9, in addition to the effect of the game machine A8, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is launched in a predetermined first launch mode by the first launch mode means provided in the launch means, and the first launch mode means is launched by the second launch mode means also provided in the launch means. The game ball is launched in a second launch mode different from the launch mode. Then, the game regulating means regulates the game according to the second launch mode in the first game state and the second game state, and the game non-regulatory means does not regulate the game according to the second launch mode in the third game state. Will be done. As a result, the launch mode of the game ball is set for each game state, the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, the movable means, and the like are arranged according to the setting, and the game ball enters for each game state. There is an effect that it is possible to realize the playability of differently different ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means.

Note that "regulating the game" means stopping control related to the game, outputting notification information such as an alarm sound, or stopping only some functions related to the game machine (for example, launch control). The case is illustrated. On the other hand, "do not regulate the game" means that the control related to the game is not stopped, the notification information such as the alarm sound is not output, or all the functions related to the game (for example, launch control) are included. An example is the case where the function is not stopped.

In the game machine A9
The third ball entry means
A predetermined third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering the game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means, and
A specific third ball entry means (for example, right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means is provided.
It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from the time when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time.
The gaming machine A10, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine A10, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A9, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter the third ball entry means by the predetermined third ball entry means and the second launch mode by the second launch mode means. A specific third ball entry means is provided so that the game ball can be entered. Further, it is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific third entry means to reach the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thereby, it is possible to make different whether or not the variable display is completed by the time the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is put into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In any of the game machines A8 to A10
The driving means is
A first drive pattern means that drives the movable means so that the second ball can be entered during a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds").
A second drive pattern means for driving the movable means so as to be in the second ball-entry state during a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time is provided.
The first ball entry pattern means and the second ball entry pattern means drive the movable means by the first drive pattern means.
The game machine A11, wherein the third ball entry pattern means drives the movable means by the second drive pattern means.

According to the game machine A11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A8 to A10, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means so as to be in the second ball-entry state for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive also provided in the drive means. The pattern means drives the movable means so that the second ball can be entered during the second drive time, which is longer than the first drive time. Then, the first ball entry pattern means and the second ball entry pattern means drive the movable means by the first drive pattern means, and the third ball entry pattern means drives the movable means by the second drive pattern. As a result, in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means is driven during the first driving time to be in the second ball entry capable state, while in the third gaming state, the first gaming state or the second gaming state is achieved. During the second driving time, which is longer than the first driving time of the movable means in the gaming state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second ball entry capable state. Therefore, in the third game state, a state in which the game ball easily enters the second ball entry means is generated, and the state of whether or not the game ball easily enters the second ball entry means differs depending on the game state. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and improving the interest.

In the game machine A11
The game machine A12, wherein the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine A12, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A11, the following effects are played. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. As a result, in the third gaming state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second ball entry capable state during the second driving time. Therefore, in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means is driven to enter the second ball-entry state during the first driving time, while the game ball is sent to the second ball-entry means in the third gaming state. It is possible to create a state in which it is easy to enter the ball, and to make the state in which the game ball is easy to enter into the second ball entry means different for each game state, thereby enriching the variation of the game and improving the interest. , Has the effect.

In the game machine A11 or A12
The rolling means at the time of obstruction is
It is configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means.
The game machine
On the upstream side guiding means (for example, the right end of the normal electric service unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) that guides the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. Between),
The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time).
The gaming machine A13, wherein the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the game machine A13, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A11 or A12, the following effects are played. That is, it is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of closure. Further, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means provided in the game machine. The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer. As a result, when the movable means is driven by the first driving time, the movable means can be first entered from the second entering possible state before the game ball is completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Drive to state. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the second ball-entry state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven by the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine A13
The launching means
The game ball can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds").
The gaming machine A14, wherein the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the game machine A14, in addition to the effect played by the game machine A13, the following effects are played. That is, the launching means is configured so that the game ball can be launched at the fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. As a result, it is possible to make different whether or not a plurality of game balls that have continuously entered the specific third entry means can be continuously entered into the second entry means by the movable means according to the game state. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines A5 to A14
The game machine A15 is provided with a delay means (for example, a deceleration unit 79c) for delaying the flow speed of a game ball that is rolled by the blockage rolling means.

According to the game machine A15, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A5 to A14, the following effects are played. That is, the flow speed of the game ball that is rolled by the rolling means at the time of occlusion is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the time for the game ball to stay on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of occlusion as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the second ball entry state of the movable means is possible for each game state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications such as adjustment of. Further, as the flow speed of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the total length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of the game machines A10 to A15
It is characterized in that it is provided with a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that gives a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the one game state or the second game state. The game machine A16.

According to the game machine A16, in addition to the effects played by the game machines A10 to A15, the following effects are played. That is, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the first game state or the second game state, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means. As a result, the game in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each game state is regulated, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means set for each game state is different. There is an effect that playability can be surely realized.

<Group B: The ball entry pattern is changed depending on the arrangement of the winning openings and the ball launch mode>
Conventionally, a game machine such as a pachinko machine launches a game medium such as a ball toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is directed to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. There is a case in which a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1). (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, the winning of a plurality of entrances is fixed according to the game situation, and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group B was made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

A first launch mode (for example, a left-handed game) in which a game ball is launched toward at least a first region of the game region (for example, the left side of the game board 13 of the third symbol display device 81 when viewed from the front), and the first region. A launching means capable of launching a game ball in a second launch mode (for example, a right-handed game) in which the game ball is launched toward a different second region (for example, the right side of the game board 13 in the front view of the third symbol display device 81). (For example, ball launch unit 112a) and
A first ball-entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or special figure 1 second winning) which is arranged in the first area of the game area and is capable of entering a game ball launched by the launching means. Mouth 77b) and
A second ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78) arranged in the first area of the game area and capable of entering a game ball launched by the launching means.
A movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) that changes the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means, and
A third ball entry means (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball launched by the launching means, and
A lottery means (for example, a random number counter C4 per normal figure) that draws a lot based on the entry of a game ball into the third entry means, and
A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) for driving the movable means based on the lottery result of the lottery means is provided.
The movable means
Control regarding the configuration of the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b and the variable display of a normal symbol when the game ball is driven by the driving means to guide the game ball launched into the second region to the first region (for example, the configuration of the upper surface of the haunting plate 79b). ), A game machine B0 characterized by being provided with.

According to the game machine B0, the first launch mode in which the game ball is launched toward at least the first region of the game region by the launching means, and the second launch mode in which the game ball is launched toward the second mode different from the first region. It is configured so that the game ball can be launched depending on the launch mode, and the first ball entry means capable of entering the game ball launched by the launching means is arranged in the first area of the game area, and also in the first area of the game area. A second ball entry means is arranged so that the game ball launched by the launching means can enter the ball. In addition, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means. Here, the game ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and a lottery is performed by the lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the third entry means. The movable means is driven by the driving means based on the lottery result of the lottery means. Then, when the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball launched in the second region is guided to the first region by the game ball guiding means provided in the movable means. As a result, by driving the movable means, the game ball launched toward the second region can be guided to the first region, and is arranged in the first region depending on whether or not the movable means is driven. Whether or not the game ball enters the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means can be made different. Therefore, by making the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, which the game ball can enter, different depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

The "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" is, for example, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means or the second entry. A ball entry pattern that can enter only the ball means, a ball entry pattern that can enter any of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, or a first ball entry means and a second ball entry means. An example is an entry pattern in which balls can be entered alternately.

In the game machine B0
The game ball guiding means
When guiding a game ball launched into the second region to the first region, a first ball entry difficult means (for example, making it difficult (impossible) to enter the game ball into the first ball entry means) , In the haunting plate 79b, the part corresponding to the upper part of the special figure 1 second winning opening 77b)
A second ball entry guide means for guiding the game ball to the second ball entry means (for example, in the appearance plate 79b, a portion on the left end side from a portion corresponding to the upper portion of the second winning opening 77b in FIG. 1) is provided. A game machine B1 characterized by being

According to the game machine B1, in addition to the effect of the game machine B0, the following effects are played. That is, when the game ball launched in the second region is guided to the first region by the first ball entry difficult means provided in the game ball guidance means, the ball enters the first ball entry means. It is considered difficult (impossible), and the game ball is guided to the second ball entry means by the second ball entry guide means also provided in the game ball guide means. As a result, when guiding the game ball launched in the second area to the first area, the game ball is guided to the second ball entry means while preventing the game ball from entering the first ball entry means. Can be done. Therefore, by making the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, which the game ball can enter, different depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In the game machine B1
The first ball entry means
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) arranged in the first region, and
A specific first ball-entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) arranged on the second region side of the predetermined first ball-entry means in the first region is provided.
The second ball entry means is arranged between the specific first ball entry means and the predetermined first ball entry means.
A game machine B2 characterized in that the second ball entry guiding means is provided on the second ball entry means side of the first ball entry difficult means.

According to the game machine B2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B1, the following effects are played. That is, in the first ball entry means, the predetermined first ball entry means arranged in the first region and the specific first ball entry means arranged in the second region side from the predetermined first ball entry means in the first region are provided. It is provided. Here, the second ball entry means is arranged between the specific first ball entry means and the predetermined first ball entry means, and the second ball entry guide means is located on the second ball entry means side from the first ball entry difficult means. It will be provided. As a result, when guiding the game ball launched in the second area to the first area, the second entry is made while preventing the game ball from entering the specific first entry means provided on the second region side. The game ball can be guided to the ball means. Therefore, by making the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, which the game ball can enter, different depending on each launch mode, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In the game machine B2
The game ball guiding means
A common guide means for guiding a game ball from the upstream side of the game ball guide means in the arrangement direction of the specific first ball entry means and the second ball entry means (for example, in the appearance plate 79b, the special figure 1 second prize The part on the right end side from the part corresponding to the upper part of the mouth 77b),
The game machine B3, wherein the second ball entry guiding means is longer than the common guiding means.

According to the game machine B3, in addition to the effect played on the game machine B2, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is guided from the upstream side of the game ball guiding means in the arrangement direction of the specific first entering means and the second entering means by the common guiding means provided in the game ball guiding means. Then, the second ball entry guiding means is configured to be longer than the common guiding means. That is, when guiding the game ball from the second region to the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in the first region, the specific first ball entry means and the second entry arranged in the first region. The length of the second ball-entry guide means for guiding the game ball to the second ball-entry means is made longer than the length of the common guide means for guiding the game ball in common with the ball means. With this configuration, the proportion of the second ball guiding means arranged in the first region increases, and the laterally overlapping portion of the game ball guiding means with respect to the first region increases. As a result, there is an effect that the installation area in the lateral direction of the second ball entry means, the specific first ball entry means, and the game ball guide means can be reduced, and the degree of freedom in board design in the game area can be increased.

In any of the game machines B0 to B3
A game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition (for example, the end of a jackpot),
The game ball guiding means
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the game ball launched in the second region is guided to the first region. The gaming machine B4 is characterized by comprising a driving mode changing means (for example, a normal drawing electric service control process (S104)) for changing whether or not.

According to the game machine B4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B0 to B3, the following effects are played. That is, the game state can be set by the game state setting means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Then, the drive mode changing means provided in the game ball guiding means changes the drive mode of the movable means by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means, so that the vehicle is launched into the second region. Whether or not the game ball is guided to the first area is changed. As a result, the game ball is guided to the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means provided in the first region based on the game state, and the game ball enters the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. There is an effect that it is possible to change whether or not the ball can be played, provide variations in the game, and improve the interest of the game.

In the game machine B4
The driving mode changing means
A first pattern for driving the movable means for a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds") in order to guide the game ball launched into the second region to the specific first ball entering means. Means and
In order to guide the game ball launched into the second region to the second ball entry means, the movable means is driven for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time. Second pattern means to do
The game machine B5 is provided with a lottery driving means for driving the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on the lottery result by the lottery means.

According to the game machine B5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B4, the following effects are played. That is, in order to guide the game ball launched in the second region to the specific first ball entry means by the first pattern means provided in the drive mode changing means, the movable means moves during a predetermined first drive time. Driven. Further, in order to guide the game ball launched in the second region to the second ball entry means by the second pattern means also provided in the drive mode changing means, during the second drive time longer than the first drive time. , Movable means are driven. Then, the lottery driving means drives the movable means by either the first pattern means or the second pattern means based on the lottery result by the lottery means. As a result, the game property of whether the game ball is inserted into the specific first ball entry means or the game ball is inserted into the second ball entry means is created, and the interest of the game can be improved. There is.

In the game machine B4 or B5
Based on the lottery result of the lottery means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) executes the variable display of the identification information (for example, the variable display of the ordinary symbol). (S111)),
The driving means is
When a predetermined specific identification information (for example, a "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven to drive the movable means.
The game ball guiding means
A variable time changing means (for example, a normal figure variation time table 202 g) that changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display executing means based on the game state set by the game state setting means.
By changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means, a timing changing means (for example, S407 of the normal figure variation processing (S111)) for changing the timing at which the movable means is driven is provided. A game machine B6 characterized by this.

According to the game machine B6, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B4 or B5, the following effects are played. That is, based on the lottery result by the lottery means, the variable display executing means executes the variable display of the identification information in the display means. When predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Here, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable display execution time by the variable display execution means is changed by the variable time changing means provided in the game ball guiding means. Further, the timing at which the movable means is driven is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the timing changing means also provided in the game ball guiding means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the drive timing of the movable means is changed, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making them different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines B1 to B6
A sorting means (for example, a sorting device 73) that sequentially distributes the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means in at least two directions.
The first path (for example, the left side path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass, and
A second path (for example, right-hand path 75) through which the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes after the game ball distributed to the first path is provided.
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path.
The specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path.
The gaming machine B7, which is on the downstream side of the second path and is characterized in that the movable means is provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means.

According to the game machine B7, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B1 to B6, the following effects are played. That is, the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means, and the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the first path and is also the first Next to the game balls distributed to the route, the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass through the second route. Further, a predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. Then, a movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means without the rolling means at the time of obstruction functioning (that is, the first ball). A state in which a game ball can enter the second ball entry means while it is difficult to enter the game ball into the specific first ball entry means due to the functioning of the rolling means at the time of blockage (a state in which the ball can enter). That is, it is possible to generate a second ball-entry state). Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the game balls are sequentially distributed to the predetermined first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means by the distribution means, while in other game states, the predetermined first ball is distributed by the distribution means. The game balls can be distributed in order to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, by making the entry patterns of the predetermined first entry means, the specific first entry means, or the second entry means into which the game ball can enter are different, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest is improved. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In the game machine B7
The game machine B8 is characterized in that the third ball entry means (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path.

According to the game machine B8, in addition to the effect of the game machine B7, the following effects are played. That is, a third ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided by the second path is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. As a result, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the determination result of the third determination means by passing the game ball through the third entry means after entering the third entry means. It is configured so that whether the ball enters the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means differs depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the specific first ball entering means or the first ball entering means or the first ball can be entered by a game ball flowing down the second path. 2 There is an effect that the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means can be made different, the variation of the game can be enriched, and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine B8
The second route is
It is configured so that it takes a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the third ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means is
Variable with at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). The display is executable and
The game state setting means
A predetermined first gaming state (for example, "normal gaming state") and
A second gaming state different from the first gaming state (for example, "latent probability fluctuation state") and
A game state of any one of the first game state and the third game state different from the second game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") can be set.
The ball entry pattern changing means
In the first game state, the first ball entry pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "3 seconds") that performs the variable display in the first execution time, and
In the second game state, the second ball entry pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time, and
A game characterized in that it includes a third ball entry pattern means (for example, variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. Machine B9.

According to the game machine B9, in addition to the effect of the game machine B8, the following effects are played. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time from when the game ball enters the third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, the variable display is performed in the first execution time longer than the predetermined time by the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display in the predetermined time. Variable display is performed with a shorter second execution time. Here, depending on the game state setting means, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state 1 The game state of is configured to be configurable. Then, the first ball entry pattern means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means performs variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second ball entry pattern also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. By means, the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the second game state, and the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the third game state by the third ball entry pattern means also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. Will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing of the second ball entry enable state is changed, and the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball entry pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine B9
The third ball entry means
A predetermined third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering the game ball launched in the first launch mode by the launch means, and
A specific third ball entry means (for example, right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) capable of entering a game ball launched in the second launch mode by the launch means, and
It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from the time when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time.
The game machine B10, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine B10, in addition to the effect of the game machine B9, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined third ball entry means capable of entering a game ball launched by the first launch mode by the launch means and a game ball launched by the second launch mode by the launch means enter the third ball entry means. A specific third ball entry means capable of ball is provided. Further, it is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific third entry means to reach the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thereby, it is possible to make different whether or not the variable display is completed by the time the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is put into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine B10
The movable means
It is configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means.
On the upstream side guiding means (for example, the right end of the normal electric service unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) that guides the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. Between),
The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time.
The gaming machine B11 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the game machine B11, in addition to the effect of the game machine B10, the following effects are played. That is, it is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first drive time is set to be shorter than the third predetermined time, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. As a result, when the movable means is driven by the first driving time, the movable means can be first entered from the second entering possible state before the game ball is completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Drive to state. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. While rolling, the second ball-entry state of the movable means is maintained. Therefore, when the movable means is driven by the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine B11
The launching means
The game ball can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds").
The gaming machine B12, wherein the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the game machine B12, in addition to the effect played by the game machine B11, the following effects are played. That is, the launching means is configured so that the game ball can be launched at the fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. As a result, it is possible to make different whether or not a plurality of game balls that have continuously entered the specific third entry means can be continuously entered into the second entry means by the movable means according to the game state. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines B0 to B12,
The game machine B13 is provided with a delay means (for example, a deceleration unit 79c) for delaying the flow speed of the game ball guided by the game ball guide means.

According to the game machine B13, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B0 to B12, the following effects are played. That is, the flow velocity of the game ball guided by the game ball guiding means is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the time during which the game ball is guided by the game ball guiding means can be made uniform (constant) and lengthened. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the guidance time by the game ball guiding means as compared with the case where there is no delay means, adjustment of the second ball entry state of the movable means for each game state, etc. It is possible to make it easier to design the game specifications of. Further, the more the flow speed of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the more the total length of the movable means can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of the game machines B10 to B13
It is characterized in that it is provided with a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that gives a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the one game state or the second game state. Game machine B14.

According to the game machine B14, in addition to the effects played by the game machines B10 to B13, the following effects are played. That is, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means in the first game state or the second game state, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means. As a result, the game in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each game state is regulated, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means set for each game state is different. There is an effect that playability can be surely realized.

<Group C: The game value obtained differs depending on the driving mode of the movable means>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is launched toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is sent to any one of a plurality of entrances provided in the game area. A winning / failing lottery is performed based on entering the ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, the player is given a predetermined game value.

In addition, different characteristics are provided for each ball entry port, and the game value is given differently depending on the ball entry port, and the game result is set to change according to the ball entry port. A game machine has been proposed. In such a game machine, a distribution device for alternately distributing the game medium flowing into a predetermined route to each entry port is provided to prevent the winning from being biased to a specific entry port and improve the interest of the game. (For example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, since the balls that have flowed into the predetermined path are regularly and alternately distributed to the balls entering each entrance, the game value to be given does not change, and the game is monotonous. There is still room for improvement in this regard.

The inventions of Group C have been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

The first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 winning opening 77) through which a game ball can enter,
A second ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78), which is capable of entering a game ball and is different from the first ball entry means,
With the first game value giving means (for example, the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1) capable of giving a predetermined first game value based on the game ball entering the first ball entering means. ,
A second game value giving means (for example, a jackpot for special figure 2) capable of giving a second game value different from the first game value based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means. Type table 202b2) and
Movable means (for example, haunting plate 79b) that changes the flow direction of the game ball, and
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) and
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means, whether the first game value is given by the first game value giving means or the second game value is given by the second game value giving means. The gaming machine C0 comprising:, for example, an alternating distribution unit 71 and a grant changing means (for example, an alternating distribution unit 71) to be changed.

According to the game machine C0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball is also configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means different from the first ball entry means. Then, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means, the first game value giving means is configured to be able to give a predetermined first game value. Further, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means, the second game value giving means is configured to be able to give a second game value different from the first game value. Here, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball, and the driving means drives the movable means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means by the grant changing means, whether the game value is given by the first game value giving means or the game value is given by the second game value giving means is changed. .. As a result, there is an effect that the game value given by changing the driving mode of the movable means can be changed, the game value obtained can be changed, and the interest of the game can be improved. ..

The "game value" is, for example, the number of prize balls directly given to the player, the number of times the jackpot round is executed or the jackpot round execution time, the probability of the jackpot is high, and the probability of transition of the game state is high. In addition, the high probability of granting a jackpot round with a large number of executions is exemplified.

Further, the "first game value" and the "second game value" may have the same part of the game value to be given, but different game values of other parts other than the part. , The game value to be given shall be completely different and included. Specifically, for example, when A game value (for example, 15 rounds), B game value (for example, 30 seconds open) and C game value (for example, "probability fluctuation state") are given as the first game value. In the second game value, the case where the A game value, the B game value, and the D game value (for example, "time shortened state") is given is included. Further, for example, when the A game value, the B game value, and the C game value are given as the first game value, the E game value (for example, 5 rounds) and the F game value (for example, 5) are given as the second game value. It includes a case where a second opening) and a G game value (for example, a “latent probability fluctuation state”) are given.

In the game machine C0
The game machine C1 is characterized in that the second game value is more likely to be given a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first game value.

According to the game machine C1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C0, the following effects are played. That is, the privilege that the second game value is more advantageous to the player than the first game value is easily given. As a result, there is an effect that the playability of whether or not the game ball is inserted into the second ball entry means to which the second game value is given is created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

In the game machine C0 or C1
The first game value adding means is
As the first game value, a first lottery means capable of deriving a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result advantageous to the player from the first lottery result is provided.
The second game value adding means is
As the second game value, the first lottery result or (and) the second lottery means capable of deriving the second lottery result is provided.
The second lottery means
The gaming machine C2 is characterized in that the second lottery result can be easily derived from the first lottery means.

According to the game machine C2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C0 or C1, the following effects are played. That is, by the first lottery means provided in the first game value giving means, a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result advantageous to the player are derived as the first game value from the first lottery result. The first lottery result or (and) the second lottery result can be derived as the second game value by the second lottery means provided in the second game value giving means. The second lottery means is configured so that the second lottery result can be more easily derived than the first lottery means. As a result, the gameability of whether or not to acquire the lottery opportunity of the second lottery means in which the second lottery result which is advantageous for the player can be easily derived is created, and the interest of the game can be improved. There is.

In the game machine C2
The driving means is
A first drive pattern means (for example, a first drive pattern means) that drives the movable means with a first drive pattern that makes it easy to (and can) obtain a lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and difficult to obtain a lottery opportunity by the second lottery means Variable display of the normal symbol and the execution mode of the haunting plate 79b in the "normal game state"),
A second drive pattern means (for example, "latent probability variation") that drives the movable means with a second drive pattern that makes it easy to (and can) acquire the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means and the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. Variable display of the normal symbol in "state" and the execution mode of the infestation plate 79b) and
It is difficult to obtain the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means, and it is easy to obtain (can be obtained) the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. The third drive pattern means (for example, "for example," The variable display of the normal symbol in the "probability fluctuation state" and the execution mode of the infestation plate 79b) are provided.
The grant change means
A game machine C3 characterized in that the movable means is driven by any of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, or the third drive pattern means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition.

According to the game machine C3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C2, the following effects are played. That is, the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means makes it easy to obtain (can obtain) the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means, and it is movable in the first drive pattern in which it is difficult to obtain the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. Means are driven. Further, by the second drive pattern means provided in the drive means, the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern in which the lottery trigger by the first lottery means and the lottery trigger by the second lottery means can be easily acquired (can be acquired). To. Further, the third drive pattern means provided in the drive means makes it difficult to obtain the lottery opportunity by the first lottery means, and it is easy to (can obtain) the lottery opportunity by the second lottery means. Is driven. Then, the movable means is driven by any of the first drive pattern means, the second drive pattern means, and the third drive pattern means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition by the grant changing means. As a result, based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, the lottery opportunity that is easy to acquire (can be acquired) differs depending on the drive pattern of the movable means, thereby giving the game property that the obtained game value changes, and the game is varied. It has the effect of improving the interest of the game.

In addition, "establishment of predetermined conditions" means, for example, when any of the big hits or small hits is won, when the game state is changed, or when the game ball enters the predetermined entry port, it is dynamic. This is an event that can occur when a game is being executed, such as when the display is executed a predetermined number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls are inserted into a specific entrance, and one event set in advance. It means that is established.

In any of the game machines C0 to C3
A third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or a normal symbol gate 76b on the right side) in which a game ball can enter is provided.
The driving means is
A gaming machine C4 characterized in that the movable means is driven based on the entry of a gaming ball into the third entry means.

According to the game machine C4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C0 to C3, the following effects are played. That is, a game ball is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means, and the movable means is driven by the drive means based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. As a result, a game property of how to insert the game ball into the third ball entry means in order to drive the movable means is created, and the game ball enters the third ball entry means to provide the movable means. When driven, it has the effect of imparting a game property in which the obtained game value changes, enriching the variation of the game, and improving the interest of the game.

In any of the game machines C4
A third information acquisition means (for example, a normal figure holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires third information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the third ball entry means.
A third determination means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) for determining the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means, and
Based on the determination result of the third determination means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) executes the variable display of the identification information (for example, the variable display of the ordinary symbol). Fluctuation processing (S111)) and
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set to a second execution time (for example, "for example") shorter than the first execution time (for example, "3 seconds"). A variable time changing means (for example, a normal map fluctuation time table 202 g) for changing to “0.5 seconds”) is provided.
The grant change means
A timing changing means (for example, S407 of the normal figure variation processing (S111)) for changing the timing for driving the movable means by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means is provided. A game machine C5 characterized by.

According to the game machine C5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C4, the following effects are played. That is, the third information is acquired by the third information acquisition means based on the fact that the game ball has entered the third ball entry means, and the third information acquired by the third information acquisition means is obtained by the third determination means. The determination is made, and based on the determination result by the third determination means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the identification information in the display means. Here, based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to the second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Then, the timing for driving the movable means is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means by the timing changing means provided in the grant changing means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the satisfaction of the predetermined condition, the timing at which the movable means is driven is different, and the first ball entry means or the second entry means in which the game ball can enter By making the ball entry pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

The "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" is, for example, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter only the first ball entry means or the second entry. A ball entry pattern that can enter only the ball means, a ball entry pattern that can enter any of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, or a first ball entry means and a second ball entry means. An example is an entry pattern in which balls can be entered alternately.

In any of the game machines C0 to C5
The movable means
It is configured to be displaceable to a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position.
When the second position is reached, the first ball-entry means is closed by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means when the ball is closed (for example, a protruding plate). 79b upper surface),
The game machine C6 is characterized in that the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine C6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C0 to C5, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is configured to be displaceable between the first position and the second position, and the movable means is moved to the second position by the closing rolling means provided in the movable means, the first ball entry means. Is configured so that the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the movable means. Then, a second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of blockage flows down. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball is placed on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the first ball entry means by the movable means to prevent the game ball from entering the first ball entry means. It rolls and causes the game ball to enter the second ball entry means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means that the game ball can enter different. ..

In the game machine C6
The first ball entry means
Predetermined predetermined first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) and
A specific first ball-entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) different from the predetermined first ball-entry means is provided.
The grant change means
A distribution means (for example, a distribution device 73) that sequentially distributes the flow direction of the game ball in at least two directions,
The first path (for example, the left side path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass, and
A second path (for example, right-hand path 75) through which the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes after the game ball distributed to the first path is provided.
The predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path.
The specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path.
The gaming machine C7, which is on the downstream side of the second path and is characterized in that the movable means is provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means.

According to the game machine C7, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C6, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined predetermined first ball entry means and a specific first ball entry means different from the predetermined first ball entry means are provided in the first ball entry means. Here, the flow direction of the game ball is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means provided in the grant changing means, and the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the first path, and also Next to the game ball distributed to the first path, the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the second path. Further, a predetermined first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a specific first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. Then, a movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the specific first ball entry means allows the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means without the function of the rolling means at the time of blockage, or the ball rolls at the time of blockage. While it is difficult for the game ball to enter the specific first ball entry means due to the function of the moving means, it is possible to generate a state in which the game ball can enter the second ball entry means. Therefore, based on the establishment of the predetermined conditions, the game balls are sequentially distributed to the predetermined first ball entry means and the specific first ball entry means by the distribution means, or the predetermined first ball entry means and the first ball entry means are distributed by the distribution means. 2 The state in which the game balls are distributed in order can be different from that of the ball entry means. As a result, by making the entry patterns of the predetermined first entry means, the specific first entry means, or the second entry means into which the game ball can enter are different, the variation of the game is enriched and the interest is improved. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In the game machine C7
The game machine C8 is characterized in that the third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in a unit) through which a game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path.

According to the game machine C8, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C7, the following effects are played. That is, a third ball entry means through which the game ball can pass is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided by the second path is configured to always enter the third ball entry means. As a result, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the determination result of the third determination means by passing the game ball through the third entry means after entering the third entry means. It is configured so that whether the ball enters the specific first ball entry means or the second ball entry means differs depending on the movable means. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the specific first ball entering means or the first ball entering means or the first ball can be entered by a game ball flowing down the second path. 2 There is an effect that the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means can be made different, the variation of the game can be enriched, and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine C8
The second route is
It is configured so that it takes a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the third ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means is
The variable is at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). The display is executable and
The first drive pattern means performs the variable display at the first execution time, and performs the variable display.
The second drive pattern means performs the variable display at the second execution time, and performs the variable display.
The game machine C9, wherein the third drive pattern means performs the variable display in the second execution time.

According to the game machine C9, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C8, the following effects are played. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time from when the game ball enters the third ball entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, the variable display execution means executes the variable display at least one of the first execution time longer than the predetermined time and the second execution time shorter than the predetermined time. Then, the first drive pattern means performs variable display in the first time execution, the second drive pattern means performs variable display in the second time execution, and the third drive pattern means performs variable display in the second time execution. Will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the satisfaction of the predetermined condition, the timing at which the movable means becomes the second position is changed, and the first ball entry means or the second entry ball in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball entry pattern of the means different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines C4 to C9
A launching means for launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) is provided.
The launching means
A first launch mode means for launching a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode (for example, control related to a left-handed game), and
A second launch mode means (for example, control related to a right-handed game) for launching a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means is provided.
The third ball entry means
A predetermined third ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering a game ball launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means, and
A specific third ball entry means (for example, right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) capable of entering a game ball launched by the second launch mode by the second launch mode means is provided.
It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from the time when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time.
The gaming machine C10, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine C10, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C4 to C9, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is launched by the launching means, the game ball is launched in the predetermined first launch mode by the first launch mode means provided in the launch means, and the second launch mode means also provided in the launch means. , The game ball is launched in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode of the first launch mode means. Then, the game ball launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter the third ball entry means by the predetermined third ball entry means and the second launch mode by the second launch mode means. A specific third ball entry means is provided so that the game ball can be entered. Further, it is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific third entry means to reach the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. As a result, it is possible to make a difference whether or not the variable display is completed by the time the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means based on the establishment of the predetermined condition. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is brought into the driving state based on the execution result of the variable display. As a result, a variation of the game can be obtained by making a difference in whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means by the movable means based on the establishment of the predetermined conditions. It has the effect of making it abundant and improving its interest.

In any of the game machines C6 to C10
The driving means is
A first time driving means that drives the movable means so as to be in the second position during a predetermined first driving time (for example, "2 seconds").
A second time driving means for driving the movable means so as to be in the second position during a second driving time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first driving time is provided.
The first drive pattern means and the second drive pattern means drive the movable means by the first time drive means.
The game machine C11 is characterized in that the third drive pattern means drives the movable means by the second time drive means.

According to the game machine C11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C6 to C10, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is driven so as to be in the second position for a predetermined first driving time by the first time driving means provided in the driving means, and the second time driving means also provided in the driving means drives the movable means. The movable means is driven so as to be in the second position during the second drive time, which is longer than the first drive time. Then, the first drive pattern means and the second drive pattern means drive the movable means in the first time drive means, and the third drive pattern means drives the movable means in the second drive time. As a result, the third drive pattern means can drive the movable means and maintain the second position during the second drive time. Therefore, the third drive pattern means generates a state in which the game ball easily enters the second ball entry means, and whether the game ball easily enters the second ball entry means depending on whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied. There is an effect that it is possible to improve the interest by enriching the variation of the game by changing the state of whether or not.

In the game machine C11
The rolling means at the time of obstruction is
It is configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means.
On the upstream side guiding means (for example, the right end of the normal electric service unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) that guides the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. Between),
The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time).
The gaming machine C12 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the game machine C12, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C11, the following effects are played. That is, it is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of closure. Further, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer. As a result, when the movable means is driven by the first driving time, the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position before the game ball is completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. The second position of the movable means is maintained during the rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven by the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means. As a result, a variation of the game can be obtained by making a difference in whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific third entry means can be entered into the second entry means by the movable means based on the establishment of the predetermined conditions. It has the effect of making it abundant and improving its interest.

In the game machine C12
The launching means
The game ball can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds").
The gaming machine C13 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the game machine C13, in addition to the effect played by the game machine C12, the following effects are played. That is, the launching means is configured so that the game ball can be launched at the fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. As a result, whether or not a plurality of game balls that have continuously entered the specific third entry means based on the establishment of the predetermined conditions can be continuously entered into the second entry means by the movable means is different. By doing so, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines C6 to C13
The game machine C14 includes a delay means (for example, a deceleration unit 79c) that delays the flow speed of the game ball that is rolled by the blockage rolling means.

According to the game machine C14, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C6 to C13, the following effects are played. That is, the flow speed of the game ball that is rolled by the rolling means at the time of occlusion is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the time for the game ball to stay on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of occlusion as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the second ball entry state of the movable means is possible for each game state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications such as adjustment of. Further, as the flow speed of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the total length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of the game machines C10 to C14
It is characterized in that it is provided with a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that gives a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means when the predetermined condition is not satisfied. Game machine C15.

According to the game machine C15, in addition to the effects played by the game machines C10 to C14, the following effects are played. That is, when a game ball enters the specific third ball entry means when the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the notification means performs a predetermined notification. As a result, there is an effect that the game can be regulated in a launch mode different from the launch mode assumed as the game specification, and the game performance according to the assumed game specification can be surely realized.

<Group D: Achieves playability with only special and ordinary symbols>
Conventionally, a game machine such as a pachinko machine launches a game medium such as a ball toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is directed to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. There is a case in which a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1). (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, the winning of a plurality of entrances is fixed according to the game situation, and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of Group D has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

First information based on the first ball entry means (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or the right normal symbol gate 76b) on which the game ball can enter and the game ball entering the first ball entry means. (For example, the normal figure holding ball storage area 203h) and
A first determination means (for example, ordinary electric service control process (S104)) for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means, and
In a gaming machine provided with a movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) driven based on a determination result of the first determination means.
A second ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a), which allows the game ball to enter and is not affected by the drive of the movable means.
A third ball-entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b or special drawing 2 winning opening 78), which is capable of entering a game ball and can be affected by the drive of the movable means.
The second information acquisition means (for example, the first reserved ball storage area 203d or the second reserved ball) that acquires the second information based on the game ball entering the second ball entering means or the third ball entering means. Storage area 203e) and
A second determination means for determining the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means (for example, S324 of the fluctuation start process (S310)) and
Based on the determination result by the second determination means, the game value giving means for imparting a predetermined game value to the player (for example, the central prize opening 65a or the right side prize opening 67a).
A distribution means (for example, a distribution device 73) that sequentially distributes the flow direction of the game ball in at least two directions,
The first path (for example, the left side path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass, and
A second path (for example, right-hand path 75) through which the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes after the game ball distributed to the first path is provided.
The second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path.
The third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path.
The movable means
The game machine D0 is provided with a ball entry pattern changing means for changing the flow direction of the game ball flowing down the second path.

According to the game machine D0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the first information is obtained by the first information acquisition means based on the fact that the game ball enters the first ball entry means. To be acquired. Then, the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means is determined by the first determination means, and the movable means is driven based on the determination result of the first determination means. Here, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means that is not affected by the drive of the movable means, and the game ball enters the third ball entry means that can be affected by the drive of the movable means. It is configured to be possible. Then, the second information is acquired by the second information acquisition means based on the fact that the game ball has entered the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means, and the second information acquired by the second information acquisition means. Is determined by the second determination means. Then, based on the determination result by the second determination means, the game value imparting means imparts a predetermined game value to the player. Here, the flow direction of the game ball is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means, and the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the first path and is distributed to the first path. Next to the game ball, the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the second path. Further, a second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. Then, the flow direction of the game ball flowing down from the second path is changed by the ball entry pattern changing means provided in the movable means. As a result, while the entry of the game ball into the second entry means is fixed, the flow direction of the game ball that has flowed down toward the third entry means is changed by the movable means to variably win the prize. Can be done. That is, when it is not affected by the drive of the movable means, the game balls are sequentially distributed to the second ball entry means and the predetermined third ball entry means by the sorting means, while being affected by the drive of the movable means. In this case, the game balls can be sequentially distributed to the flow paths other than the second ball entry means and the predetermined third ball entry means by the distribution means. As a result, by making the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means, which the game ball can enter by the movable means, different, it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

In addition, "may be affected by the drive of the movable means" means that the flow direction is changed when a game ball whose flow direction is changed by driving the movable means enters or when the movable means is not driven. When a missing game ball enters, when the flow path expands or contracts when the movable means is driven, when the flow path opens or closes when the movable means is driven, or when the movable means is driven. For example, when it becomes visible or difficult to see. On the other hand, "not affected by the drive of the movable means" means that the above-mentioned "possible influence" event does not occur, that is, the flow direction of the game ball is not changed even if the movable means is driven, or it is movable. When the means is driven and the flow path expands or contracts without any effect, when the movable means is driven but the flow path width is not changed, or when the movable means is driven does not affect the visibility. Etc. are exemplified.

Further, the "first information" and the "second information" are those in which the information of the predetermined portion to be acquired is the same, but the information of the portion other than the predetermined portion is different, or the information to be acquired is different. They are completely different and are included. Specifically, for example, when acquiring A information (for example, jackpot random number information), B information (for example, jackpot type information) and C information (for example, special figure 1 winning opening winning information) as the first information. , The second information includes a case where A information, B information and D information (for example, special figure 2 winning information) are acquired. Further, for example, when the A information, the B information and the C information are acquired as the first information, the case where the E information, the F information and the G information are acquired as the second information is included.

Further, the "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" includes, for example, a ball entry pattern that can enter only the first ball entry means or a second entry. A ball entry pattern that can enter only the ball means, a ball entry pattern that can enter any of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, or a first ball entry means and a second ball entry means. An example is an entry pattern in which balls can be entered alternately.

In the game machine D0
A variable display executing means (for example, a normal symbol display device 83) that executes a variable display of the first identification information (for example, a normal symbol) when a game ball enters the first ball entering means.
When a game ball enters the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, a dynamic display for executing a dynamic display of second identification information (for example, a special symbol) different from the first identification information is performed. An execution means (for example, a third symbol display device 81) is provided.
The third ball entry means
Predetermined third ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) and
A specific third ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78) different from the predetermined third ball entry means is provided.
The second determination means is
A first lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1) in which a first lottery is performed based on the entry of a game ball into the second entry means or the predetermined third entry means.
It is provided with a second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2) that performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the specific third ball entry means. A game machine D1 characterized by this.

According to the game machine D1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D0, the following effects are played. That is, when the game ball enters the first ball entry means, the variable display execution means executes the variable display of the first identification information, and the game ball enters the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means. By doing so, the dynamic display execution means executes the dynamic display of the second identification information different from the first identification information. Further, the third ball entry means is provided with a predetermined third ball entry means and a specific third ball entry means different from the predetermined third ball entry means. Then, the first lottery means provided in the second determination means performs the first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means or the predetermined third entry means, and the second determination means is also used. A second lottery different from the first lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the specific third entry means by the second lottery means provided in the above.

Conventionally, in order to clearly different the means of entering a ball that a game ball can enter, a plurality of non-electric accessories (for example, accessories other than electric accessories that are operated by electric power) are utilized. , There is a game machine in which a ball entering means that can (easily) enter a ball differs depending on the gaming state (for example, Patent Document 2 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, in a game machine using the above-mentioned non-electric accessory, the game property is constructed by using the non-electric accessory that is generally unfamiliar to the player, so that the player can understand the game specifications. Have difficulty. As a result, the player may avoid playing the game on the game machine whose game specifications are difficult to understand, and the operation of the game machine may not be improved.

Further, in the above-mentioned gaming machine equipped with the non-electric accessory, an operating member is provided inside the ordinary electric role, and the operating member and the non-electric accessory are mechanically interlocked with each other by a special mechanism to enter the ball. It is configured to change the ball entry mode. For this reason, the number of parts used in the game machine increases due to the special mechanism that mechanically links the operating member and the non-electric accessory, and the manufacturing cost may increase.

Further, in the gaming machine provided with the non-electric accessory described above, for example, in a plurality of gaming states of a "normal gaming state" and a "first probability fluctuation state", the player enters the second ball entry means related to the second identification information. Since it is possible to ball or it is easy to enter the ball only into the predetermined third ball entry means, and only the first lottery of the second identification information can be obtained in a plurality of gaming states, the lottery obtained is the same. The second identification information may make the game monotonous.

Therefore, according to the game machine D1, the variable display of the first identification information and the dynamic display of the second identification information, which have been familiar to the player, are used, and the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means are used. A distribution means for distributing the game balls is used, and a predetermined third entry means and a specific third entry means are provided as the third entry means, and the flow direction of the game balls is changed by the movable means. It is configured so that the entry pattern of the game ball with respect to the predetermined third entry means or the specific third entry means is different. As a result, by driving the movable means based on the variable display result of the first identification information familiar to the player without using a non-electric accessory, the ball entering means that triggers the dynamic display of the second identification information can be obtained. It is possible to make the entry pattern of the game ball different, and it is possible to make it easier for the player to understand the specifications of the game. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to solve the problem that the game is avoided due to the difficulty in understanding the game specifications and the operation does not increase.

In addition, since the above-mentioned game playability is realized without using a special mechanism such as a non-electric accessory, it is possible to prevent the number of parts for the special mechanism from increasing and not to increase the cost of the game machine. In addition, the above-mentioned playability can be realized.

In the game machine D1
A game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means is provided.
The ball entry pattern changing means
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set to be shorter than the first execution time from the first execution time (for example, "3 seconds"). 2 Variable time changing means for changing the execution time (for example, "0.5 seconds") (for example, the normal figure fluctuation time table 202 g), and
By changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means, a timing changing means (for example, S407 of the normal figure variation processing (S111)) for changing the timing for driving the movable means is provided. A game machine D2 characterized by this.

According to the game machine D2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D1, the following effects are played. That is, the game state setting means can set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Further, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable display execution time by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to the first execution time by the variable time changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. It is changed to the second execution time, which is shorter than one execution time. Then, the timing changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means, so that the timing for driving the movable means is changed. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed based on the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is different, and the ball of the second or third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is entered. By making the pattern different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine D1 or D2
The movable means
It is configured to be displaceable to a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position.
When the second position is reached, the closing rolling means (for example, the appearance of a protruding state) in which the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the predetermined third entering means by the movable means. The upper surface of the plate 79b),
The game machine D3 is characterized in that the specific third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine D3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D1 or D2, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is configured to be displaceable in the first position and the second position, and the movable means is in the second position by the rolling means at the time of closure provided in the movable means, a predetermined third entry ball is entered. The game ball is configured to be able to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the means by the movable means. Then, the specific third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of blockage flows down. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the predetermined third entry means to prevent the game ball from entering the predetermined third entry means, and the upper surface of the movable means is played. The ball rolls and causes the game ball to enter the specific third entry means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the third ball entry means that the game ball can enter different.

In any of the game machines D0 to D3
The first ball entry means
A game machine D4 characterized in that a game ball is provided so as to be able to pass through a part of the second path.

According to the game machine D4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D0 to D3, the following effects are played. That is, the first ball entry means is provided so as to be able to pass the game ball in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided by the second path is configured to always enter the first ball entry means. As a result, the game ball guided to the second path is driven based on the determination result of the first determination means by passing the game ball through the first entry means after entering the first entry means. Depending on the movable means, whether the ball enters the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means is configured to be different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time or driving time), a predetermined third ball entering means or specific ball that can enter the game ball flowing down the second path can be entered. There is an effect that the ball entry pattern of the third ball entry means can be made different, the variation of the game can be enriched, and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine D4
The second route is
It is configured so that it takes a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the first ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. ,
The game state setting means
A predetermined first gaming state (for example, "normal gaming state") and
A second gaming state different from the first gaming state (for example, "latent probability fluctuation state") and
A game state of any one of the first game state and the third game state different from the second game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") can be set.
The variable display execution means is
The first variable pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "3 seconds") that performs the variable display in the first execution time in the first game state, and
A second variable pattern means (for example, variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time in the second game state, and
A gaming machine including a third variable pattern means (for example, variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. D5.

According to the game machine D5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D4, the following effects are played. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time from when the game ball enters the predetermined first ball entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Here, depending on the game state setting means, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state 1 The game state of is configured to be configurable. Then, the first variable pattern means provided in the variable display executing means performs the variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second variable pattern means also provided in the variable display executing means performs the variable display. In the two game states, the variable display is performed in the second time execution, and the third variable pattern means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display in the second time execution in the third game state. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing at which the movable means is started to be driven is different, and the predetermined third ball entry means or the specific third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making the ball entry pattern different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines D2 to D5
A launching means capable of launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a).
A first launch mode means (for example, a left-handed game) that launches a game ball in a predetermined first mode by the launch means.
A second launch mode means (for example, a right-handed game) that launches a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means is provided.
The first ball entry means
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering a game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means, and
A specific first ball entry means (for example, right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) capable of entering a game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means is provided.
It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from the time when the game ball enters the specific third ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time.
The gaming machine D6, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine D6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D2 to D5, the following effects are played. That is, a predetermined first ball entry means, which is configured so that the game ball can be launched by the launching means, and the game ball launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter the first ball entry means. A specific first ball entry means capable of entering a game ball launched by the second launch mode by the second launch mode means is provided. Further, it is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific first ball entry means to when it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thereby, it is possible to make different whether or not the variable display is completed by the time the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is put into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine D5 or D6
A driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haul plate)) for driving the movable means from the first position to the second position is provided.
The driving means is
A first drive pattern means that drives the movable means so as to be in the second position for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds").
A second drive pattern means for driving the movable means so as to be in the second position during a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time is provided.
The ball entry pattern changing means
In the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means is driven by the first driving pattern means.
The gaming machine D7, characterized in that the movable means is driven by the second driving pattern means in the third gaming state.

According to the game machine D7, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D5 or D6, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is configured to be driveable from the first position to the second position by the drive means, and the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means allows the movable means to move to the second position during a predetermined first drive time. The movable means is driven so as to be, and the movable means is driven so as to be in the second position during the second driving time longer than the first driving time by the second driving pattern means also provided in the driving means. Then, by the ball entry pattern changing means, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means in the first game state or the second game state, and the movable means is driven by the second drive pattern in the third game state. As a result, in the third gaming state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the second position during the second driving time longer than the first driving time of the movable means in the first gaming state or the second gaming state. .. Therefore, in the third game state, a state in which the game ball easily enters the specific third ball entry means is generated, and a state in which the game ball easily enters the specific third ball entry means is determined for each game state. It has the effect of making it different and increasing the variety of games to improve the interest.

In the game machine D7
The game machine D8, wherein the second drive time is longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine D8, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D7, the following effects are played. That is, the second drive time is configured to be longer than the total time of the second execution time and the second predetermined time. As a result, in the third gaming state, the movable means can be driven to maintain the state in which the gaming ball can be entered into the third entry means during the second driving time. Therefore, in the first gaming state or the second gaming state, the movable means can be driven to allow the gaming ball to enter the third ball entry means during the first driving time, while the third gaming state is the third. 3 Create a state in which the game ball is easy to enter into the ball entry means, and make the state of whether or not the game ball is easy to enter into the third ball entry means for each game state, and enrich the variation of the game. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine D7 or D8
The rolling means at the time of obstruction is
It is configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means.
On the upstream side guiding means (for example, the right end of the normal electric service unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) that guides the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means. Between),
The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time).
The gaming machine D9 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the game machine D9, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D7 or D8, the following effects are played. That is, it is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of closure. Further, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer than the total time. As a result, when the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the movable means is driven from the second position to the first position before the game ball is completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific first entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. The second position of the movable means is maintained during the rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven by the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific first entry means can be entered into the specific third entry means. As a result, there are abundant variations in the game by making it different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can be entered into the specific third ball entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine D9
The launching means
The game ball can be launched at intervals of the fourth predetermined time (for example, "0.6 seconds").
The gaming machine D10, wherein the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time.

According to the game machine D10, in addition to the effect played by the game machine D9, the following effects are played. That is, the launching means is configured so that the game ball can be launched at the fourth predetermined interval, and the second drive time is set to be longer than the total time of the second predetermined time, the third predetermined time, and the fourth predetermined time. ing. As a result, it is different whether or not a plurality of game balls that have continuously entered the specific first ball entry means can be continuously entered into the specific third ball entry means by the movable means according to the game state. This has the effect of increasing the variety of games and improving the interest.

In any of the game machines D1 to D10
The game machine D11, characterized in that the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to be given a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the game machine D11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D1 to D10, the following effects are played. That is, the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to be given a privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means. As a result, there is an effect that the playability of whether or not the game ball is inserted into the specific third ball entry means that can receive the second lottery is created, and the interest of the game can be improved. ..

In the game machines D1 to D11
The first lottery means
It is possible to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result which is advantageous for the player from the first lottery result.
The second lottery means
The gaming machine D12 is characterized in that the second lottery result can be easily derived from the first lottery means.

According to the game machine D12, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D1 to D11, the following effects are played. That is, the first lottery means is configured to be able to derive a predetermined first lottery result and a second lottery result that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery result. The second lottery means is configured so that the second lottery result can be more easily derived than the first lottery means. As a result, the gameability of whether or not to acquire the lottery opportunity of the second lottery means in which the second lottery result which is advantageous for the player can be easily derived is created, and the interest of the game can be improved. There is.

In any of the game machines D4 to D12
The game machine D13 is provided with a delay means (for example, a deceleration unit 79c) for delaying the flow speed of a game ball that is rolled by the blockage rolling means.

According to the game machine D13, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D4 to D12, the following effects are played. That is, the flow speed of the game ball that is rolled by the rolling means at the time of occlusion is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the time for the game ball to stay on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of occlusion as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the driving time of the movable means can be adjusted for each gaming state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications. Further, as the flow speed of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the total length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

In any of the game machines D5 to D13,
It is characterized in that it is provided with a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that gives a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific first ball entry means in the one game state or the second game state. The game machine D14.

According to the game machine D14, in addition to the effects played by the game machines D5 to D13, the following effects are played. That is, when a game ball enters the specific first ball entry means in the first game state or the second game state, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means. As a result, the game in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each game state is regulated, and the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means set for each game state is different. There is an effect that playability can be surely realized.

<Group E: Claim of the fourth embodiment>
Conventionally, a game machine such as a pachinko machine launches a game medium such as a ball toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is directed to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. There is a case in which a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1). (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, the winning of a plurality of entrances is fixed according to the game situation, and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The inventions of Group E have been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

A first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) capable of entering a game ball, and
A second ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b), which is capable of entering a game ball and is different from the first ball entry means,
A lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1) in which a lottery is performed based on a game ball entering the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means.
A game value-giving means (for example, Chuo University winning opening 65a) that gives a player a predetermined game value based on the lottery result of the lottery means.
A passing means (for example, the distribution ball opening 72) having an opening through which the game ball can pass (for example, the entrance of the distribution ball port 72),
A first flow path (for example, left side path 74 or right side path 75 (right side depth passage 75a)) through which the game ball that has passed through the passing means flows down.
A second flow path (for example, a flow path outside the alternating distribution unit 71) through which the game ball that has not passed through the passing means flows down, and
A distribution means (for example, a distribution device 73) that sequentially distributes the game ball flowing down the first flow path to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means.
A first position (for example, an immersive state) that makes it difficult for a game ball flowing down the second flow path to enter the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, and the first ball entry means or the said. Movable means (for example, left side infestation plate 79b1 and right side infestation plate 79b2) that can be displaced to a second position (for example, a protruding state) capable of entering the second ball entry means.
A third ball-entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78), which is capable of entering a game ball and is different from the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means.
When the movable means is displaced to the second position, the game ball that has flowed down from the first flow path (or the second flow path) flows down toward the third entry means. A road (for example, a flow path between the special drawing 1 first winning opening 77a and the special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b and above the special drawing 2 winning opening 78) is provided.
The lottery means is characterized by including a second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2) in which a lottery is performed based on a game ball entering the third ball entry means. Game machine E0 to play.

According to the game machine E0, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means and the second entry means different from the first entry means, and the first entry means or the second entry means. A lottery is performed by a lottery means based on the entry of a game ball into the ball. Then, based on the lottery result of the lottery means, the game value giving means gives the player a predetermined game value. Here, the game ball that has passed through the passing means having the opening flows down the first flow path, and the game ball that has not passed through the passing means flows down the second flow path. In addition, the game balls flowing down the first flow path are sequentially distributed to the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means by the distribution means. On the other hand, when a movable means displaceable at the first position or the second position is provided and the movable means is at the second position, the game ball flowing down the second flow path is the first entry means or the second entry. You can enter the ball means. Here, when a third ball entry means different from the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means is provided and the movable means is displaced to the second position by the third flow path, the first flow path ( Alternatively, the game ball that has flowed down from the second flow path) is flowed down toward the third ball entry means. Then, a lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the third entry means by the second lottery means provided in the lottery means. As a result, when the movable means is in the first position, the game balls that pass through the passing means and flow down the first flow path are sequentially entered into the first entry means and the second entry means. be able to. Further, when the movable means is in the second position, a game ball flowing down the second flow path without passing through the passing means can be made to enter the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means. .. Further, when the movable means is in the second position, a game ball that passes through the passing means and flows down the first flow path (or a game ball that flows down the second flow path without passing through the passing means) is The ball can be entered into the third ball entry means. Therefore, depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means, which the game balls flowing down the respective flow paths can enter, are different. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

The "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means" in which the game ball can enter is, for example, a ball entry that can enter only the first ball entry means. A pattern, an entry pattern that can enter only the second entry means, an entry pattern that can enter only the third entry means, an entry that can enter the first entry means and the second entry means. A ball pattern, a ball entry pattern that can enter the second and third ball entry means, a ball entry pattern that can enter the first and third ball entry means, or a first ball entry means. An example is a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means in order.

In the game machine E0
The movable means
When the second position is reached, the first ball-entry means or the second ball-entry means is closed by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. For example, the gaming machine E1 is provided with a left-side protruding plate 79b1 and a right-side protruding plate 79b2 in a protruding state).

According to the game machine E1, in addition to the effect of the game machine E0, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is in the second position by the rolling means at the time of blockage provided in the movable means, the upper surface of the movable means is covered while the first ball entering means or the second ball entering means is closed by the movable means. The game ball is configured to be rollable. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means, and the game ball enters the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means. The game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means, and the game ball can be made to enter the third ball entry means of the third flow path while preventing the above. Therefore, by making the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means, which the game ball can enter, different depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the variation of the game is enriched and the hobby is enjoyed. Has the effect of being able to improve.

In the game machine E0 or E1
The third ball entry means
A gaming machine E2 that is located between the first ball-entry means and the second ball-entry means and is arranged on the downstream side of the first ball-entry means and the second ball-entry means.

According to the game machine E2, in addition to the effect of the game machine E0 or E1, the following effects are played. That is, the third ball entry means is arranged between the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means on the downstream side of the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the game ball can flow down to the third ball entry means from both the first ball entry means side and the second ball entry means side, and each ball entry means can be flowed down. It is possible to realize the playability of changing the ball entry pattern to. Therefore, while realizing the above-mentioned gameability, the first ball-entry means, the second ball-entry means, and the third ball-entry means are efficiently arranged to reduce the occupied area of each ball-entry means. It has the effect of contributing to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing.

In any of the game machines E0 to E2
The movable means
A first movable means (for example, a left-side infestation plate 79b1) arranged between the first flow path and the first ball entry means.
A second movable means (for example, a right-side infestation plate 79b2) arranged between the first flow path and the second ball entry means.
The gaming machine E3 is provided with an interlocking drive means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) that interlocks and drives the first movable means and the second movable means.

According to the game machine E3, in addition to the effects played by the game machines E0 to E2, the following effects are played. That is, as the movable means, the first movable means is provided between the first flow path and the first ball entry means, and the second movable means is provided between the first flow path and the second ball entry means. Then, the first movable means and the second movable means are driven in conjunction with each other by the interlocking drive means. As a result, the first movable means and the second movable means are driven in conjunction with each other, so that even when the game balls are distributed in the first flow path, the game balls are transferred to the third entry means. It will be possible to let it flow down. Therefore, by making the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means, which the game ball can enter, different depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the variation of the game is enriched and the hobby is enjoyed. Has the effect of being able to improve.

In addition, "interlocking" means that the two members are synchronized with each other and have the same mode (for example, if one member protrudes, the other member also protrudes, and if one member is immersive, the other member also immerses). Examples thereof include a case where one member is driven, a case where another member is driven at the same time or after a predetermined period in relation to the driving of one member, a case where two members are driven alternately, and the like.

In any of the game machines E0 to E3
A unit (for example, an alternating distribution unit 71) that integrally constitutes the passing means, the distribution means, and the first flow path is provided.
The movable means
Protruding means (for example, the left side portion of the left side protrusion plate 79b1 or the right side portion of the right side protrusion plate 79b2) that protrudes into the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit is provided.
The protruding means is
The gaming machine E4 characterized in that it inclines downward from the second flow path toward the unit side.

According to the game machine E4, in addition to the effects played by the game machines E0 to E3, the following effects are played. That is, the unit integrally constitutes the passing means, the sorting means, and the first flow path, and the protruding means of the movable means is provided for the second flow path outside the outer shape of the unit. Then, the projecting means is provided so as to be inclined downward from the second flow path toward the unit side. As a result, the game ball flowing down the second flow path without passing through the passing means is guided to the unit side by the projecting means, and enters the first ball entry means, the second entry means, or the third entry means. Can be. Therefore, depending on the driving mode of the movable means, the ball entry patterns of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means, which the game balls flowing down the respective flow paths can enter, are different. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines E0 to E4
A fourth ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76c before distribution) on which a game ball can enter, and
A third lottery means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) for drawing a lot based on a game ball entering the fourth ball entry means is provided.
The movable means
Driven based on the lottery result of the third lottery means,
The fourth ball entry means is
The gaming machine E5, characterized in that it is arranged between the opening and the sorting means.

According to the game machine E5, in addition to the effects of the game machines E0 to E4, the following effects are played. That is, a game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entry means, and a lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means, and the third lottery means is used. The movable means is driven based on the lottery result of. Then, a fourth ball entry means is arranged between the opening of the passing means and the sorting means. As a result, the game ball passing through the passing means enters the fourth entry means, and then enters the first entry means or the second entry means by the movable means arranged on the downstream side. It is configured so that whether it is a ball or a third ball entry means is different. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), the movable means can be driven regardless of the direction in which the game balls are distributed in the first flow path. The ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means, which can acquire the lottery opportunity to cause the game ball to enter depending on whether or not the movable means is driven. There is an effect that it is possible to make different games, and to enrich the variety of games and improve the interest.

In any of the game machines E0 to E5
A game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means, and
A second position period changing means (for example, S704 of the ordinary electric service control process (S104)) that changes the period of the second position of the movable means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. A game machine E6 characterized by being equipped with.

According to the game machine E6, in addition to the effects of the game machines E0 to E5, the following effects are played. That is, the game state setting means can set the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means. Then, the second position period changing means changes the period in which the movable means is in the second position based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means. As a result, the period of the second position of the movable means is changed according to the game state, and the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is changed. By making them different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine E6
Based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) executes the variable display of the identification information (for example, the variable display of the ordinary symbol). Fluctuation processing (S111)) and
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set to be shorter than the first execution time from the first execution time (for example, "3 seconds"). 2 It is provided with a variable time changing means (for example, a normal figure fluctuation time table 202 g) for changing to an execution time (for example, "0.5 second").
The first flow path is
It takes a first predetermined time (for example, "1.6 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the fourth ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. One flow path (for example, the left side path 74 of the fourth embodiment) and
It takes a second predetermined time (for example, "5.1 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the fourth ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. One flow path (for example, the right side path 75 of the fourth embodiment) is provided.
The first ball entry means is arranged on the downstream side of the predetermined first flow path, and is arranged.
The second ball entry means is arranged on the downstream side of the specific first flow path.
The first execution time (3 seconds) is longer than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and shorter than the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds).
The gaming machine E7, wherein the second execution time (0.5 seconds) is shorter than the first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) and the second predetermined time (5.1 seconds).

According to the game machine E7, in addition to the effect of the game machine E6, the following effects are played. That is, based on the lottery result by the third lottery means, the variable display executing means executes the variable display of the identification information in the display means. Further, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable time changing means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means from the first execution time to the second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Be changed. Here, the predetermined first flow path of the first flow path takes a first predetermined time from when the game ball enters the fourth ball entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. It is configured as required, and similarly, the specific first flow path of the first flow path is the first from the time when the game ball enters the fourth entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. 2 It is configured to take a predetermined time. Then, the first ball entry means is arranged on the downstream side of the predetermined first flow path, and the second ball entry means is arranged on the downstream side of the specific first flow path. Further, the first execution time is set to be longer than the first predetermined time and shorter than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set to be shorter than the first predetermined time and the second predetermined time. Thereby, it is possible to make different whether or not the variable display is completed by the time the game ball that has entered the fourth ball entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means according to the game state, and the variable display can be changed. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is put into the driving state based on the execution result of. As a result, the game ball that has entered the fourth entry means according to the game state is either entered into the first entry means by the movable means, is entered into the second entry means, or is entered into the third entry means. By making the ball enter the means differently, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine E7
The interlocking drive means
A first drive pattern means that drives the movable means to the second position during a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds"), and
A second drive pattern means for driving the movable means to the second position during a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time is provided.
The first predetermined time (1.6 seconds) is shorter than the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds).
The second predetermined time (5.1 seconds) is longer than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds), and the second execution time. The gaming machine E8 is characterized in that it is shorter than the total time (5.5 seconds) of (0.5 seconds) and the second driving time (5 seconds).

According to the game machine E8, in addition to the effect of the game machine E7, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is driven to the second position for a predetermined first driving time by the first driving pattern means provided in the interlocking driving means. Further, the movable means is driven to the second position during the second drive time longer than the first drive time by the second drive pattern means also provided in the interlocking drive means. Then, the first predetermined time is set shorter than the second execution time and the first drive time. Further, the second predetermined time is set to be longer than the total time of the first execution time and the first drive time and shorter than the total time of the second execution time and the second drive time.

As a result, when the variable display is executed in the first execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game ball flowing down into the predetermined first flow path is arranged with the movable means. At the timing when the ball flows down to the position, since the execution of the variable display has not been completed, the opportunity for the movable means to be displaced has not arrived. Therefore, the flow-down direction is not changed by the movable means, and the first ball entry means is used as it is. Is entered into. Further, when the variable display is executed in the first execution time and the driving means of the movable means is driven in the first driving time, the game ball flowing down into the specific first flow path is the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing of the flow down to, the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and then returns to the first position. The flow direction is not changed by the means, and the ball is directly entered into the second entry means.

Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the first drive time, the game ball flowing down into the predetermined first flow path is the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing of the flow down to, the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained, so that the movable means is movable. The flow direction is changed by the means, and the ball is entered into the third ball entry means. On the other hand, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the first drive time, the game ball flowing down into the specific first flow path is the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing of the flow down to, the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and then returns to the first position. The flow direction is not changed by the means, and the ball is directly entered into the second entry means.

Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the driving time of the movable means is driven in the second driving time, the game ball flowing down into the predetermined first flow path is the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing of the flow down to, the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained, so that the movable means is movable. The flow direction is changed by the means, and the ball is entered into the third ball entry means. Further, when the variable display is executed in the second execution time and the drive time of the movable means is driven in the second drive time, the game ball flowing down into the specific first flow path is the arrangement position of the movable means. At the timing of the flow down to, the execution of the variable display is completed, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position based on the execution result of the variable display, and the state of the second position is maintained, so that the movable means is movable. The flow direction is changed by the means, and the ball is entered into the third ball entry means.

Therefore, by changing the execution time of the variable display and the drive time of the movable means, the first ball entry means, the second entry means, or the third entry means in which the game ball flowing down the respective flow paths can enter. By making the ball entry pattern of the ball means different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine E8
The movable means
When the second drive pattern means is driven to the second position during the second drive time, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third entry means. A game machine E9 characterized by this.

According to the game machine E9, in addition to the effect of the game machine E8, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is driven to the second position during the second drive time by the second drive pattern means, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be guided to the third entry means. Will be done. As a result, the game ball flowing down the second flow path can be entered into the third entry means, so that the first entry means, the second entry means, or the third entry means can be entered from any of the flow paths. By configuring the game ball so that it can be inserted into the ball, there is an effect that a wide variety of games can be made and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines E7 to E9
The specific first flow path is
A flow path in the back direction in which the game ball flows down in the depth direction of the front view,
The game machine E10 is configured to be folded back from the back flow path to the front side of the front view, and includes a front flow path for flowing down the game ball in the front direction of the front view.

According to the game machine E10, in addition to the effects played by the game machines E7 to E9, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is flowed down in the depth direction of the front view by the back flow path provided in the specific first flow path, and is folded back from the back direction flow path to the front side of the front view by the front direction flow path. The game ball is flowed down in the front direction of the front view.

Here, when the game ball flowing down the specific first flow path is configured to require a second predetermined time when flowing down the specific first flow path, the length of the specific first flow path is determined. It needs to be longer than the first flow path. However, the game machine has a configuration in which the vertical width is larger than the width of the entire game machine, and the design constraint on the left and right width is larger than the design constraint on the vertical width. Therefore, when the specific first flow path is extended in the lateral direction of the front view of the game machine, a predetermined area in the game area is occupied by the specific first flow path, and the degree of freedom in designing other game parts is reduced. May be a factor.

Therefore, by configuring the specific first flow path in the front view depth direction instead of the front view lateral direction of the game machine, it is possible to reduce the occupied area of the specific first flow path in the front view lateral direction of the game area. It has the effect of contributing to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing game machines.

In any of the game machines E1 to E10
A delay means (for example, a left outer deceleration unit 79 g, a left inner deceleration unit 79h, a right outer deceleration unit 79i, or a right inner deceleration unit 79j) is provided to delay the flow speed of a game ball that is rolled by the closed rolling means. A game machine E11 characterized by being

According to the game machine E11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines E1 to E10, the following effects are played. That is, the flow speed of the game ball that is rolled by the rolling means at the time of occlusion is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the time for the game ball to stay on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of occlusion as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the period of the second position of the movable means is set for each game state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications such as adjustment. Further, as the flow speed of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the total length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

<Group F: Claim of the eighth embodiment>
Conventionally, a game machine such as a pachinko machine launches a game medium such as a ball toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is directed to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. There is a case in which a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1). (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, since the launch mode of the game medium preset in the game state is fixed, the ball entrance that can be entered in each game state is also fixed, and the game is monotonous. There is still room for improvement in this regard.

The invention of Group F has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

A launching means capable of launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) and
A first launch mode means (for example, a left-handed game) in which a game ball is launched in a predetermined first launch mode by the launch means, and
A second launch mode means (for example, a right-handed game) that launches a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means.
In a game machine provided with a game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) for setting a game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition.
A first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) capable of entering a game ball launched in the first launch mode, and
A second ball entry means (for example, right side special figure 2 second winning opening 78d) capable of entering the game ball launched in the first launch mode and the second launch mode.
A third ball entry means (for example, outer special figure 1 second winning opening 77f) capable of entering the game ball launched in the second launch mode, and
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third entry means in which the game ball launched by the first launch mode means can enter. The entry pattern of the ball means is changed, and the entry of the first entry means, the second entry means, or the third entry means in which the game ball launched by the second launch mode means can enter. A ball entry pattern changing means for changing the ball pattern (for example, in the "normal game state" of the eighth embodiment, the right-handed game is prohibited, and the left-handed game enters the special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, "hidden". Special figure 1 1st entry opening 77a and right side special figure 2 2nd winning opening 78d by left-handed game in "probability fluctuation state" and outer special figure 1 2nd winning opening 77f by right-handed game Or, a gaming machine F0 characterized by having a right-handed special figure 2 (entry into the second winning opening 78d) by a right-handed game in a “probability fluctuation state”).

According to the game machine F0, the game ball is configured to be able to be launched by the launching means, the gaming ball is launched by the launching means in the predetermined first launching mode by the launching mode means, and the game ball is launched by the second launching mode means. , The game ball is launched in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means. Then, the game state is set by the game state setting means based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. Here, the first ball entry means is configured to allow the game ball launched in the first launch mode to enter, and the second ball entry means is configured to allow the game ball launched in the first launch mode and the second launch mode. Is configured to be able to enter the ball, and the game ball launched in the second launch mode is configured to be able to enter the third ball entry means. Then, the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in which the game ball launched by the first launch mode means can enter the ball based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entry pattern changing means. Alternatively, the ball entry pattern of the third ball entry means is changed, and the game ball launched by the second launch mode means can enter the first ball entry means, the second entry means, or the third entry means. The ball entry pattern is changed. As a result, it is possible to make different ball-entry means that can be entered based on the game state and the launch mode of the game ball. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means that can enter the ball different for each game state.

In addition, "establishment of predetermined conditions" means, for example, when any of the big hits or small hits is won, when the game state is changed, or when the game ball enters the predetermined entry port, it is dynamic. This is an event that can occur when a game is being executed, such as when the display is executed a predetermined number of times, or when a predetermined number of game balls are inserted into a specific entrance, and one event set in advance. It means that is established.

Further, the "ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means" in which the game ball can enter is, for example, a ball entry that can enter only the first ball entry means. A pattern, an entry pattern that can enter only the second entry means, an entry pattern that can enter only the third entry means, an entry that can enter the first entry means and the second entry means. A ball pattern, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the first and second ball entry means alternately, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the second and third ball entry means, and a second ball entry pattern. A ball entry pattern that allows the means and the third ball entry means to enter the ball alternately, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the first ball entry means and the third ball entry means, the first ball entry means and the third ball entry means. A ball entry pattern that can alternately enter the ball, a ball entry pattern that can enter the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, and the third ball entry means, or a ball entry pattern that can enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. An example is an entry pattern or the like in which the means and the third entry means can enter the ball in order.

In the game machine F0
Movable means (for example, a haunting plate) that can be displaced to a first position that does not affect the flow direction of the flowing game ball and a second position that displaces from the first position and affects the flow direction of the game flow that flows down. 79b) and
A movable mode changing means (for example, ordinary electric service control process (S104)) for changing the displacement mode of the movable means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means is provided.
The game state setting means
Based on the establishment of the predetermined condition, the predetermined first gaming state (for example, "normal gaming state") to the second gaming state (for example, "latent probability fluctuation state"), or the first gaming state or the first It is configured so that it can be changed from the 2 game state to the 3rd game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state").
The movable mode changing means
In the first gaming state, the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter the first ball entry means, and it becomes difficult (impossible) to enter the second ball entry means. As described above, the first drive pattern means for driving the movable means (for example, the winning pattern in the "normal gaming state" of the eighth embodiment) and
In the second gaming state, the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means, and is launched in the second launch mode. A second drive pattern means (for example, a winning pattern in the "latent probability fluctuation state" of the eighth embodiment) that drives the movable means so that the game ball can enter the third ball entry means.
In the third gaming state, the third drive pattern means (for example, the eighth drive pattern means) that drives the movable means so that the game ball launched in the second launch mode can enter the second ball entry means. The winning pattern in the "probability fluctuation state" of the embodiment) and
The ball entry pattern changing means
In the first gaming state, the second firing regulating means for regulating the firing of the game ball in the second firing mode (for example, the output of the alarm sound in the "normal gaming state" in the eighth embodiment) and
In the second gaming state and the third gaming state, a second launchable means that does not restrict the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode (for example, the "latent probability fluctuation state" or "probability" in the eighth embodiment. The gaming machine F1 characterized by having (non-output of an alarm sound in a fluctuating state).

According to the game machine F1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F0, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means can be displaced to a first position that does not affect the flow direction of the flowing game ball and a second position that is displaced from the first position and affects the flow direction of the game ball that flows down. Then, the displacement mode of the movable means is changed by the movable mode changing means based on the game state set by the game state setting means. Further, the game state setting means is configured to be able to change from a predetermined first game state to a second game state, or from a first game state or a second game state to a third game state based on the establishment of a predetermined condition. To Here, the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter the first ball entry means in the first game state by the first drive pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means. 2 The movable means is driven so as to make it difficult (impossible) to enter the ball entry means. In addition, the game ball launched in the first launch mode can enter the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in the second game state by the second drive pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means. At the same time, the movable means is driven so that the game ball launched in the second launch mode can enter the third ball entry means. Further, by the third drive pattern means provided in the movable mode changing means, the movable means can enter the second entering means so that the game ball launched in the second launching mode can enter the second entering means in the third gaming state. Driven. Then, in the first game state, the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode is regulated by the second launch regulating means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. Further, the second launchable means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means does not regulate the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode in the second gaming state and the third gaming state. As a result, the flow direction of the game ball by the movable means is changed for each game state, and the execution of the launch mode of the game ball is regulated, so that the ball entry means that can be entered differs for each game state. In particular, it is possible to enter a game ball into the second ball entry means by the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means in the first launch mode, and to the third ball entry means in the second launch mode. By configuring the game ball so that it can enter the ball, the player can select the firing mode and play the game. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means that can enter the ball different for each game state.

In addition, "regulating the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode" means, for example, that a detection switch is provided at the flow position of the game ball launched in the second launch mode, and the game ball is detected by the detection switch. The speaker or the like is controlled so as to output an alarm sound or the like at the time, so that the player is not allowed to launch the game ball in the second launch mode by its own weight, or is launched so as not to launch the game ball itself in the second launch mode. An example is a case where the control of the means is suppressed (prohibited). Further, "do not regulate the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode" means, for example, control so as not to output the above alarm sound, or suppress (prohibit) the launch of the game ball in the second launch mode. For example, not executing control.

In the game machine F0 or F1
A first lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1) in which a first lottery is performed based on the entry of a game ball into the first ball entry means or the third ball entry means.
A second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2) for performing a second lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the second entry means is provided.
The gaming machine F2, wherein the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to be given a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the game machine F2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F0 or F1, the following effects are played. That is, the first lottery is performed by the first lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means or the third ball entry means, and the game to the second ball entry means by the second lottery means. The second lottery is held based on the entry of the ball. Then, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured so that the privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means is easily given. As a result, there is an effect that the playability of whether or not the game ball is inserted into the second ball entry means that can receive the second lottery is created, and the interest of the game can be improved.

In the game machine F1 or F2
The movable means
When the second position is reached, the second ball-entry means and the third ball-entry means are closed by the movable means, and the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means. For example, the gaming machine F3 is provided with (for example, the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b).

According to the game machine F3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F1 or F2, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is in the second position by the rolling means at the time of closing provided in the movable means, the upper surface of the movable means is closed while the second and third ball entering means are closed by the movable means. The game ball is configured to be rollable. As a result, when the movable means is in the second position, the movable means blocks the second entry means and the third entry means, and the game ball enters the second entry means and the third entry means. If the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position while the game ball is rolling on the upper surface of the movable means, the game ball moves downstream from the rolling place at that time. It is configured to flow down. As a result, the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means, in which the game ball can enter, is changed according to the timing at which the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position. It has the effect of increasing the variety and improving the interest.

In the game machine F3
A fourth ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit or a normal symbol gate 76b on the right side) capable of entering a game ball, and
A third lottery means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) that performs a third lottery based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means, and
Based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) executes the variable display of the identification information (for example, the variable display of the ordinary symbol). Fluctuation processing (S111)) and
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is set to be shorter than the first execution time from the first execution time (for example, "3 seconds"). 2 Variable time changing means for changing the execution time (for example, "0.5 seconds") (for example, the normal figure fluctuation time table 202 g), and
When a predetermined specific identification information (for example, a "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is changed from a predetermined first position to a first position. It is provided with a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) that drives in two positions.
The fourth ball entry means is
A predetermined fourth ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering a game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means, and
A specific fourth ball entry means (for example, right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means is provided.
The driving means is
A first drive time means for driving the movable means to the second position during a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds"), and a first drive time means.
A second drive time means for driving the movable means to the second position during a second drive time (for example, "3 seconds") longer than the first drive time is provided.
The upstream side guiding means (for example, the right side ordinary symbol gate 76b in the ordinary electric service unit 79 and the right end of the infestation plate 79b) that guides the game ball that has entered the specific fourth entry means to the upstream side of the movable means. Between),
The rolling means at the time of obstruction is
It is configured to require a first rolling time (for example, "1.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to just above the third ball entry means.
A second rolling time (for example, "1.9 seconds" to "2.5 seconds" longer than the first rolling time for rolling from the upstream side of the movable means to directly above the second ball entering means. ”) Is configured to require
The game machine
It is configured so that it takes a first predetermined time (for example, "4.5 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from the time when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
The first drive pattern means
The variable display is performed in the first execution time, and the movable means is driven in the first driving time.
The second drive pattern means
The variable display is performed in the second execution time, and the movable means is driven in the first drive time.
The third drive pattern means
The variable display is performed in the second execution time, and the movable means is driven in the second drive time.
The first predetermined time (4.5 seconds) is
The second execution time (0.) is longer than the first execution time (3 seconds) and shorter than the total time (5 seconds) of the first execution time (3 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds). 5 seconds) longer than the total time (2.5 seconds) of the first drive time (2 seconds),
The second predetermined time (1 second) is
Shorter than the first execution means (3 seconds) and longer than the second execution time (0.5 seconds).
The total time (2.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the first drive time (2 seconds) is
It is equal to or less than the total time (2.5 seconds) of the second predetermined time (1 second) and the first rolling time (1.5 seconds).
The total time (3.5 seconds) of the second execution time (0.5 seconds) and the second drive time (3 seconds) is the second predetermined time (1 second) and the second rolling time (1 second). The gaming machine F4 characterized in that it is less than or equal to the total time (2.9 seconds to 3.5 seconds) with (1.9 seconds to 2.5 seconds).

According to the game machine F4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F3, the following effects are played. That is, a game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entry means, and a third lottery is performed by the third lottery means based on the game ball entering the fourth ball entry means. Then, based on the lottery result of the third lottery means, the variable display executing means executes the variable display of the identification display in the display means, and based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable time changing means , The execution time of the variable display by the variable display execution means is changed from the first execution time to the second execution time shorter than the first execution time. Further, when a predetermined specific identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Here, the fourth ball entry means includes a predetermined fourth ball entry means capable of entering a game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means, and a second launch mode by the second launch mode means. A specific fourth ball entry means is provided so that the game ball launched in the above can be entered. Further, the movable means is driven to the second position by the first drive time means of the drive means for a predetermined first drive time, and the second drive means of the drive means also drives the second drive longer than the first drive time. During the time, the movable means is driven to the second position. Then, the game ball that has entered the specific fourth ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. Here, the closing rolling means is configured to require a first rolling time to roll from the upstream side of the movable means to directly above the third entry means, and the second entry from the upstream side of the movable means. It is configured so that a second rolling time is required to roll to just above the ball means. Further, it is configured so that it takes a first predetermined time from when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth entry means to reach the arrangement position of the movable means, and the game ball enters the specific fourth entry means. It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time from the ball to reach the arrangement position of the movable means. Here, the variable display is performed in the first execution time by the first drive pattern means, and the movable means is driven in the first drive time. Further, the second drive pattern means performs the variable display in the second execution time, and drives the movable means in the first drive time. Further, the third drive pattern means drives the variable display in the second execution time and the movable means in the second drive time. Then, the first predetermined time is set to be longer than the first execution time, shorter than the total time of the first execution time and the first drive time, and longer than the total time of the second execution time and the first drive time. Further, the second predetermined time is set to be shorter than the first execution time and longer than the second execution time. Here, the total time of the second execution time and the first drive time is set to be equal to or less than the total time of the second predetermined time and the first rolling time. Further, the total time of the second execution time and the second drive time is set to be equal to or less than the total time of the second predetermined time and the second rolling time.

That is, in the first game state, the variable display ends and the movable means can be driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth entering means and then reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. It is configured in. Further, in the first game state, the variable display is executed at the timing when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means after the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means. Further, in the second gaming state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the predetermined fourth entry means and then reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. The time is configured to end. Further, in the second gaming state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth entry means and then reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. At the same time, the movable means is configured to be displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls the rolling means at the time of closure to just above the third ball entry means. Further, in the third gaming state, the variable display ends and the movable means is driven to the second position at the timing when the game ball enters the specific fourth entry means and then reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. At the same time, the movable means is configured to be displaced from the second position to the first position at the timing when the game ball rolls the rolling means at the time of closure to just above the second entering means.

As a result, in the first game state, the game state is set so that the game ball can enter the first ball entry means, and in the first launch mode of the second game state, the game is played into the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means. In the second launch mode of the second game state, the game state is set so that the ball can enter the ball, and the game state is set so that the game ball can enter the third ball entry means. In the third game state, the second ball is entered. The game state is set so that the game ball can enter the means. Therefore, by changing the variable display time and the driving time of the movable means for each game state, the flow direction of the game ball is changed and the ball entry means that can be entered is changed, so that the ball can be entered for each game state. It is possible to make different ball-entry means, and in particular, in the first launch mode, the first ball-entry means and the second ball-entry means can enter the game ball into the second ball-entry means. By configuring the game ball to enter the third ball entry means in the second launch mode, the player can select the launch mode and play the game. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means that can enter the ball different for each game state.

In the game machine F4
The second launch control means is
The game machine F5 is provided with a notification means (for example, an alarm sound) that gives a predetermined notification when a game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means in the one game state.

According to the game machine F5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine F4, the following effects are played. That is, in the first game state, when the game ball enters the specific fourth ball entry means, a predetermined notification is performed by the notification means provided in the second launch regulating means. As a result, the game in a launch mode different from the launch mode set for each game state is regulated, and the first ball entry means, the second ball entry means, or the third ball entry means set for each game state is entered. There is an effect that the playability of different ball patterns can be surely realized.

In any of the game machines F1 to F5
A distribution means for sequentially distributing the flow direction of the flowing game ball in at least two directions,
The first path through which the game balls sorted by the sorting means pass, and
A second path through which the game balls distributed by the distribution means pass after the game balls distributed to the first path is provided.
The first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path.
The second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path.
The gaming machine F6, which is on the downstream side of the second path and is characterized in that the movable means is provided on the upstream side of the second ball entry means.

According to the game machine F6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines F1 to F5, the following effects are played. That is, the flow-down direction of the flowing game ball is sequentially distributed in at least two directions by the distribution means, and the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the first path and is distributed to the first path. Next to the game ball, the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes through the second path. Further, the first ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and the second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. Then, a movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the second ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the second ball entry means causes the rolling means at the time of obstruction to function, making it difficult for the second ball entering means to play a game ball, or the rolling means at the time of obstruction functions. It is possible to generate a situation in which a game ball can enter the second ball entry means without doing so. Therefore, for example, in a predetermined game state, the game balls are sequentially distributed to the first ball entry means by the distribution means, while in other game states, the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means are distributed by the distribution means. The game balls can be sorted in order. As a result, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the first ball entry means or the second ball entry means that the game ball can enter different. ..

In the game machine F6
In the first gaming state, when the movable means is in the second position and the game ball distributed to the second path by the sorting means does not enter the second entering means. The game machine F7 is provided with a fifth ball entry means (for example, a general winning opening 63a in the unit) into which the game ball can enter.

According to the game machine F7, in addition to the effect of the game machine F6, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is in the second position and the game ball distributed to the second path by the distribution means does not enter the second entry means, the game ball enters the fifth entry means. It is configured to be ball-capable. As a result, in the first game state, the game ball can enter the first ball entry means and the fifth ball entry means, and in the second game state, the first ball entry means and the second ball entry means and the second ball entry means. It is configured so that a game ball can enter the means. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means that can enter the ball different for each game state.

In the game machine F7
The fifth ball entry means is a game machine F8 characterized in that only a predetermined number of game balls are paid out (prize balls).

According to the game machine F8, in addition to the effect of the game machine F7, the following effects are played. That is, when the game ball enters the fifth ball entry means, only a predetermined number of game balls are paid out. That is, when a game ball enters the fifth ball entry means, unlike the second ball entry means and the like, a predetermined lottery is not performed and only the game ball is paid out. Therefore, in the first game state, even if the movable means is in the second position and the entry of the game ball into the second entry means is hindered, the game ball is allowed to enter the fifth entry means. The effect of giving a predetermined game value to the player, suppressing the player's dissatisfaction due to the inhibition of the ball entering the second ball entry means, and preventing the player from being awakened to the game. There is.

In any of the game machines F0 to F8
On the upstream side of the second ball entry means, a widening means (for example, special drawing 2 guide portion 78d), which is wider than the opening of the second ball entry means, is provided.
The game machine F9, characterized in that the game ball flowed down by the widening means enters the second ball entry means.

According to the game machine F9, in addition to the effects played by the game machines F0 to F8, the following effects are played. That is, on the upstream side of the second ball entry means, a widening means formed wider than the opening of the second ball entry means is provided, and the game ball flowing down by the widening means is entered into the second ball entry means. To. As a result, the number of game balls entering the second ball entry means can be increased. For example, when the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position, the upper surface of the movable means is rolled. It is possible to facilitate the entry of the game ball into the second entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that the game ball can be easily entered into the second ball entry means so that the player can easily give the game value.

In any of the game machines F6 to F9
The second route is
A flow path in the back direction in which the game ball flows down in the depth direction of the front view,
The game machine F10 is configured to be folded back from the back flow path to the front side of the front view, and includes a front flow path for flowing down the game ball in the front direction of the front view.

According to the game machine F10, in addition to the effects played by the game machines F6 to F9, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is flowed down in the depth direction of the front view by the back flow path provided in the second path, and the front view is formed by folding back from the back direction flow path to the front side of the front view. The game ball is swept down toward you.

Here, when the game ball flowing down the second path is configured to require a first predetermined time when flowing down the second path, the length of the second path is configured to be a constant length. There is a need. However, the game machine has a configuration in which the vertical width is larger than the width of the entire game machine, and the design constraint on the left and right width is larger than the design constraint on the vertical width. Therefore, when the second path is extended in the lateral direction of the front view of the game machine, a predetermined area in the game area is occupied by the second path, which is a factor that lowers the degree of freedom in designing other game parts. There is a risk.

Therefore, by configuring the second path in the front-view depth direction instead of the front-view lateral direction of the game machine, the occupied area of the second path in the front-view lateral direction of the game area can be reduced, and the gaming machine can be reduced. It has the effect of contributing to the improvement of design freedom.

In any of the game machines F3 to F10
The game machine F11 is provided with a delay means (for example, a right-side intensive deceleration unit 79 m or a left-side distributed deceleration unit 79n) for delaying the flow speed of a game ball that is rolled by the closed rolling means.

According to the game machine F11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines F3 to F10, the following effects are played. That is, the flow speed of the game ball that is rolled by the rolling means at the time of occlusion is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the time for the game ball to stay on the upper surface of the rolling means when closed can be made uniform (constant) and extended. Therefore, in order to realize the game playability of the present invention by lengthening the residence time on the rolling means at the time of occlusion as compared with the case where there is no delay means, the period of the second position of the movable means is set for each game state. It is possible to facilitate the design of game specifications such as adjustment. Further, as the flow speed of the game ball is delayed by the delay means, the total length of the rolling means at the time of closure can be shortened, and the entire movable means can be made compact.

<Group G: Prevention of chattering when detecting a ball whose flow direction has been switched>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is launched toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is sent to any one of a plurality of entrances provided in the game area. A winning / failing lottery is performed based on entering the ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, the player is given a predetermined game value.

In such a game machine, a flow direction changing means for changing the flow path of the game medium flowing into a predetermined route is provided, and the flow direction of the game medium flowing down the game area is changed to improve the interest of the game. (For example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, when the game medium whose flow direction is changed by the flow direction changing means is detected by the detection switch or the like, when the game medium immediately after the flow direction is changed is detected, the change is made by the flow direction changing means. Since the behavior of the game medium is not stable, such as the game medium swaying in a complicated manner, erroneous detection by the detection switch may occur.

The invention of the G group has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine in which false detection of a game ball is unlikely to occur.

A launching means capable of launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) and
A first ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering a game ball launched by the launch means, and
A detection means (for example, a second ball entry switch) for detecting a game ball that has entered the first ball entry means,
In a game machine provided with a game value giving means (for example, ordinary electric service control processing (S104)) for giving a predetermined game value to a player based on the detection of a game ball by the detecting means.
A flow direction changing means (for example, a sorting device 73) that changes the flow direction of the game ball before the game ball launched by the launching means enters the first ball entering means.
The passage of the right side path 75 from the distribution device 73 in the second embodiment to the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit for adjusting the flow mode of the game ball whose flow direction has been changed by the flow direction changing means. Wall) and
The first ball entry means
The gaming machine G0, characterized in that it is arranged on the downstream side of the flow-down mode stabilizing means.

According to the game machine G0, the game ball is configured to be able to be launched by the launching means, and the game ball launched by the launching means is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means. Then, the detection means detects the game ball that has entered the first ball entry means, and based on the detection of the game ball by the detection means, the game value giving means gives the player a predetermined game value. .. Here, before the game ball launched by the launching means enters the first ball entry means, the flow direction of the game ball is changed by the flow direction changing means, and the flow direction is changed by the flow direction changing means. The flow-down mode of the game ball is adjusted by the flow-down mode stabilizing means. Then, the first ball entry means is arranged on the downstream side of the flow-down mode stabilizing means. As a result, when the flow direction is changed by the flow direction changing means, the game ball can be entered into the first ball entry means after the flow mode of the game ball is adjusted by the flow mode stabilizing means. it can. Therefore, the entry of the game ball can be detected by the detecting means while the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entry means is stable, so that an erroneous detection of the game ball in the first entry means occurs. It has the effect of making it difficult to do.

In addition, "adjusting the flow mode of the game ball" means, for example, when the game ball is rolled so that the behavior of the game ball is constant, or when the flow direction of the game ball is one direction. When constructing a passage, when the game ball is freely dropped to make the flow direction vertically downward, or when the elastic member absorbs the impact of the collision of the game ball and reduces the kinetic energy of the game ball in a predetermined direction. Etc. are exemplified.

In the game machine G0
The flow direction changing means is
A switching means for switching the flow direction of the game ball to a right angle or a substantially right angle (for example, a configuration of a rotating shaft portion 73a, a central plate portion 73b, and a right receiving plate 73d) is provided.
The flow-down mode stabilizing means
A predetermined distance (for example, a distance for one ball) is formed between the switching means and the first ball entry means (for example, a right-hand path between the distribution device 73 and the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit). 75 passage walls)
A game machine G1 characterized by this.

According to the game machine G1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G0, the following effects are played. That is, the flow direction of the game ball is switched to a right angle or a substantially right angle by the switching means provided in the flow direction changing means. Then, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entry means by the flow-down mode stabilizing means. As a result, even when the flow direction of the game ball is switched at a right angle or a substantially right angle by the switching means, a predetermined distance is formed between the switching means and the first ball entering means, and the predetermined distance is set. The behavior of the game ball can be stabilized while the game ball flows down. Therefore, the entry of the game ball can be detected by the detecting means while the behavior of the game ball entering the first ball entry means is stable, so that an erroneous detection of the game ball in the first entry means occurs. It has the effect of making it difficult to do.

In the game machine G0 or G1
The detection means
A gaming machine G2 characterized by detecting a gaming ball flowing vertically downward or substantially vertically downward.

According to the game machine G2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G0 or G1, the following effects are played. That is, the detecting means detects a game ball that flows vertically downward or substantially vertically downward. As a result, it is possible to detect a game ball that is freely falling vertically downward or substantially vertically downward by the detection means, so that a game ball with stable behavior that is unlikely to cause an event such as the game ball hitting a wall and jumping up is detected. This has the effect of making it difficult for erroneous detection of the game ball in the first ball entry means to occur.

In any of the game machines G0 to G2
A movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) that can be displaced to a predetermined first position and a second position that changes the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means, which is different from the first position.
Based on the entry of the game ball into the first entry means, the drive means for driving the movable means (for example, solenoid 209 (solenoid for appearance plate)) and
When the movable means is in the first position, a second ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 second winning opening 77b) capable of entering a game ball and a second winning opening 77b.
The game machine G3 is provided with a third ball entry means (for example, special drawing 2 winning opening 78) into which a game ball can enter when the movable means is in the second position.

According to the game machine G3, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G0 to G2, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means based on the entry of the game ball into the first entering means. Then, when the movable means is not driven by the driving means, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the second ball entering means, and when the movable means is driven by the driving means, the game ball enters the third entering means. It is configured to be ball-capable. As a result, the ball-entry means that can be entered can be different depending on the movable means that is driven based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball-entry means. Therefore, by preventing false detection by the first ball-entry means, it is possible to make the ball-entry pattern of the ball-entry means that can enter the ball different, and it is possible to enrich the variation of the game and improve the interest. effective.

The "ball entry pattern of the ball entry means in which the game ball can enter" means, for example, a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter only in the second ball entry means or a ball entry pattern in which the ball can enter only in the third ball entry means. A ball entry pattern, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter any of the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, or a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means alternately. Patterns and the like are exemplified.

In the game machine G3
The game value adding means
As the game value, the game machine G4 is characterized in that the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position by the driving means.

According to the game machine G4, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G3, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is driven from the first position to the second position by the driving means as the game value by the game value giving means. As a result, as a mode of imparting the game value, the ball-entry means that can be entered can be different depending on the movable means that is driven based on the entry of the game ball into the first ball-entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means that can enter the ball can be made different, the variation of the game can be enriched, and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine G3 or G4
The first lottery means (for example, the jackpot type table 202b1 for special figure 1) in which the first lottery is performed based on the entry of the game ball into the second ball entry means, and
A second lottery means (for example, a jackpot type table 202b2 for special figure 2) that performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of a game ball into the third ball entry means is provided.
The gaming machine G5, wherein the second lottery by the second lottery means is more likely to be given a privilege that is advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means.

According to the game machine G5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G3 or G4, the following effects are played. That is, the first lottery is performed by the first lottery means based on the entry of the game ball into the second entry means. In addition, the second lottery means performs a second lottery different from the first lottery based on the entry of the game ball into the third ball entry means. Then, the second lottery by the second lottery means is configured so that the privilege that is more advantageous to the player than the first lottery by the first lottery means is easily given. As a result, by preventing erroneous detection of the game ball by the first ball entry means, the game property of how to insert the game ball into the third ball entry means that can receive the second lottery. There is an effect that the above can be surely realized and the interest of the game can be improved.

In any of the game machines G3 to G5
Unlike the second ball-entry means and the third ball-entry means, a fourth ball-entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a) in which a game ball can be inserted,
A distribution means for sequentially distributing the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means in at least two directions,
The first path (for example, the left side path 74) through which the game balls distributed by the distribution pass, and
A second path (for example, right-hand path 75) through which the game ball distributed by the distribution means passes after the game ball distributed to the first path is provided.
The fourth ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path.
The second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path.
The gaming machine G6 is characterized in that the movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the second ball entry means.

According to the game machine G6, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G3 to G5, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the fourth ball entry means different from the second ball entry means and the third ball entry means, and the flow direction of the game ball launched by the launching means by the distribution means is at least 2. The game balls that are sorted in order in the direction and sorted by the sorting means pass through the first path, and the game balls that are sorted by the sorting means next to the game balls sorted to the first path are the first. Take two routes. Further, a fourth ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the first path, and a second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side of the second path. Then, a movable means is provided on the downstream side of the second path and on the upstream side of the second ball entry means. As a result, the movable means provided on the upstream side of the second ball entry means can generate different situations depending on whether or not the game ball can enter the second ball entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the ball entry means that the game ball can enter different.

In the game machine G6
The game machine G7 is characterized in that the first ball entry means (for example, the normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of passing the game ball is provided in a part of the second path.

According to the gaming machine G7, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine G6, the following effects are played. That is, a first ball entry means capable of passing the game ball is provided in a part of the second path. That is, the game ball guided by the second path is configured to always enter the first ball entry means. As a result, whether or not the game ball guided to the second path enters the second ball entry means after entering the first ball entry means depends on the movable means arranged on the downstream side thereof. It is configured as follows. Therefore, for example, by changing the conditions for driving the movable means (winning probability, variable display time, or driving time), whether or not the game ball flowing down the second path enters the second entry means. There is an effect that it is possible to make different games, and to enrich the variety of games and improve the interest.

In any of the game machines G3 to G7
A game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means, and
A first information acquisition means (for example, a normal figure holding ball storage area 203h) that acquires first information based on the fact that a game ball has entered the first ball entry means.
A first determination means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) for determining the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means, and
Based on the determination result of the first determination means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) executes the variable display of the identification information (for example, the variable display of the ordinary symbol). Variable processing (S111))
The driving means is
When a predetermined specific identification information (for example, a "○" symbol) appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven to drive the movable means.
Based on the game state set by the game state setting means, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means, the game ball launched from the launching means can enter the second input. The gaming machine G8 comprising ball means or ball entry pattern changing means (for example, alternating distribution unit 71) for changing the third ball entry means.

According to the game machine G8, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G3 to G7, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is launched by the launching means, and the game state after the game value is given by the game value giving means can be set by the game state setting means. The first information is acquired by the first information acquisition means based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first ball entry means. Then, the first determination means determines the first information acquired by the first information acquisition means, and the variable display execution means displays the identification information in a variable manner on the display means based on the determination result by the first determination means. Will be executed. When predetermined identification information appears in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entering pattern changing means, the game ball launched from the launching means can enter the ball. 2 The ball entry means or the third ball entry means is changed. As a result, erroneous detection of the first ball entry means is prevented, and the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the entry of the game ball into the first ball entry means and the game state at that time, and the game ball. By making the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means different, the set game specifications can be surely realized, and the variety of games can be enriched to improve the interest. It has the effect of being able to do it.

In the game machine G8
The ball entry pattern changing means
A drive time changing means (for example, S704 of the ordinary electric service control process (S104)) for changing the drive time of the variable display by the drive means based on the game state set by the game state setting means is provided. A game machine G9 characterized by being

According to the game machine G9, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G8, the following effects are played. That is, the drive time of the movable means is changed based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the drive time changing means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state. For example, the driving time of the movable means is lengthened to shorten the period during which the ball is not entered into the second ball entering means, or the driving time of the movable means is shortened. By shortening the time, the period during which the ball can enter the second ball entry means is lengthened, and the entry patterns of the second entry means or the third entry means, which the game ball can enter, are different. It has the effect of increasing the variety and improving the interest.

In the game machine G8 or G9
A variable time changing means (for example, a normal figure variation time table 202 g) that changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable display executing means based on the gaming state set by the game state setting means.
A timing changing means (for example, S407 of the normal figure variation processing (S111)) for changing the timing at which the movable means is driven by changing the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means is provided. A game machine G10 characterized by.

According to the game machine G10, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G8 or G9, the following effects are played. That is, based on the game state set by the game state setting means, the variable display execution means changes the execution time of the variable display by the variable time changing means. Then, the timing for driving the movable means is changed by changing the execution time of the variable display by the timing changing means by the variable time changing means. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is different, and the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter. By making the game different, there is an effect that the variety of games can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In any of the game machines G3 to G10
The movable means
When driven by the driving means, the closing rolling means (for example, a protruding plate) that allows the game ball to roll on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the second entering means by the movable means. 79b upper surface),
The game machine G11 is characterized in that the third ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the closed rolling means flows down.

According to the game machine G11, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G3 to G10, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is driven by the driving means by the rolling means at the time of blockage provided in the movable means, the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the second ball entry means by the movable means. It is composed of. Then, a second ball entry means is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means at the time of blockage flows down. As a result, when the movable means is driven, the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the second entry means by the movable means to prevent the game ball from entering the second entry means. Then, the game ball is inserted into the third ball entry means provided on the downstream side thereof. As a result, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the second ball entry means or the third ball entry means that the game ball can enter different. ..

In any of the game machines G8 to G11
The second route is
It is configured so that it takes a predetermined time (for example, "1.9 seconds") from the time when the game ball enters the first ball-entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. ,
The variable display execution means is
The variable is at least one of a first execution time longer than the predetermined time (for example, "3 seconds") and a second execution time shorter than the predetermined time (for example, "0.5 seconds"). The display is executable and
The game state setting means
A predetermined first gaming state (for example, "normal gaming state") and
A second gaming state different from the first gaming state (for example, "latent probability fluctuation state") and
A game state of any one of the first game state and the third game state different from the second game state (for example, "probability fluctuation state") can be set.
The ball entry pattern changing means
In the first game state, the first ball entry pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "3 seconds") that performs the variable display in the first execution time, and
In the second game state, the second ball entry pattern means (for example, the variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time, and
A game characterized by comprising a third ball entry pattern means (for example, variable display is executed in "0.5 seconds") that performs the variable display in the second execution time in the third game state. Machine G12.

According to the game machine G12, in addition to the effects played by the game machines G8 to G11, the following effects are played. That is, the second path is configured so that it takes a predetermined time from when the game ball enters the first ball entry means until the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. Further, the variable display is performed in the first execution time longer than the predetermined time by the first time execution means provided in the variable display execution means, and the second time execution means also provided in the variable display execution means performs the variable display in the predetermined time. Variable display is performed with a shorter second execution time. Here, depending on the game state setting means, any one of a predetermined first game state, a second game state different from the first game state, and a third game state different from the first game state and the second game state 1 The game state of is configured to be configurable. Then, the first ball entry pattern means provided in the ball entry pattern changing means performs variable display in the first time execution in the first game state, and the second ball entry pattern also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. By means, the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the second game state, and the variable display is performed in the second time execution in the third game state by the third ball entry pattern means also provided in the ball entry pattern changing means. Will be done. As a result, the execution time of the variable display is changed according to the game state, the timing at which the movable means is driven is different, and the ball of the second or third ball entry means in which the game ball can enter is entered. By making the pattern different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

In the game machine G12
The launching means
A first launch mode means (for example, a left-handed game) that launches a game ball in a predetermined first launch mode, and
A second launch mode means (for example, a right-handed game) that launches a game ball in a second launch mode different from the first launch mode by the first launch mode means is provided.
The first ball entry means
A predetermined first ball entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) capable of entering a game ball launched in the first launch mode by the first launch mode means, and
A specific first ball entry means (for example, right side ordinary symbol gate 76b) capable of entering a game ball launched in the second launch mode by the second launch mode means is provided.
It is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time (for example, "1 second") from the time when the game ball enters the specific first ball entry means to the time when the game ball reaches the arrangement position of the movable means.
The first execution time is longer than the second predetermined time.
The gaming machine G13, wherein the second execution time is shorter than the second predetermined time.

According to the game machine G13, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G12, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is launched in a predetermined first launch mode by the first launch mode means provided in the launch means, and the first launch mode means is launched by the second launch mode means also provided in the launch means. The game ball is launched in a second launch mode different from the launch mode. Then, the game ball launched by the first launch mode by the first launch mode means can enter the first ball entry means by the predetermined first ball entry means and the second launch mode by the second launch mode means. A specific first ball entry means is provided so that the game ball can be entered. Further, it is configured so that it takes a second predetermined time from when the game ball enters the specific first ball entry means to when it reaches the arrangement position of the movable means. As the variable display execution time, the first execution time is set longer than the second predetermined time, and the second execution time is set shorter than the second predetermined time. Thereby, it is possible to make different whether or not the variable display is completed by the time the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means reaches the arrangement position of the movable means according to the game state. It is possible to change whether or not the movable means is put into the driving state based on the execution result of the display. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In the game machine G13
The driving means is
A first drive pattern means for driving the movable means and a first drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a predetermined first drive time (for example, "2 seconds").
A second drive pattern means for driving the movable means for a second drive time (for example, "5 seconds") longer than the first drive time is provided.
The rolling means at the time of obstruction is
It is configured to require a third predetermined time (for example, "2.5 seconds") to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means.
On the upstream side guiding means (for example, the right end of the normal electric service unit 79 and the right end of the appearance plate 79b) that guides the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entering means to the upstream side of the movable means. Between),
The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time).
The gaming machine G14 is characterized in that the second driving time is longer than the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time.

According to the game machine G14, in addition to the effect played by the game machine G13, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is driven by the first drive pattern means provided in the drive means for a predetermined first drive time, and is longer than the first drive time by the second drive pattern means also provided in the drive means. The movable means is driven during the second drive time. Further, the closing rolling means is configured to require a third predetermined time to roll from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. Further, the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means by the upstream side guiding means. The first drive time is shorter than the third predetermined time (or the total time of the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time), and the second drive time is the second predetermined time and the third predetermined time. It is set to be longer than the total time. As a result, when the movable means is driven by the first driving time, the movable means is terminated in the driven state before the game ball is completely rolled from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. On the other hand, when the movable means is driven by the second driving means, the game ball that has entered the specific first entering means is guided to the upstream side of the movable means, and then from the upstream side to the downstream side of the movable means. The driving state of the movable means is maintained during the rolling. Therefore, when the movable means is driven by the second driving time, the game ball that has entered the specific first entry means can be entered into the third entry means. As a result, the variation of the game is enriched by making different whether or not the game ball that has entered the specific first ball entry means can enter the third ball entry means by the movable means according to the game state. It has the effect of improving the interest.

<Group H: Configuration of deceleration unit>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is launched toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is sent to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. A winning / failing lottery is performed based on entering a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012). -231902)).

However, the above-mentioned gaming machine has a configuration in which the vertical width is larger than the horizontal width of the entire gaming machine, and the design constraint on the left and right width is larger than the design constraint on the vertical width. Therefore, when the parts extending in the lateral direction are arranged, the predetermined area in the game area of the game board is occupied by the above parts, which may reduce the degree of freedom in designing other game parts.

The invention of Group H has been made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine that can contribute to an improvement in the degree of freedom in designing the gaming machine.

A launching means for launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) and
A game area in which the game ball launched by the launching means flows down, and
A movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) provided in the game area and changing the flow direction of the game ball,
In a gaming machine provided with a driving means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) that drives the movable means in a displaceable manner.
The game ball can move from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means (for example, the upstream side of the infestation plate 79b) to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side of the predetermined position (for example, the downstream side of the infestation plate 79b). (For example, the upper surface of the protruding infestation plate 79b) and
The game machine H0 is characterized by including a delay means (for example, a deceleration unit 79c) that delays the movement time of the game ball that moves from the predetermined position to the specific position by the moving means.

According to the game machine H0, the game ball is launched by the launching means, the game ball launched by the launching means flows down the game area, and the flow direction of the game ball is changed by the movable means provided in the game area. Then, the movable means is driven so as to be displaceable by the driving means. Here, the game ball is configured to be movable by the moving means from a predetermined position on the upper surface of the movable means to a specific position provided on the lateral downstream side of the predetermined position, and from the predetermined position to the specific position by the moving means. The movement time of the moving game ball is delayed by the delay means. As a result, the delay means delays the movement time of the game ball from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position on the downstream side in the lateral direction, and the movement time on the movable means can be lengthened as compared with the case where there is no delay means. it can. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move the game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the downstream side in the lateral direction over a predetermined time, the delay means delays the movement time of the game ball so that the movable means is lateral. The length in the direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the game machine by reducing the laterally occupied area of the movable means.

In the game machine H0
The delay means
The game machine H1 is provided with a deceleration means (for example, a deceleration unit 79c) for decelerating the flow speed of the game ball.

According to the game machine H1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H0, the following effects are played. That is, the flow-down speed of the game ball is reduced by the deceleration means provided in the delay means. As a result, the speed of the game ball can be decelerated from a predetermined position of the movable means to a specific position on the downstream side in the lateral direction by the decelerating means, and the moving time on the movable means can be lengthened as compared with the case where there is no decelerating means. .. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move the game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the downstream side in the lateral direction over a predetermined time, the more the speed of the game ball is slowed down by the deceleration means, the more lateral the movable means is. The length in the direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the game machine by reducing the laterally occupied area of the movable means.

In the game machine H1
The deceleration means
While decelerating the flow speed of the game ball moving in a predetermined direction (for example, the direction from the upstream side to the downstream side of the infestation plate 79b) from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position (for example, the vertical direction of the reduction unit 79c). Rib shape),
The flow speed of the game ball in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction (for example, the vertical direction in which the game ball flows down from the right exit of the right side path 75 to the second winning opening 77b in FIG. 1) is not reduced (for example, the reduction portion 79c is a vertical rib). Due to its shape, it is difficult to collide with a sphere from the vertical direction)
A game machine H2 characterized by this.

According to the game machine H2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H1, the following effects are played. That is, the deceleration means reduces the flow speed of the game ball that moves from the predetermined position of the movable means to the specific position in a predetermined direction. On the other hand, depending on the deceleration means, the flow speed of the game ball in a specific direction different from the predetermined direction is not decelerated. That is, only the flow speed of the game ball flowing in from the predetermined direction can be reduced, and the flow speed of the game ball flowing in from a specific direction different from the predetermined direction can be maintained as it is. Therefore, it is possible to maintain the flow speed of the game ball flowing in from a direction other than the predetermined direction and allow the game area to flow down, and it is possible to prevent the game ball from being congested or jammed in the game area. There is.

In the game machine H2
The movable means
By the driving means, it is configured to be displaceable to a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position.
The means of transportation is
When the movable means is in the second position, a rolling means (for example, the upper surface of the projecting plate 79b) in which the game ball can roll on the upper surface of the movable means is provided.
The deceleration means
The game machine H3 is characterized in that the flow speed of a game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is reduced by the rolling means.

According to the game machine H3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H2, the following effects are played. That is, the movable means is configured to be displaceable to a predetermined first position and a second position different from the first position by the driving means, and the movable means is set to the second position by the rolling means provided in the moving means. In that case, the game ball is configured to be rollable on the upper surface of the movable means. Then, the deceleration means reduces the flow speed of the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means. As a result, the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is reduced by the deceleration means, and the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the movable means is reduced as compared with the case where there is no deceleration means. You can increase the travel time on the top. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to move the game ball from a predetermined position to a specific position provided on the downstream side in the lateral direction over a predetermined time, the moving speed of the game ball is reduced by the deceleration means. The length in the lateral direction can be shortened, and the movable means can be made compact in the lateral direction. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to contribute to the improvement of the degree of freedom in designing the game machine by reducing the laterally occupied area of the movable means.

In the game machine H2 or H3
The deceleration means
A projecting means (for example, a rear speed reducing unit 79c1) that collides with a game ball flowing down in a predetermined direction is provided.
The protruding means
It is arranged so as not to collide with the game ball flowing down in the specific direction (for example, when the infestation plate 79b is in an immersive state, the ball flowing down from the right exit of the right side path 75 does not collide with the deceleration portion 79c. (Place the deceleration unit 79c)
A game machine H4 characterized by this.

According to the game machine H4, in addition to the effects of the game machine H2 or H3, the following effects are produced. That is, the game ball flowing down in a predetermined direction is configured to collide with the projecting means provided in the deceleration means, while the projecting means is arranged so that the game ball flowing down in a specific direction does not collide with the projecting means. To. That is, the game ball flowing down from a predetermined direction collides with the projecting means and is decelerated, while the game ball flowing down from a specific direction is configured so as not to collide with the projecting means and be decelerated. As a result, the movable means can be made compact by reducing the flow speed of the game ball flowing in from the predetermined direction, and the flow speed of the game ball flowing in from a direction other than the predetermined direction is maintained to allow the game area to flow down. This has the effect of preventing congestion and clogging of the game ball in the game area.

In the game machine H4
One-sided member (for example, the base of the ordinary electric service unit 79) provided on the back side of the movable means in the front view,
The movable means is provided with another side member (for example, a cover portion of the ordinary electric service unit 79) provided on the front side of the front view.
The protruding means
A plurality of one-side protrusions (for example, a rear speed reduction portion 79c1) projecting from the one-side member toward the other-side member side.
A plurality of other-side projecting portions (for example, front-side deceleration portion 79c2) projecting from the other-side member toward the one-side member side are provided.
The one-sided protrusion and the other-sided protrusion
The game machine H5 is characterized in that the game ball is arranged so as to meander between the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion.

According to the game machine H5, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H4, the following effects are played. That is, one side member is provided on the back side of the front view of the movable means, and the other side member is provided on the front side of the front view of the movable means. Further, as the projecting means, a one-side projecting portion is provided by projecting from the one-side member toward the other-side member side, and the other-side projecting portion is provided by projecting from the other-side member toward the one-side member side. It will be provided. Then, the one-sided protrusion and the other-sided protrusion are arranged so that the game ball meanders between the one-sided protrusion and the other-sided protrusion. This has the effect that the game ball flowing down the upper surface of the movable means can be efficiently decelerated, and the occurrence of ball clogging or the like can be suppressed.

In the game machine H5
Predetermined position guiding means for guiding a game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction to the predetermined position of the movable means in the game area (for example, a portion directly below the right side normal symbol gate 76b in the right side path 75 or the normal electric service unit 79). , With
The one-sided protrusion and the other-sided protrusion
The gaming machine H6 is characterized in that it is arranged at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guiding means.

According to the game machine H6, in addition to the effect played by the game machine H5, the following effects are played. That is, the predetermined position guiding means guides the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction to the predetermined position of the movable means in the game area. Then, the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion is arranged at a position different from the predetermined position guided by the predetermined position guiding means.

Conventionally, if one side protrusion or the other side protrusion is arranged at a position where the game ball flows downward in the vertical direction in the game area, the game ball collides with the one side protrusion or the other side protrusion, and the game ball collides with the one side protrusion or the other side protrusion. The behavior of the game ball is disturbed based on the collision, and even though the movable means is not in the second position, it flows out in an unintended direction (for example, the direction in which the game ball is guided when the movable means is in the second position). There is a risk that it will end up.

Therefore, in the game area, the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion is not arranged at a predetermined position where the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction is guided, and the flow speed of the game ball flowing downward in the vertical direction is increased. , It is configured so that the speed is not reduced depending on the one-side protrusion or the other-side protrusion. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent unexpected behavior of the game ball from occurring, and to prevent the game ball from flowing out in an unintended direction and preventing the ball from entering an unexpected ball entry means. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the game value from being excessively given.

In the game machine H5 or H6
The protruding means
An integrated projecting means that aggregates and arranges the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion,
The gaming machine H7 is characterized by comprising a distributed protrusion means in which the one-side protrusion and the other-side protrusion are dispersed and arranged from the integrated protrusion means.

According to the game machine H7, in addition to the effects of the game machine H5 or H6, the following effects are produced. That is, the one-side projecting portion and the other-side projecting portion are collectively arranged by the integrated projecting means provided on the projecting means, and the one-side projecting portion and the other-side projecting portion are arranged by the distributed projecting means also provided on the projecting means. However, they are arranged more dispersedly than the aggregate protruding means. That is, the flow speed of the game ball in the integrated protrusion means can be made slower than the flow speed of the game ball in the distributed protrusion means. As a result, for example, the flow velocity of the game ball rolling on the upper surface of the movable means is slowed down in the portion provided with the integrated protruding means, and the aggregated protruding means is provided in the portion provided with the distributed protruding means. Since it is possible to make the speed faster than the existing part, it is possible to insert the game ball into the ball entry means by arranging the ball entry means or the like on the downstream side of the movable means and changing the driving mode of the movable means. Become. Therefore, by providing the centralized protruding means and the distributed protruding means for the movable means, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest of the game can be improved.

In any of the game machines H3 to H7
It is characterized in that a ball entry means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78) into which the game ball can enter is provided on the downstream side where the game ball rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down. Game machine H8.

According to the game machine H8, in addition to the effects played by the game machines H3 to H7, the following effects are played. That is, the game ball is configured to be able to enter the ball entry means provided on the downstream side where the game ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means by the rolling means flows down. That is, if the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means while the movable means maintains the second position, the game ball enters the ball entry means and the game ball touches the upper surface of the movable means. If the movable means is displaced from the second position to the first position during the rolling, the game property is such that the game ball cannot enter the ball entry means. Therefore, for example, when it is desired to allow a game ball to enter the ball-entry means in a predetermined gaming state, but it is not desired to allow the game ball to enter the ball-entry means in another game state, the movable means is used in another game state. When the game ball is rolling while decelerating the flow speed on the upper surface of the movable means by the deceleration means, the game ball that rolls on the upper surface of the movable means is changed from the second position to the first position. It can flow down from the rolling position to the downstream side. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent an unintended game ball from entering the ball entry means other than the predetermined game state and excessively imparting the game value.

<Group I: Make the balls enter the sorting means at regular intervals>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is launched toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is sent to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. A winning / failing lottery is performed based on entering a ball, and when a big hit is won in the hit / fail lottery, a predetermined game value is given to the player.

In such a game machine, game playability is constructed on the premise that the game ball is inserted into a predetermined route at a predetermined derivation interval, and the interest of the game is improved (for example, Patent Document 3 (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2016). -215050A)).

However, due to the unexpected behavior of the game ball in the game area, the game ball is inserted into the predetermined path at an interval different from the predetermined derivation interval, and the game property is based on the premise that the ball is entered at the predetermined derivation interval. There is a risk that the game will collapse and the interest of the game will decline.

The invention of Group I was made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of appropriately executing the set game playability and improving the interest of the game. ..

A launching means for launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) and
A passing means (for example, a sorting ball opening 72) having an opening through which a game ball launched from the launching means can pass (for example, the entrance of the sorting ball opening 72).
A path through which the game ball that has passed through the passing means flows down (for example, the right path 75), and
An entry means (for example, a normal symbol gate 76a in the unit) that is arranged in the path and allows a game ball to enter, and
An information acquisition means (for example, a normal figure holding ball storage area 203h) for acquiring predetermined information based on the entry of a game ball into the entry means,
A determination means for determining the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means (for example, a random number table 202f per normal figure) and
Based on the determination result of the determination means, the display means (for example, the ordinary symbol display device 83) variably displays the identification information (for example, the ordinary symbol) during a predetermined first execution time (for example, "3 seconds"). Variable display execution means (for example, general map variation processing (S111)) capable of executing variable display of
In the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, a movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) that is driven when a predetermined specific identification information (for example, a “◯” symbol) appears is provided. ,
The movable means is arranged on the downstream side of the path, and the movable means is arranged.
A predetermined interval derivation means (for example, a predetermined interval derivation means) for deriving the game ball to the opening at a predetermined derivation interval (for example, "3.5 seconds") longer than the first execution time (the total time of the driving time of the movable means). A game machine I0 characterized by having a rotating body).

According to the game machine I0, the game ball is configured to be able to be launched by the launching means, and the game ball launched from the launching means is configured to be able to pass through the opening provided in the passing means. Then, the game ball that has passed through the passing means flows down the path. Further, a ball entry means capable of entering a game ball is provided in the route, and predetermined information is acquired by the information acquisition means based on the entry of the game ball into the entry means. Then, the predetermined information acquired by the information acquisition means is determined by the determination means, and based on the determination result of the determination means, the variable display execution means causes the display means to perform the identification information during the predetermined first execution time. Variable display of is configured to be executable. Further, in the variable display executed by the variable display executing means, the movable means is driven when a predetermined specific identification information appears. Here, the movable means is arranged on the downstream side of the path, and the game ball is led out to the opening at a predetermined derivation interval longer than the first execution time by the predetermined interval derivation means. That is, after the execution trigger of the variable display is acquired based on the game ball that has entered the path and the variable display is executed during the first execution time, the first execution time ( The next game ball is led out to the opening having the entry means after a predetermined take-out interval longer than the total time of the moving means and the driving time of the movable means). As a result, the next game ball is suspended from passing through the ball entry means from the start to the end of the variable display, and the ball entry means can be entered according to the execution interval of the variable display. It is possible to maintain the playability on the premise that the balls are entered at intervals. Therefore, there is an effect that the initially set playability can be appropriately executed and the interest of the game can be improved.

<Group J: Out port between the alternating distribution unit and the ordinary electric service unit>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, a game medium such as a ball is launched toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is sent to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. A winning / failing lottery is performed based on entering a ball, and when a big hit is won in the hit / fail lottery, a predetermined game value is given to the player.

In such a game machine, a ball entry port capable of entering a ball is set for each game state, and a game property is constructed on the premise that the game ball is inserted into a route set according to the game state. (For example, Patent Document 4 (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2014-100432)).

However, due to the unexpected behavior of the game ball in the game area, the game ball enters a route other than the preset route, and the game is based on the premise that the game ball enters the route according to the game state. There is a risk that the sex will collapse and the interest of the game will decline.

The inventions of Group J have been made in view of the above-exemplified business, and an object thereof is to provide a game machine capable of appropriately executing the set game playability and improving the interest of the game. ..

The first launch mode (for example, left-handed game) in which the game ball is launched toward the first region of the game region (for example, the left side of the game board 13 of the third symbol display device 81 when viewed from the front) is different from the first region. A launching means capable of launching a game ball in a second launch mode (for example, a right-handed game) in which the game ball is launched toward a second region (for example, the right side of the game board 13 in the front view of the third symbol display device 81). For example, the ball launch unit 112a) and
A first ball entry means (for example, special figure 1 first winning opening 77a or special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b) capable of entering a game ball launched in the first launch mode.
A path (for example, right side path 75) that has an opening (for example, a distribution ball opening 72) through which the game ball can enter and guides the game ball to the first ball entry means.
A second ball entry means (for example, the right normal symbol gate 76b) capable of entering the game ball launched in the second launch mode, and
A movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) that changes the flow direction of the game ball launched in the first launch mode or the second launch mode.
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) is provided.
The movable means
A game ball guiding means (for example, a configuration of the upper surface of the appearance plate 79b) that guides the game ball launched in the second launching mode to the first region when driven by the driving means is provided.
The opening is
Arranged on the upstream side in the game area from the second ball entry means,
The game machine J0 is provided with a discharge means (for example, an out port) for discharging the game ball to the outside of the game area or to another area between the opening and the second ball entry means. ..

According to the game machine J0, the first launch mode in which the game ball is launched toward the first region of the game region by the launching means, and the second launch mode in which the game ball is launched toward the second mode different from the first region. The game ball is configured to be able to be launched in the mode, the game ball launched in the first launch mode is configured to be able to enter the first ball entry means, and the game ball is configured to be able to enter the ball by a path having an opening capable of entering the ball. The game ball is guided to the first ball entry means. Then, the game ball launched in the second launch mode is configured to be able to enter the second ball entry means. Further, the movable means changes the flow direction of the game ball launched in the first launch mode or the second launch mode, and the drive means drives the movable means. Here, the game ball guided means provided in the movable means guides the game ball launched in the second firing mode to the first region when driven by the driving means. Then, the opening is arranged on the upstream side in the game area from the second ball entry means, and the game ball is outside the game area or in another area by the discharge means provided between the opening and the second ball entry means. Is discharged to. As a result, the game ball that was launched in the first launch mode and did not flow into the opening is discharged to the outside of the game area or to another area by the discharge means before flowing into the second ball entry means. It is possible to prevent the game ball that was launched in the launch mode and did not flow into the opening from entering the second ball entry means. Therefore, for example, when a game specification for performing a game based on the first launch mode or the second launch mode is set according to the game state, the game property preset for each game state is appropriately executed. This has the effect of improving the interest of the game.

<Group K: Sorting to disadvantageous / advantageous mouths>
Conventionally, a game machine such as a pachinko machine launches a game medium such as a ball toward a game area provided on the game board, and the game medium is directed to any of a plurality of entry ports provided in the game area. There is a case in which a winning / failing lottery is performed based on the entry of a ball, and when a winning / failing lottery is won, a predetermined game value is given to the player (for example, Patent Document 1). (Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-231902)).

However, in the above-mentioned game machine, the pattern of the ball flowing down the game area is fixed, and the game becomes monotonous, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

The invention of the K group was made in view of the above-exemplified circumstances, and an object of the present invention is to provide a game machine capable of improving the interest of the game.

A launching means for launching a game ball (for example, a ball launching unit 112a) and
An advantageous ball entering means (for example, special figure 2 winning opening 78) in which a game ball launched by the launching means can enter a ball and gives a predetermined game value to the player based on the entering of the game ball. )When,
When a game ball launched by the launching means can enter a ball and the game ball enters, a disadvantageous ball entering means (for example, a disadvantaged ball entering means) that imparts a lower game value or does not impart a game value than the advantageous ball entering means. Out mouth) and
A game state setting means (for example, jackpot processing (S103)) capable of setting a game state, and
A movable means (for example, a haunting plate 79b) that changes the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means, and
A driving means for driving the movable means (for example, a solenoid 209 (solenoid for a haunting plate)) and
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the gaming state set by the gaming state setting means, the advantageous entering ball launched from the launching means can enter. A ball entry pattern changing means (for example, a drive pattern of the haunting plate 79b) for changing the entry pattern of the means or the disadvantageous entry means, and
A game machine K0 characterized by being equipped with.

According to the game machine K0, the game ball is launched by the launching means, the game ball launched by the launching means can enter the advantageous ball entering means, and the game ball enters the advantageous ball entering means. Based on this, a predetermined game value is given to the player. In addition, when a game ball launched by a launching means can enter a disadvantageous ball entering means and a game ball enters the disadvantaged ball entering means, a lower game value is given or a game is given than the advantageous ball entering means. No value is given. Here, the game state can be set by the game state setting means. Further, the flow direction of the game ball launched from the launching means is changed by the movable means, and the movable means is driven by the driving means. Then, by changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means based on the game state set by the game state setting means by the ball entering pattern changing means, it is advantageous that the game ball launched from the launching means can enter the ball. The entry pattern of the entry means or the disadvantageous entry means is changed. As a result, the driving mode of the movable means is changed according to the game state, and the ball entry patterns of the advantageous ball entry means or the disadvantageous ball entry means that the game ball can enter are different, thereby increasing the variation of the game. It has the effect of improving the interest.

In addition, "the entry pattern of the advantageous entry means or the disadvantageous entry means that the game ball can enter" means, for example, only the entry pattern that can enter only the advantageous entry means or the disadvantageous entry means. A ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter, a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter any of the advantageous ball entry means and the disadvantageous ball entry means, or a ball entry pattern that allows the ball to enter the advantageous ball entry means and the disadvantageous ball entry means alternately. Patterns and the like are exemplified.

In the game machine K0
The ball entry pattern changing means
The first driving mode in which a game ball can enter the disadvantaged ball means and
The gaming machine K1 is characterized in that a second driving mode in which a game ball is difficult or impossible to enter into the disadvantaged ball entering means, and the movable means can be driven by the driving means.

According to the game machine K1, in addition to the effect played by the game machine K0, the following effects are played. That is, the first driving mode in which the movable means can enter the disadvantaged ball by the driving means by the entry pattern changing means, and the first driving mode in which the game ball can enter the disadvantaged ball means by the driving means. It is configured to be driveable in two drive modes. As a result, by changing the drive pattern of the movable means, it is possible to make different whether or not the game ball enters the disadvantaged ball means, and the advantageous ball entering means or the disadvantaged ball that the game ball can enter can be different. By making the ball entry pattern of the means different, there is an effect that the variation of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved.

As the "first driving mode", any driving mode may be used as long as the game ball can enter the disadvantaged ball means. For example, the movable means is driven and the disadvantaged ball means is driven by the game ball. Examples include the case where the game ball is derived to the ball, and the case where the game ball directly enters the disadvantageous ball entry means by not driving the movable means.

In the game machine K1
The second driving mode is
The gaming machine K2, characterized in that the disadvantaged ball means is blocked by the movable means.

According to the game machine K2, in addition to the effect played by the game machine K1, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode, the disadvantaged ball means is blocked by the movable means. As a result, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode, it becomes impossible for the game ball to enter the disadvantaged ball means, and the game ball enters the disadvantaged ball means depending on the driving mode of the movable means. It can be different whether or not. Therefore, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the ball entry pattern of the advantageous ball entry means or the disadvantageous ball entry means that the game ball can enter different.

In the game machine K2
The movable means
When the driving means is driven in the second driving mode, the closing rolling means (for example, in a protruding state) capable of rolling the game ball on the upper surface of the movable means while closing the disadvantaged ball means. The upper surface of the haunting plate 79b),
The rolling means at the time of obstruction is
A game machine K3 characterized in that a game ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous ball entry means.

According to the game machine K3, in addition to the effect played by the game machine K2, the following effects are played. That is, when the movable means is driven in the second driving mode by the driving means by the rolling means at the time of closing provided in the movable means, the disadvantageous ball entering means is closed by the movable means and the upper surface of the movable means is played. The sphere is configured to be rollable. Then, the game ball that has rolled on the upper surface of the movable means is guided to the advantageous entry means by the rolling means at the time of occlusion. As a result, when the movable means becomes the second driving mode, the game ball rolls on the upper surface of the movable means while blocking the disadvantaged ball means by the movable means to prevent the game ball from entering the disadvantaged ball means. Move to guide the game ball to the advantageous ball entry means. As a result, there is an effect that the variety of the game can be enriched and the interest can be improved by making the entry pattern of the advantageous entry means or the disadvantageous entry means that the game ball can enter different.

For any of the configurations of the game machines A0 to A16, the game machines B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines B0 to B14, the game machines A0 to A16, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines C0 to C15, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines D0 to D14, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines E0 to E11, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines F0 to F11, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines G0 to G14, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, H0 to H8, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines H0 to H8, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, I0, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machine I0, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, A configuration limited to any one of J0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machine J0, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, The configuration limited to any one of I0, K0 to K3 may be applied.

Further, for any of the configurations of the game machines K0 to K3, the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to 0. A configuration limited to any one of H8, I0, and J0 may be applied.

In these cases, further effects can be obtained by applying each configuration.

In any of the game machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the game machine is A game machine K1 characterized by being a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is "provided with a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming the identification information, and for operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to this, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and at the time of the stop. A gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, provided that the definite identification information of the above is the specific identification information. In this case, coins, medals, and the like are typical examples of the game medium.

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine is A gaming machine K2 characterized by being a pachinko gaming machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and the ball is launched into a predetermined game area in response to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in a predetermined position in the game area. As a prerequisite for winning a prize (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed by the display means is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (large winning opening) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable a ball to be won, and is valuable according to the number of winnings. Some are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written on a magnetic card).

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A16, B0 to B14, C0 to C15, D0 to D14, E0 to E11, F0 to F11, G0 to G14, H0 to H8, I0, J0, K0 to K3, the gaming machine is A gaming machine K3 characterized by being a fusion of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the fused gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming and displaying the identification information is provided, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The variation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. A special game state generating means for generating a special game state advantageous to the player is provided on the condition that the definite identification information at the time of stopping is the specific identification information, the ball is used as the game medium, and the identification information is described. A game machine that requires a predetermined number of balls to start the dynamic display of the game, and is configured to pay out a large number of balls when a special game state occurs. "

It should be noted that the "predetermined start" within the scope of the claims is "winning ball" to the "special figure 1 first winning opening 77a, special drawing 1 second winning opening 77b, special drawing 2 winning opening 78" described in the above embodiment. Corresponding to the "conditions", the "values of counters C1 to C3 and CS1" described in the above embodiment correspond to the "information" acquired by the "acquisition means" in the claims, and the "information" described in the above embodiment. The "third symbol" corresponds to the "identification information" described in the claims, and the "variation effect" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "dynamic display of the identification information" described in the claims. The "big hit symbol" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined identification information" described in the claims, and the "big hit" described in the above embodiment corresponds to the "predetermined game value" described in the claims. Corresponds to.

10 Pachinko machine (game machine)
65a Chuo University winning opening (part of game value adding means)
67a Right side big prize opening (part of game value adding means)
71 Alternate distribution unit (part of ball entry pattern changing means, part of grant changing means)
72 Sorting ball opening (part of opening, part of passing means)
73 Sorting device (part of ball entry pattern changing means, part of sorting means, part of flow direction changing means)
73a Rotating shaft (part of switching means)
74 Left route (part of the first route, part of the first route)
75 Right path (part of the second path, part of the first channel, part of the flow mode stabilizing means)
76a Normal symbol gate in the unit (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
76b Right side normal symbol gate (part of the third ball entry means, part of the first ball entry means)
77a Special Figure 1 First winning opening (part of the first ball-entry means, part of the predetermined first ball-entry means, part of the second ball-entry means)
77b Special Figure 1 Second prize opening (part of the first ball entry means, part of the specified first ball entry means, part of the third ball entry means)
77f Outer special figure 1 2nd winning opening (part of 3rd ball entry means)
78 Special figure 2 winning opening (part of the second ball-entry means, part of the third ball-entry means)
79 Ordinary electric service unit (part of movable means)
79b Haunting board (part of movable means, part of game ball guidance means, part of first ball entry difficult means, part of second ball entry guidance means, part of transportation means)
79b1 Left side haunting plate (part of movable means, part of rolling means when blocked)
79b2 Right side haunting plate (part of movable means, part of rolling means when blocked)
79c Deceleration unit (part of delay means, part of deceleration means)
83 Ordinary symbol display device (part of display means)
110 Main controller (part of judgment means)
112a Ball launch unit (part of launch means)
202b1 Big hit type table for special figure 1 (part of the first game value giving means, part of the first lottery means, part of the lottery means)
202b2 Big hit type table for special figure 2 (part of the second game value giving means, part of the second lottery means)
202f Random number table per normal figure (part of the third judgment means)
202g Normal map fluctuation time table (part of variable time changing means)
203d 1st reserved ball storage area (a part of the 1st information acquisition means, a part of the 2nd information acquisition means)
203e Second reserved ball storage area (part of the second information acquisition means)
202g Normal map fluctuation time table (part of variable time changing means)
203h Normal figure holding ball storage area (part of the third information acquisition means, part of the first information acquisition means)
209 Solenoid (solenoid for haunting plate, part of driving means)
C4 Random number counter per map (part of lottery means)
S103 Big hit processing (part of game state setting means)
S104 Ordinary electric service control processing (a part of the first determination means, a part of the movable mode changing means, a part of the game value giving means)
S111 Normal map variation processing (part of variable display execution means)
S324 (part of determination means, part of second determination means)
S407 (part of timing changing means)

Claims (1)

The first ball entry means that allows the game ball to enter,
A second ball entry means, which is capable of entering a game ball and is different from the first ball entry means,
A first game value-imparting means capable of imparting a predetermined first game value based on the game ball entering the first ball-entry means.
A second game value-imparting means capable of imparting a second game value different from the first game value based on the game ball entering the second ball-entry means.
Movable means to change the flow direction of the game ball,
A driving means for driving the movable means and
By changing the driving mode of the movable means by the driving means, whether the first game value is given by the first game value giving means or the second game value is given by the second game value giving means. A gaming machine characterized in that it is equipped with a means for changing grants and changes.

Images